Annual report pursuant to section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the Exchange Act) for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004
Commission file number
1-10000
WACHOVIA CORPORATION
NORTH CAROLINA
56-0898180
(State of incorporation)
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
ONE WACHOVIA CENTER
CHARLOTTE, NC
(Address of principal executive offices)
28288-0013
(Zip Code)
Registrants telephone number, including area code:
(704) 374-6565
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Exchange Act:
TITLE OF EACH CLASS
NAME OF EXCHANGE ON WHICH REGISTERED
New York Stock Exchange, Inc. (the NYSE)
American Stock Exchange
American Stock Exchange
American Stock Exchange
American Stock Exchange
American Stock Exchange
American Stock Exchange
American Stock Exchange
American Stock Exchange
American Stock Exchange
American Stock Exchange
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act:
TITLE OF EACH CLASS
Dividend Equalization Preferred shares, no par value
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes þ No o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is an accelerated filer (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes þ No o
State the aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates computed by reference to the price at which the common equity was last sold as of the last business day of the registrants completed second fiscal quarter: $58.1 billion.
As of February 16, 2005, there were 1,586,045,118 shares of the registrants common stock outstanding, $3.33 1/3 par value per share.
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is
not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrants knowledge, in
definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K
or any amendment to this Form 10-K.
o
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE IN FORM 10-K
INCORPORATED DOCUMENTS
WHERE INCORPORATED IN FORM 10-K
Certain portions of the Corporations Annual Report to
Stockholders for the year ended December 31, 2004 (Annual Report).
Part I Items 1 and 2; Part
II Items 5, 6, 7, 7A, 8 and 9A; and
Part IV Item 15.
Certain portions of the Corporations Proxy Statement for the Annual
Meeting of Stockholders to be held April 19, 2005 (Proxy Statement).
Part III Items 10, 11, 12, 13 and 14.
PART I
Wachovia Corporation (formerly named First Union Corporation, Wachovia) may from time to time
make written or oral forward-looking statements, including statements contained in Wachovias
filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (including this Annual Report on Form 10-K and
the Exhibits hereto and thereto), in its reports to stockholders and in other Wachovia
communications. These statements relate to future, not past, events.
These forward-looking statements include, among others, statements with respect to Wachovias
beliefs, plans, objectives, goals, guidelines, expectations, financial condition, results of
operations, future performance and business of Wachovia, including without limitation, (i)
statements relating to the benefits of the merger (including divestitures made by Wachovia related
to the merger, the Merger) between Wachovia and SouthTrust Corporation (SouthTrust) completed
on November 1, 2004, including future financial and operating results, cost savings, enhanced
revenues and the accretion or dilution to reported earnings that may be realized from the Merger,
(ii) statements relating to the benefits of the retail securities brokerage combination transaction
between Wachovia and Prudential Financial, Inc. completed on July 1, 2003 (the Brokerage
Transaction), including future financial and operating results, cost savings, enhanced revenues
and the accretion of reported earnings that may be realized from the Brokerage Transaction, (iii)
statements regarding Wachovias goals and expectations with respect to earnings, earnings per
share, revenue, expenses and the growth rate in such items, as well as other measures of economic
performance, including statements relating to estimates of credit quality trends, and (iv)
statements preceded by, followed by or that include the words may, could, should, would,
believe, anticipate, estimate, expect, intend, plan, projects, outlook or similar
expressions. These statements are based upon the current beliefs and expectations of Wachovias
management and are subject to significant risks and uncertainties. Actual results may differ from
those set forth in the forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements involve
certain risks and uncertainties that are subject to change based on various factors (many of which
are beyond Wachovias control).
The following factors, among others, could cause Wachovias financial performance to differ
materially from that expressed in any forward-looking statements: (1) the risk that the businesses
of Wachovia and SouthTrust in connection with the Merger or the businesses of Wachovia and
Prudential in connection with the Brokerage Transaction will not be integrated successfully or such
integration may be more difficult, time-consuming or costly than expected; (2) expected revenue
synergies and cost savings from the Merger or the Brokerage Transaction may not be fully realized
or realized within the expected time frame; (3) revenues following the Merger or the Brokerage
Transaction may be lower than expected; (4) deposit attrition, operating costs, customer loss and
business disruption following the Merger or the Brokerage Transaction, including, without
limitation, difficulties in maintaining relationships with employees, may be greater than expected;
(5) the strength of the United States economy in general and the strength of the local economies in
which Wachovia conducts operations may be different than expected, resulting in, among other
things, a deterioration in credit quality or a reduced demand for credit, including the resultant
effect on Wachovias loan portfolio and allowance for loan losses; (6) the effects of, and changes
in, trade, monetary and fiscal policies and laws, including interest rate policies of the Board of
Governors of the Federal Reserve System; (7) inflation, interest rate, market and monetary
fluctuations; (8) adverse conditions in the stock market, the public debt market and other capital
markets (including changes in interest rate conditions) and the impact of such conditions on
Wachovias capital markets and capital management activities, including, without limitation,
Wachovias mergers and acquisition advisory business, equity and debt underwriting activities,
private equity investment activities, derivative securities activities, investment and wealth
management advisory businesses, and brokerage activities; (9) the timely development of competitive
new products and services by Wachovia and the acceptance of these products and services by new and
existing customers; (10) the willingness of customers to accept third party products marketed by
Wachovia; (11) the willingness of customers to substitute competitors products and services for
Wachovias products and services and vice versa; (12) the impact of changes in financial services
laws and regulations (including laws concerning taxes, banking, securities and insurance); (13)
technological changes; (14) changes in consumer spending and saving habits; (15) the effect of
corporate restructurings, acquisitions and/or dispositions we may undertake from time to time, and
the actual restructuring and other expenses related thereto, and the failure to achieve the
expected revenue growth and/or expense savings from such corporate restructurings, acquisitions
and/or dispositions; (16) the growth and profitability of Wachovias non-interest or fee income
being less than expected; (17) unanticipated regulatory or judicial proceedings or rulings; (18)
the impact of changes in accounting principles; (19) adverse changes in financial performance
and/or condition of Wachovias borrowers which could impact repayment of such borrowers
outstanding loans; (20) the impact on Wachovias businesses, as well as on the risks set forth
above, of various domestic or international military or terrorist activities or conflicts; and (21)
Wachovias success at managing the risks involved in the foregoing.
Wachovia cautions that the foregoing list of important factors is not exclusive. Wachovia does not
undertake to update any forward-looking statement, whether written or oral, that may be made from
time to time by or on behalf of Wachovia.
ITEM 1.
BUSINESS
.
GENERAL
Wachovia was incorporated under the laws of North Carolina in 1967 and is registered as a financial
holding company and a bank holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended.
The merger of the former Wachovia Corporation (Legacy Wachovia) and First Union Corporation
(Legacy First Union) was effective September 1, 2001. Legacy First Union changed its name to
Wachovia Corporation on the date of the merger. As the surviving corporate entity in the merger,
information contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, unless indicated otherwise, includes
information about Legacy First Union only. Whenever we use the Wachovia name in this Annual
Report on Form 10-K, we mean the new combined company and, before the merger, Legacy First Union,
unless indicated otherwise.
We provide a wide range of commercial and retail banking and trust services through full-service
banking offices in Alabama, Connecticut, Delaware, Florida, Georgia, Maryland, Mississippi, New
Jersey, New York, North Carolina, Pennsylvania, South Carolina, Tennessee, Texas, Virginia and
Washington, D.C. Wachovia Bank, National Association (WBNA) operates these banking offices,
except those in Delaware, which are operated by Wachovia Bank of Delaware, National Association.
Following Wachovias November 1, 2004 merger with SouthTrust Corporation (SouthTrust), we also
operated banking offices through SouthTrust Bank, an Alabama chartered bank. SouthTrust Bank was
merged into WBNA on January 3, 2005. We also provide various other financial services, including
mortgage banking, investment banking, investment advisory, home equity lending, asset-based
lending, leasing, insurance, international and securities brokerage services, through other
subsidiaries. Our retail securities brokerage business is conducted through Wachovia Securities,
LLC, and operates in 49 states.
Our principal executive offices are located at One Wachovia Center, 301 South College Street,
Charlotte, North Carolina 28288-0013 (telephone number (704) 374-6565).
Since the 1985 Supreme Court decision allowing interstate banking expansion, we have concentrated
our efforts on building a large, diversified financial services organization, primarily doing
business in the eastern region of the United States. Since November 1985, we have completed over
100 banking-related acquisitions.
Our business focus is on generating improved core earnings growth from our four key businesses,
including Capital Management, the General Bank, Wealth Management, and the Corporate and Investment
Bank. We will continue to evaluate our operations and organizational structures to ensure they are
closely aligned with our goal of maximizing performance in our core business lines. When
consistent with our overall business strategy, we may consider the disposition of certain assets,
branches, subsidiaries or lines of business. We routinely explore acquisition opportunities,
particularly in areas that would complement our core business lines, and frequently conduct due
diligence activities in connection with possible acquisitions. As a result, acquisition discussions
and, in some cases, negotiations frequently take place and future acquisitions involving cash, debt
or equity securities can be expected.
Additional information relating to our businesses and our subsidiaries is included in the
information set forth on pages 26 through 32 and in Note 14 on pages 104 through 106 in the Annual
Report and incorporated herein by reference. Information relating to Wachovia Corporation only is
set forth in Note 22 on pages 130 through 132 in the Annual Report and incorporated herein by
reference.
Available Information
Wachovias Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K
and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 are accessible at no cost on our
website,
www.wachovia.com
, as soon
as reasonably practicable after those reports have been electronically filed or submitted to the
SEC. These filings are also accessible on the SECs website,
www.sec.gov
. In addition, Wachovia
makes available on
www.wachovia.com
(i) its Corporate Governance Guidelines, (ii) its Code of
Conduct & Ethics, which applies to its directors and all employees, and (iii) the charters of the
Audit, Management Resources & Compensation, and Corporate Governance & Nominating Committees of its
Board of Directors. These materials also are available free of charge in print to stockholders who
request them by writing to: Investor Relations, Wachovia Corporation, 301 South College Street,
Charlotte, North Carolina 28288-0206. Wachovia also makes available through our website statements
of beneficial ownership of Wachovias equity securities filed by our directors, officers and 10% or
greater shareholders under Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. The information on
our website is not incorporated by reference into this report.
COMPETITION
Our subsidiaries face substantial competition in their operations from banking and non-banking
institutions, including
savings and loan associations, credit unions, money market funds and other
investment vehicles, mutual fund advisory companies,
brokerage firms, insurance companies, leasing companies, credit card issuers, mortgage banking
companies, investment banking companies, finance companies and other types of financial services
providers, including Internet-only financial service providers.
REGULATION AND SUPERVISION
The following discussion sets forth some of the material elements of the regulatory framework
applicable to financial holding companies and bank holding companies and their subsidiaries and
provides some specific information relevant to us. The regulatory framework is intended primarily
for the protection of depositors and the Bank Insurance Fund and not for the protection of security
holders and creditors. To the extent that the following information describes statutory and
regulatory provisions, it is qualified in its entirety by reference to the particular statutory and
regulatory provisions.
The current regulatory environment for financial institutions includes substantial enforcement
activity by the federal banking agencies, the U.S. Department of Justice, the Securities and
Exchange Commission and other state and federal law enforcement agencies, reflecting an increase in
activity over prior years. This environment entails significant potential increases in compliance
requirements and associated costs. A number of banking institutions have recently been subject to
enforcement actions as well as settlements involving, among other things, cease and desist orders,
written agreements, deferred prosecutions and payments of monetary penalties.
Bank Holding Company Activities
General
As a financial holding company and a bank holding company, Wachovia is regulated under the Bank
Holding Company Act of 1956, as well as other federal and state laws governing the banking
business. The Federal Reserve Board is the primary regulator of Wachovia, and supervises our
activities on a continual basis. Our subsidiaries are also subject to regulation and supervision
by various regulatory authorities, including the Federal Reserve Board, the Comptroller of the
Currency (the Comptroller) and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the FDIC).
The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Financial Modernization Act of 1999 was enacted on November 12, 1999. The
Modernization Act, which amended the Bank Holding Company Act,
The Federal Reserve Board notified us that, effective March 13, 2000, we are authorized to operate
as a financial holding company and therefore are eligible to engage in, or acquire companies
engaged in, the broader range of activities that are permitted by the Modernization Act. These
activities include those that are determined to be financial in nature, including insurance
underwriting, securities underwriting and dealing, and making merchant banking investments in
commercial and financial companies. If any of our banking subsidiaries ceases to be well
capitalized or well managed under applicable regulatory standards, the Federal Reserve Board
may, among other things, place limitations on our ability to conduct these broader financial
activities or, if the deficiencies persist, require us to divest the banking subsidiary. In
addition, if any of our banking subsidiaries receives a rating of less than satisfactory under the
Community Reinvestment Act of 1977 (CRA), we would be prohibited from engaging in any additional
activities other than those permissible for bank holding companies that are not financial holding
companies. Our banking subsidiaries currently meet these capital, management and CRA requirements.
Interstate Banking
The Reigle-Neal Interstate Banking and Branching Efficiency Act of 1994 (the IBBEA) authorized
interstate acquisitions of banks and bank holding companies without geographic limitation. Under
IBBEA a bank holding company cannot make an interstate acquisition of a bank if, as a result, it
would control more than 10% of the total United States insured depository deposits and more than
30% or applicable state law limit of deposits in that state.
Banking Acquisitions
As a bank holding company, we are required to obtain prior Federal Reserve Board approval before
acquiring more than 5% of the voting shares, or substantially all of the assets, of a bank holding
company, bank or savings association. In determining whether to approve a proposed bank
acquisition, federal bank regulators will consider, among other factors, the effect of the
acquisition on competition, the public benefits expected to be received from the acquisition, the
projected capital ratios and levels on a post-acquisition basis, and the acquiring institutions
record of addressing the credit needs of the communities it serves, including the needs of low and
moderate income neighborhoods, consistent with the safe and sound operation of the bank, under the
CRA.
Subsidiary Dividends
Wachovia is a legal entity separate and distinct from its banking and other subsidiaries. A major
portion of our revenues results from amounts paid as dividends to us by our national bank
subsidiaries. The Comptrollers prior approval is required if the total of all dividends declared
by a national bank in any calendar year will exceed the sum of that banks net profits for that
year and its retained net profits for the preceding two calendar years, less any required transfers
to surplus. Federal law also prohibits national banks from paying dividends that would be greater
than the banks undivided profits after deducting statutory bad debt in excess of the banks
allowance for loan losses.
Under the foregoing dividend restrictions and certain restrictions applicable to certain of our
non-banking subsidiaries, as of December 31, 2004, our subsidiaries, without obtaining affirmative
governmental approvals, could pay aggregate dividends of $5.4 billion to us during 2005. This
amount is not necessarily indicative of amounts that may be available in future periods. In 2004,
our subsidiaries paid $1.8 billion in cash dividends to us.
In addition, we and our banking subsidiaries are subject to various general regulatory policies and
requirements relating to the payment of dividends, including requirements to maintain adequate
capital above regulatory minimums. The appropriate federal regulatory authority is authorized to
determine under certain circumstances relating to the financial condition of a bank or bank holding
company that the payment of dividends would be an unsafe or unsound practice and to prohibit
payment thereof. The appropriate federal regulatory authorities have indicated that paying
dividends that deplete a banks capital base to an inadequate level would be an unsafe and unsound
banking practice and that banking organizations should generally pay dividends only out of current
operating earnings.
Source of Strength
Under Federal Reserve Board policy, we are expected to act as a source of financial strength to
each of our subsidiary banks and to commit resources to support each of those subsidiaries. This
support may be required at times when, absent that Federal Reserve Board policy, we may not find
ourselves able to provide it. Capital loans by a bank holding company to any of its subsidiary
banks are subordinate in right of payment to deposits and to certain other indebtedness of such
subsidiary banks. In the event of a bank holding companys bankruptcy, any commitment by the bank
holding company to a federal bank regulatory agency to maintain the capital of a subsidiary bank
will be assumed by the bankruptcy trustee and entitled to a priority of payment.
Federal law also authorizes the Comptroller to order an assessment of Wachovia if the capital of
one of our national bank subsidiaries were to become impaired. If we failed to pay the assessment
within three months, the Comptroller could order the sale of our stock in the national bank to
cover the deficiency.
Capital Requirements
Federal banking regulators have adopted risk-based capital and leverage guidelines that require
that our capital-to-assets ratios meet certain minimum standards. Under the risk-based capital
requirements for bank holding companies, the minimum requirement for the ratio of capital to
risk-weighted assets (including certain off-balance-sheet activities, such as standby letters of
credit) is 8%. At least half of the total capital (as defined below) is to be composed of common
stockholders equity, retained earnings, qualifying perpetual preferred stock (in a limited amount
in the case of cumulative preferred stock) and minority interests in the equity accounts of
consolidated subsidiaries, less goodwill and certain intangibles (tier 1 capital). The remainder
of total capital may consist of mandatory convertible debt securities and a limited amount of
subordinated debt, qualifying preferred stock and loan loss allowance (tier 2 capital, and
together with tier 1 capital, total capital). At December 31, 2004, our tier 1 capital and total
capital ratios were 8.01% and 11.11%, respectively.
In addition, the Federal Reserve Board has established minimum leverage ratio guidelines for bank
holding companies. These requirements provide for a minimum leverage ratio of tier 1 capital to
adjusted average quarterly assets less certain
amounts (leverage ratio) equal to 3% for bank
holding companies that meet certain specified criteria, including having the highest
regulatory rating. All other bank holding companies will generally be required to maintain a
leverage ratio of at least 4%. Our leverage ratio at December 31, 2004, was 6.38%. The guidelines
also provide that bank holding companies experiencing internal growth or making acquisitions will
be expected to maintain strong capital positions substantially above the minimum supervisory levels
without significant reliance on intangible assets. Furthermore, the guidelines indicate that the
Federal Reserve Board will continue to consider a tangible tier 1 leverage ratio (deducting all
intangibles) in evaluating proposals for expansion or to engage in new activity. The Federal
Reserve Board has not advised us of any specific minimum leverage ratio or tier 1 leverage ratio
applicable to us.
Each of our subsidiary banks is subject to similar capital requirements adopted by the Comptroller
or other applicable regulatory agency. Neither the Comptroller nor such applicable regulatory
agency has advised any of our subsidiary banks of any specific minimum leverage ratios applicable
to it. The capital ratios of our bank subsidiaries are set forth in Table 16 on page 66 in the
Annual Report and incorporated herein by reference.
The risk-based capital requirements identify concentrations of credit risk and certain risks
arising from non-traditional activities, and the management of those risks, as important factors to
consider in assessing an institutions overall capital adequacy. Other factors taken into
consideration by federal regulators include: interest rate exposure; liquidity, funding and market
risk; the quality and level of earnings; the quality of loans and investments; the effectiveness of
loan and investment policies; and managements overall ability to monitor and control financial and
operational risks, including the risks presented by concentrations of credit and non-traditional
activities.
Effective April 1, 2002, Federal Reserve Board rules govern the regulatory capital treatment of
merchant banking investments and certain other equity investments, including investments made by
our principal investing group, in non-financial companies held by bank holding companies. The
rules generally impose a capital charge that increases incrementally as the value of the banking
organizations equity investments increase. An 8% tier 1 capital deduction would apply on covered
investments that in total represent up to 15% of an organizations tier 1 capital. For covered
investments that total more than 25% of the organizations tier 1 capital, a capital deduction of
25% would be imposed. Equity investments made through small business investment companies in an
amount up to 15% of the banking organizations tier 1 capital are exempt from the new charges, but
the full amount of the equity investments are still included when calculating the aggregate value
of the banking organizations non-financial equity investments.
Changes to the risk-based capital regime are frequently proposed or implemented. The minimum
risk-based capital requirements adopted by the federal banking agencies follow the Capital Accord
of the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision. The Basel Committee, which is comprised of bank
supervisors and central banks from the major industrialized countries, issued its Capital Accord in
1988 to achieve convergence in the capital regulations applicable to internationally active banking
organizations. The Basel Committee issued a proposed replacement for the Capital Accord in January
2001, and, subsequently, it issued a number of working papers supplementing various aspects of that
replacement (the New Accord). Based on these documents, the New Accord would adopt a
three-pillar framework for addressing capital adequacy. These pillars would include minimum capital
requirements, more emphasis on supervisory assessment of capital adequacy and greater reliance on
market discipline. Under the New Accord, minimum capital requirements would be more differentiated
based upon perceived distinctions in creditworthiness. Such requirements would be based either on
ratings assigned by rating agencies or, in the case of a banking organization that met certain
supervisory standards, on the organizations internal credit ratings. The minimum capital
requirements in the New Accord would also include a separate capital requirement for operational
risk. In August 2003, U.S. federal banking regulators issued an Advance Notice of Proposed
Rulemaking addressing the implementation of the New Accord in the U.S., which contemplates
requiring all U.S. banking institutions with over $250 billion in assets (including Wachovia) to
implement the advanced approaches for measuring risk under the New Accord on a mandatory basis. In
June 2004, the Basel Committee published new international guidelines for calculating regulatory
capital. The U.S. banking regulators have published draft guidance of their interpretation of the
new Basel guidelines. We will be required to calculate regulatory capital under the New Accord, in
parallel with the existing capital rules beginning in 2007. In 2008 we will calculate regulatory
capital solely under the New Accord.
Bank Activities
General
WBNA and our other national bank subsidiaries are subject to the provisions of the National Bank
Act, are under the supervision of, and subject to periodic examination by, the Comptroller, and are
subject to the rules and regulations of the Comptroller, the Federal Reserve Board, and the FDIC.
WBNAs operations in other countries are also subject to various restrictions imposed by the laws
of those countries. In addition, all of our banks have FDIC insurance and are subject to the
Federal Deposit Insurance Act (the FDIA).
Prompt Corrective Action
The FDIA, among other things, requires the federal banking agencies to take prompt corrective
action in respect of depository institutions that do not meet minimum capital requirements. The
FDIA establishes five tiers for FDIC-insured banks: (i) well capitalized if it has a total
capital ratio of 10% or greater, a tier 1 capital ratio of 6% or greater and a leverage ratio of 5%
or greater and is not subject to any order or written directive by any such regulatory authority to
meet and maintain a specific capital level for any capital measure; (ii) adequately capitalized
if it has a total capital ratio of 8% or greater, a tier 1 capital ratio of 4% or greater and a
leverage ratio of 4% or greater (3% in certain circumstances) and is not well capitalized; (iii)
undercapitalized if it has a total capital ratio of less than 8%, a tier 1 capital ratio of less
than 4% or a leverage ratio of less than 4% (3% in certain circumstances); (iv) significantly
undercapitalized if it has a total capital ratio of less than 6%, a tier 1 capital ratio of less
than 3% or a leverage ratio of less than 3%; and (v) critically undercapitalized if its tangible
equity is equal
to or less than 2% of average quarterly tangible assets. An institution may be
downgraded to, or deemed to be in, a capital category that is lower than is indicated by its
capital ratios if it is determined to be in an unsafe or unsound condition or if it receives an
unsatisfactory examination rating with respect to certain matters. As of December 31, 2004, all of
our deposit-taking subsidiary banks had capital levels that qualify them as being well
capitalized under those regulations.
Undercapitalized depository institutions are subject to growth limitations, the requirement to
submit a capital restoration plan, and a variety of other restrictions the severity of which are
keyed to the banks capital tier and other factors. Ultimately, critically undercapitalized
institutions are subject to the appointment of a receiver or conservator.
A bank that is not well capitalized is subject to certain limitations relating to so-called
brokered deposits.
Cross Default
Each of our banks can be held liable for any loss incurred, or reasonably expected to be incurred,
by the FDIC due to the default of any other of our banks, and for any assistance provided by the
FDIC to any of our banks that is in danger of default and that is controlled by the same bank
holding company. Default means generally the appointment of a conservator or receiver. In
danger of default means generally the existence of certain conditions indicating that a default is
likely to occur in the absence of regulatory assistance. An FDIC cross-guarantee claim against a
bank is generally superior in right of payment to claims of the holding company and its affiliates
against such depository institution.
If the FDIC is appointed the conservator or receiver of an insured depository institution, upon its
insolvency or in certain other events, the FDIC has the power: (i) to transfer any of the
depository institutions assets and liabilities to a new obligor without the approval of the
depository institutions creditors; (ii) to enforce the terms of the depository institutions
contracts pursuant to their terms; or (iii) to repudiate or disaffirm any contract or lease to
which the depository institution is a party, the performance of which is determined by the FDIC to
be burdensome and the disaffirmance or repudiation of which is determined by the FDIC to promote
the orderly administration of the depository institution.
Deposit Insurance
The FDIC assessment rate on our subsidiary bank deposits currently is zero, but may change in the
future. The FDIC may increase or decrease the assessment rate schedule on a semiannual basis. An
increase in the BIF assessment rate could have a material adverse effect on our earnings, depending
on the amount of the increase. The FDIC is authorized to terminate a depository banks deposit
insurance upon a finding by the FDIC that the banks financial condition is unsafe or unsound or
that the institution has engaged in unsafe or unsound practices or has violated any applicable
rule, regulation, order or condition enacted or imposed by the banks regulatory agency. The
termination of deposit insurance for one or more of our subsidiary depository banks could have a
material adverse effect on our earnings, depending on the collective size of the particular
institutions involved. In addition, if the ratio of insured deposits to money in the BIF drops
below specified levels, the FDIC would be required to impose premiums on all banks insured by the
BIF.
Borrowings
There are also various legal restrictions on the extent to which Wachovia and our non-bank
subsidiaries can transfer funds to, or borrow or otherwise obtain credit from, our banking
subsidiaries. In general, these restrictions require that any such extensions of credit must be
secured by designated amounts of specified collateral and are limited, as to any one of us or those
non-bank subsidiaries, to 10% of the lending banks capital stock and surplus, and as to us and all
non-bank subsidiaries in the aggregate, to 20% of such lending banks capital stock and surplus. A
banks transactions with its non-bank affiliates are also generally required to be on arms length
terms.
Depositor Preference
Under federal law, deposits and certain claims for administrative expenses and employee
compensation against an insured depository institution would be afforded a priority over other
general unsecured claims against such an institution, including federal funds and letters of
credit, in the liquidation or other resolution of such an institution by any receiver. As a
result, whether or not the FDIC ever sought to repudiate any obligations held by public noteholders
of any subsidiary of Wachovia that is an insured depository institution, the public noteholders
would be treated differently from, and could receive, if anything, substantially less than, the
depositors of the depository institution.
Other Regulation
Non-Bank Activities
Our bank and certain nonbank subsidiaries are subject to direct supervision and regulation by
various other federal, state and foreign authorities (many of which will be considered functional
regulators under the Modernization Act). We also conduct securities underwriting, dealing and
brokerage activities primarily through Wachovia Securities, LLC and Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC,
which are subject to the regulations of the SEC, the National Association of Securities Dealers,
Inc. (the NASD) and the NYSE. The operations of our mutual funds also are subject to regulation
by the SEC. Our insurance subsidiaries are subject to regulation by applicable state insurance
regulatory agencies. The types of activities in which the foreign branches of WBNA and our
international subsidiaries may engage are subject to various restrictions imposed by the Federal
Reserve Board. Those foreign branches and international subsidiaries also are subject to the laws
and regulatory authorities of the countries in which they operate.
The Wachovia entities that are broker-dealers registered with the SEC are subject to, among other
things, net capital rules designed to measure the general financial condition and liquidity of a
broker-dealer. Under these rules, these entities are required to maintain the minimum net capital
deemed necessary to meet broker-dealers continuing commitments to customers and others and required
to keep a substantial portion of its assets in relatively liquid form. Broker-dealers are also
subject to other regulations covering their business operations, including sales and trading
practices, public offerings, publication of research reports, use and safekeeping of client funds
and securities, capital structure, record-keeping and the conduct of directors, officers and
employees. Broker-dealers are also subject to regulation by state securities regulators in
applicable states. Violations of the regulations governing the actions of a broker-dealer can
result in the revocation of broker-dealer licenses, the imposition of censures or fines, the
issuance of cease and desist orders and the suspension or expulsion from the securities business of
a firm, its officers or its employees.
Wachovia entities engaging in our investment management activities are registered as investment
advisers with the SEC, and in certain states, some employees are registered as investment adviser
representatives. Recent legislative and regulatory scrutiny in the mutual fund industry has
increased. This scrutiny has resulted in the adoption of new rules and a number of legislative and
regulatory proposals, including SEC rules designed to strengthen existing prohibitions relating to
late trading and enhance required disclosure and supervision of market timing policies and pricing
and mutual fund sales practices.
Our subsidiaries acting as consumer lenders also are subject to regulation under various federal
laws, including the Truth-in-Lending, the Equal Credit Opportunity, the Fair Credit Reporting, the
Fair Debt Collection Practice and the Electronic Funds Transfer Acts, as well as various state
laws. These statutes impose requirements on the making, enforcement and collection of consumer
loans and on the types of disclosures that need to be made in connection with such loans.
International Money Laundering Abatement and Financial Anti-Terrorism Act of 2001
The President signed the USA Patriot Act of 2001 into law in October 2001. This act contains the
International Money Laundering Abatement and Financial Anti-Terrorism Act of 2001 (the IMLAFA).
The IMLAFA substantially broadens existing anti-money laundering legislation and the
extraterritorial jurisdiction of the United States, imposes new compliance and due diligence
obligations, creates new crimes and penalties, compels the production of documents located both
inside and outside the United States, including those of foreign institutions that have a
correspondent relationship in the United States, and clarifies the safe harbor from civil liability
to customers. The U.S. Treasury Department has issued a number of regulations implementing the USA
Patriot Act that apply certain of its requirements to financial institutions such as our banking
and broker-dealer subsidiaries. The regulations impose new obligations on financial institutions
to maintain appropriate policies, procedures and controls to detect, prevent and report money
laundering and terrorist financing. The increased obligations of financial institutions, including
Wachovia, to identify their customers, watch for and report suspicious transactions, respond to
requests for information by regulatory authorities and law enforcement agencies, and share
information with other financial institutions, requires the implementation and maintenance of
internal procedures, practices and controls which have increased, and may continue to increase, our
costs and may subject us to liability.
Pursuant to the IMLAFA, Wachovia established anti-money laundering compliance and due diligence
programs which include, among other things, the designation of a compliance officer, employee
training programs, and an independent audit function to review and test the program.
As noted above, enforcement and compliance-related activity by government agencies has increased.
Money laundering and anti-terrorism compliance is among the areas receiving a high level of focus
in the present environment.
Privacy
Under the Modernization Act, federal banking regulators adopted rules limiting the ability of banks
and other financial institutions to disclose nonpublic information about consumers to nonaffiliated
third parties. The rules require disclosure of privacy policies to consumers and, in some
circumstances, allow consumers to prevent disclosure of certain personal information to
nonaffiliated third parties. The privacy provisions of the Modernization Act affect how consumer
information is transmitted through diversified financial services companies and conveyed to outside
vendors.
Sarbanes-Oxley
The President signed into law the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, which addresses, among other issues,
corporate governance, auditing and accounting, internal controls, executive compensation, and
enhanced and timely disclosure of corporate information. The NYSE has also adopted corporate
governance rules that have been approved by the SEC. The changes are intended to allow
stockholders to more easily and efficiently monitor the performance of companies and directors.
Future Legislation
Changes to the laws and regulations (including changes in interpretation or enforcement) in the
states and countries where we and our subsidiaries do business can affect the operating environment
of bank holding companies and their subsidiaries in substantial and unpredictable ways. From time
to time, various legislative and regulatory proposals are introduced. These proposals, if
codified, may change banking statutes and regulations and our operating environment in substantial
and unpredictable ways. If codified, these proposals could increase or decrease the cost of doing
business, limit or expand permissible activities or affect the competitive balance among banks,
savings associations, credit unions and other financial institutions. We cannot accurately predict
whether those changes in laws and regulations will occur, and, if those changes occur, the ultimate
effect they would have upon our financial condition or results of operations. It is likely,
however, that the current high level of enforcement and compliance-related activities of federal
and state authorities will continue and potentially increase.
Additional Information
Additional information related to certain accounting and regulatory matters is set forth on pages
20 through 24, and on pages 48 and 49 in the Annual Report and incorporated herein by reference.
ITEM 2.
PROPERTIES.
As of December 31, 2004, we and our subsidiaries owned 2,140 locations and leased 3,952 locations
in 49 states, Washington, D.C., Puerto Rico and 34 foreign countries from which our business is
conducted, including a multi-building office complex in Charlotte, North Carolina, which serves as
Wachovias administrative headquarters, as well as the headquarters of WBNA, Wachovia Mortgage
Corporation, Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC, and most of our non-banking subsidiaries. That
multi-office complex is used as administrative headquarters for our General Bank, Corporate and
Investment Bank, Capital Management and the Parent segments as identified in our Annual Report.
Wachovias Wealth Management segment, as identified in our Annual Report, has its principal
administrative offices in a multi-office complex in Winston-Salem, North Carolina.
Some of our non-banking subsidiaries have principal administrative offices in other cities in the
United States. The principal administrative offices of our retail securities brokerage operations
are in Richmond, Virginia. The principal administrative offices of our mutual fund operations are
in Boston, Massachusetts. The principal administrative offices of our second mortgage servicing
operations are in Sacramento, California. Certain of our institutional securities operations are
conducted in offices in New York, New York and Baltimore, Maryland. The vast majority of our
leased and owned properties are used for our branch banking operations and retail securities
brokerage offices. Additional information relating to our lease commitments is set forth in Note
20 on page 123 in the Annual Report and incorporated herein by reference.
ITEM
3.
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS.
Wachovia and certain of our subsidiaries are involved in a number of judicial, regulatory and
arbitration proceedings concerning matters arising from the conduct of our business activities.
These proceedings include actions brought against Wachovia and/or its subsidiaries with respect to
transactions in which Wachovia and/or our subsidiaries acted as banker, lender, underwriter,
financial advisor or broker or in activities related thereto. In addition, Wachovia and its
subsidiaries may be requested to provide information or otherwise cooperate with governmental
authorities in the conduct of investigations of other persons or industry groups. It is Wachovias
policy to cooperate in all regulatory inquiries and investigations.
Although there can be no assurance as to the ultimate outcome, Wachovia and/or our subsidiaries
have generally denied, or believe we have a meritorious defense and will deny, liability in all
significant litigation pending against us, including the matters described below, and we intend to
defend vigorously each such case. Reserves are established for legal claims when payments
associated with the claims become probable and the costs can be reasonably estimated. The actual
costs of resolving legal claims may be substantially higher or lower than the amounts reserved for
those claims.
Securities Litigation
. A number of purported class actions were filed in June through August
1999 against us in the United States District Courts for the Western District of North Carolina and
for the Eastern District of Pennsylvania. These actions named Legacy First Union and certain
executive officers as defendants and were purported to be on behalf of persons who purchased shares
of our common stock from August 14, 1998, through May 24, 1999. These actions were consolidated
into one case in the U.S. District Court for the Western District of North Carolina in October
1999. These complaints alleged various violations of federal securities law, including violations
of Section 10(b) of the Exchange Act, and that the defendants made materially misleading statements
and/or material omissions which artificially inflated prices for our common stock. The complaints
alleged that management failed to disclose integration problems in the CoreStates Financial Corp
merger and misstated the value of our interest in certain mortgage-backed securities of The Money
Store, Inc. (TMSI) acquired by Legacy First Union on June 30, 1998. Plaintiffs sought a judgment
awarding damages and other relief. In January 2001, the U.S. District Court for the Western
District of North Carolina granted Wachovias motion to dismiss the litigation for failure to state
a claim upon which relief could be granted. Although the plaintiffs did not appeal this ruling,
they sought, and received permission to file an amended complaint. In August 2001, plaintiffs
filed an amended complaint that abandoned their previous allegations concerning the CoreStates
Financial Corp merger and primarily raised new allegations of irregularities at TMSI prior to its
acquisition by Legacy First Union. In October 2001, Wachovia filed a motion to dismiss the
securities litigation consolidated in the U.S. District Court for the Western District of North
Carolina. In September 2002, the court granted the motion in part, limiting any new complaint to
claims regarding alleged misstatements or omissions pled in earlier complaints. The plaintiffs
filed a third consolidated and amended complaint in October 2002, purportedly on behalf of a class
of purchasers of our common stock during the period from March 4, 1998 to May 24, 1999. The
complaint alleges, among other things, that Legacy First Union disregarded problems at TMSI and did
not write down goodwill from the TMSI acquisition soon enough. In December 2003, the court denied
Wachovias motion to strike portions of this complaint. In February 2004, Wachovia filed a motion
to dismiss the amended complaint. We believe the allegations contained in this latest complaint
are without merit and will vigorously defend them.
Pioneer Litigation
. On July 26, 2000, a jury in the Philadelphia County (PA) Court of Common
Pleas returned a verdict in the case captioned
Pioneer Commercial Funding Corporation v. American
Financial Mortgage Corporation, CoreStates Bank, N.A., et al
. The verdict against CoreStates Bank,
N.A. (CoreStates), a predecessor of WBNA, included consequential damages of $13.5 million and
punitive damages of $337.5 million. The trial court had earlier directed a verdict against
CoreStates for compensatory damages of $1.7 million. The plaintiff, who was not a CoreStates
customer, alleged that the sum of $1.7 million, which it claims it owned, was improperly setoff by
CoreStates. Upon Wachovias motion, the trial court reduced the amount of the punitive damages
award to $40.5 million in December 2000. Wachovia believes that numerous reversible errors
occurred at the trial, and that the facts do not support the damages awards. In March 2002, the
Pennsylvania Superior Court vacated the award of punitive damages, affirmed the awards of
consequential and compensatory damages and remanded the case for a new trial on punitive damages.
On August 19, 2004, the Pennsylvania Supreme Court reversed the Pennsylvania Superior Courts
judgment and remanded the case to the trial court for an entry of judgment in favor of Wachovia on
all counts. The Court denied the plaintiffs application for re-argument on December 20, 2004.
Securities and Exchange Commission
. As previously disclosed, on July 23, 2004, the SEC staff
advised Wachovia that the staff was considering recommending to the SEC that it institute an
enforcement action against Wachovia and certain former Legacy Wachovia officers, some of whom
remain with the combined company, relating to Legacy Wachovias purchases of Legacy First Union
common stock and the disclosures made by both legacy companies related to those purchases following
the April 2001 announcement of the merger between First Union and Legacy Wachovia. Wachovia,
without admitting or denying the allegations set forth in the complaint filed on November 4, 2004,
consented to entry of final judgment by the United States District Court for the District of
Columbia permanently enjoining Wachovia from directly or indirectly
violating Sections 13(a) and
14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and Rules 12b-20, 13a-13 and 14a-9 promulgated
thereunder. The judgment also orders Wachovia to pay a civil money penalty of $37 million pursuant
to Section 21(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Wachovia anticipates that there will
be no additional SEC enforcement proceedings related to this matter against it or any current or
former officers.
In the Matter of KPMG LLP Certain Auditor Independence Issues
. The SEC has requested Wachovia
to produce certain information concerning any agreements or understandings by which Wachovia
referred clients to KPMG LLP during the period January 1, 1997 to November 2003 in connection with
an inquiry regarding the independence of KPMG LLP as Wachovias outside auditors during such
period. Wachovia is continuing to cooperate with the SEC in its inquiry, which is being conducted
pursuant to a formal order of investigation entered by the SEC on October 21, 2003. Wachovia
believes the SECs inquiry relates to certain tax services offered to Wachovia customers by KPMG
LLP during the period from 1997 to early 2002, and whether these activities might have caused KPMG
LLP not to be independent from Wachovia, as defined by
applicable accounting and SEC regulations
requiring auditors of an SEC-reporting company to be independent of the company. Wachovia and/or
KPMG LLP received fees in connection with a small number of personal financial consulting
transactions related to these services. KPMG LLP has confirmed to Wachovia that during all periods
covered by the SECs inquiry, including the present, KPMG LLP was and is independent from
Wachovia under applicable accounting and SEC regulations.
Mutual Fund Sales Practices
. The staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission is currently
investigating Wachovia Securities regarding Wachovia Securities practices and procedures for the
offer and sale of certain mutual funds. Wachovia believes the SEC is reviewing the adequacy of
Wachovia Securities disclosures regarding revenue sharing arrangements with certain investment
companies and Wachovia Securities mutual fund sales and distribution practices.
Research Matters
. Various regulators have been investigating Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC,
Wachovias institutional broker-dealer subsidiary (WCM), related to the existence of alleged
conflicts of interest between WCMs equity research and investment banking departments. Certain of
those regulators have notified WCM that they are considering instituting proceedings based upon
various purported regulatory violations, including generally state securities laws and state laws
regarding business practices. WCM is in discussions with these regulators about resolving these
matters.
Adelphia Litigation
. Certain Wachovia affiliates are defendants in an adversary proceeding
pending in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New York related to the
bankruptcy of Adelphia Communications Corporation (Adelphia). The Official Committee of
Unsecured Creditors in that bankruptcy case has filed an adversary proceeding on behalf of Adelphia
against over 300 financial services companies, including the Wachovia affiliates. The complaint
asserts claims against the defendants under state law, bankruptcy law and the Bank Holding Company
Act and seeks equitable relief and an unspecified amount of compensatory and punitive damages. The
Official Committee of Equity Security Holders has sought leave to intervene in that complaint and
sought leave to bring additional claims against certain of the financial services companies,
including the Wachovia affiliates, including additional federal and state claims. The bankruptcy
court has not yet permitted the creditors committee or the equity holders committee to proceed
with either of their claims and Wachovia and other defendants have filed motions to dismiss the
complaints.
In addition, certain affiliates of Wachovia, together with numerous other financial services
companies, have been named in several private civil actions by investors in Adelphia debt and/or
equity securities, alleging among other claims, misstatements in connection with Adelphia
securities offerings between 1997 and 2001. Wachovia affiliates acted as an underwriter in certain
of those securities offerings, as agent and/or lender for certain Adelphia credit facilities, and
as a provider of Adelphias treasury/cash management services. These complaints, which seek
unspecified damages, have been consolidated in the United States District Court for the Southern
District of New York.
Bluebird Partners, L.P., Litigation
. On December 12, 2002, the jury in the Supreme Court of
the State of New York, County of New York, returned a verdict against First Fidelity Bank, N.A. New
Jersey, a predecessor to WBNA in the case captioned
Bluebird Partners, L.P. v. First Fidelity Bank,
N.A., et al
. The trial court directed a verdict in favor of CoreStates New Jersey National Bank,
another predecessor of WBNA. In this action for breach of contract, breach of fiduciary duty,
negligence and malpractice, plaintiff alleges that First Fidelity, while serving as indenture
trustee for debt certificates issued by Continental Airlines, failed to take the necessary action
to protect the value of the collateral after Continental Airlines filed for bankruptcy on December
3, 1990 and that the decline in the value of the collateral during the pendency of the bankruptcy
caused plaintiffs losses. On July 10, 2003, the trial judge granted First Fidelitys motion to
set aside the verdict, holding that the evidence was insufficient to support the verdict.
Plaintiff appealed, and on October 7, 2004, the Supreme Court, Appellate Division, First Department
reversed the dismissal and reinstated the verdict. On January 13, 2005, the court entered judgment
against WBNA in the amount of $32.9 million plus pre- and post-judgment interest at the statutory
rate from April 27, 1993. Post-judgment interest continues to accrue at the statutory rate until
the judgment is paid. On January 24, 2005, Bluebird filed a notice of appeal of the judgment
amount. Wachovia filed a motion for a new trial. In addition, Wachovia believes that numerous
reversible errors occurred, and that the evidence was insufficient to support the verdict
that First Fidelitys actions
caused Bluebirds loss. Wachovia has filed a motion for leave to appeal
to the Court of Appeals.
Other Regulatory Matters.
Governmental and self-regulatory authorities have instituted
numerous ongoing investigations of various practices in the securities and mutual fund industries,
including those discussed in Wachovias previous filings with the SEC and those relating to revenue
sharing, market-timing, late trading and record retention. The investigations cover advisory
companies to mutual funds, broker-dealers, hedge funds and others. Wachovia has received subpoenas
and other requests for documents and testimony relating to the investigations, is endeavoring to
comply with those requests, is cooperating with the investigations, and where appropriate, is
engaging in discussions to resolve the investigations. Wachovia is continuing its own internal
review of policies, practices, procedures and personnel, and is taking remedial action where
appropriate. In connection with one of these investigations, on July 28, 2004, the SEC staff
advised Wachovias investment advisory subsidiary that the staff is considering recommending to the
SEC that it institute an enforcement action against the investment advisory subsidiary, Evergreen
Investment Management Company, LLC, and other Evergreen entities. The SEC staffs proposed
allegations relate to (i) an arrangement involving a former Evergreen employee and an individual
broker pursuant to which the broker, on behalf of a client, made exchanges to and from a mutual
fund during the period December 2000 through April 2003 in
excess of the limitations set forth in
the mutual fund prospectus, (ii) purchase and sale activity from September 2001 through January
2003 by a former Evergreen portfolio manager in the mutual fund he managed at the time, (iii) the
sufficiency of systems for monitoring exchanges and enforcing exchange limitations stated in mutual
fund prospectuses, and (iv) the adequacy of e-mail retention practices. In addition, on September
17, 2004, the SEC staff advised Wachovia Securities that the staff is considering recommending to
the SEC that it institute an enforcement action against the brokerage subsidiary regarding the
allegations described in (i) of the preceding sentence. Wachovia currently is engaged in
discussions with the SEC staff regarding the matters described in (i) through (iv) above. Wachovia
intends to make a written Wells submission, if it is unable to satisfactorily resolve these
matters, explaining why Wachovia believes enforcement action should not be instituted.
In addition, as previously disclosed, Wachovia also is cooperating with governmental and
self-regulatory authorities in matters relating to the brokerage operations of Prudential
Financial, Inc. that were included in Wachovias retail brokerage combination with Prudential.
Under the terms of that transaction, Wachovia is indemnified by Prudential for liabilities relating
to those matters.
Outlook
. Based on information currently available, advice of counsel, available insurance
coverage and established reserves, Wachovia believes that the eventual outcome of the actions
against Wachovia and/or its subsidiaries, including the matters described above, will not,
individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on Wachovias consolidated
financial position or results of operations. However, in the event of unexpected future
developments, it is possible that the ultimate resolution of those matters, if unfavorable, may be
material to Wachovias results of operations for any particular period.
ITEM 4.
SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS.
On October 28, 2004, Wachovia held a special meeting of shareholders for the purpose of
considering a proposal to approve the plan of merger contained in the Agreement and Plan of Merger,
dated as of June 20, 2004, between Wachovia and SouthTrust, providing for the merger of SouthTrust
with and into Wachovia. The proposal was approved at the special meeting of shareholders and the
following sets forth the vote on the proposal:
PART II
ITEM 5.
MARKET FOR REGISTRANTS COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES.
Our common stock is listed on
the NYSE. Table 6 on page 57 in the Annual Report sets forth
information relating to the quarterly prices of, and quarterly dividends paid on, the common stock
for the two-year period ended December 31, 2004, and incorporated herein by reference. Prices shown
represent the high, low and quarter-end sale prices of the common stock as reported on the NYSE
Composite Transactions tape for the periods indicated. As of December 31, 2004, there were 185,647
holders of record of the common stock.
In connection with the merger with Legacy Wachovia, holders of shares of Legacy Wachovia common
stock elected to receive, in addition to 2 shares of Wachovia common stock, either a one-time $0.48
cash payment or 2 shares of a new class of Wachovia preferred stock. At December 31, 2004,
96,536,312 Wachovia Dividend Equalization Preferred shares (DEPs)
were issued in connection with
the merger. Because Wachovia paid common stock dividends equal to $1.25 per share in the four
quarters of 2003, holders of DEPs are no longer entitled to receive any dividend on the DEPs and
Wachovia has ceased to pay any such dividends. The DEPs are not listed on a national securities
exchange and have no voting rights.
Subject to the prior rights of holders of any outstanding shares of our preferred stock or Class A
preferred stock, holders of common stock are entitled to receive such dividends as may be legally
declared by our board of directors and, in the event of dissolution and liquidation, to receive our
net assets remaining after payment of all liabilities, in proportion to their respective
holdings. Additional information concerning certain limitations on our payment of dividends is set
forth above under Business Supervision and Regulation; Payment of Dividends and in Note 22 on
page 130 in the Annual Report and incorporated herein by reference.
Under our Shareholder Protection Rights Agreement, each outstanding common stock share has a right
attached to it. This right remains attached unless a separation time occurs. At separation time,
common shareholders will receive separate certificates for these rights. Each right entitles its
owner to purchase at separation time one one-hundredth of a share of a participating series of
Class A preferred stock for $105. This series of Class A preferred stock would have economic and
voting terms similar to those of one common stock share. Separation time would generally occur at
the earlier of the following two dates:
These rights will not trade separately from the shares of common stock until separation time
occurs, and may be exercised on the business day immediately after the separation time. The rights
will expire at the earliest of:
Once we publicly announce that a person has acquired 10% of our outstanding common stock, we can
allow for rights holders to buy our common stock for half of its market value. For example, we
would sell to each rights holder common stock shares worth $210 for $105 in cash. At the same
time, any rights held by the 10% owner or any of its affiliates, associates or transferees will be
void. In addition, if we are acquired in a merger or other business combination after a person
has become a 10% owner, the rights held by shareholders would become exercisable to purchase the
acquiring companys common stock for half of its market value.
In the alternative, our board of directors may elect to exchange all of the then outstanding rights
for shares of common stock at an exchange ratio of two common stock shares for one right. Upon
election of this exchange, a right will no longer be exercisable and will only represent a right to
receive two common stock shares.
If we are required to issue common stock shares upon the exercise of rights, or in exchange for
rights, our board of directors may substitute shares of participating Class A preferred stock. The
substitution will be at a rate of two one one-hundredths of a share of participating Class A
preferred stock for each right exchanged.
The rights may be terminated without any payment to holders before their exercise date. The rights
have no voting rights and are not entitled to dividends.
The rights will not prevent a takeover of Wachovia. The rights, however, may cause substantial
dilution to a person or group that acquires 10% or more of common stock unless our board first
terminates the rights. Nevertheless, the rights should not interfere with a transaction that is in
Wachovias and its shareholders best interests because the board can terminate the rights before
that transaction is completed.
The complete terms of the rights are contained in the Shareholder Protection Rights Agreement. The
foregoing description of the rights and the rights agreement is qualified in its entirety by
reference to the agreement. A copy of the rights agreement can be obtained upon written request to
Wachovia Bank, National Association, 1525 West W.T. Harris Blvd., Charlotte, North Carolina
28288-1153.
Additional information relating to our common stock and the DEPs is set forth in Note 12 on pages
100 through 102 in the Annual Report and incorporated herein by reference.
Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers.
Pursuant to authorizations by our board of directors in 1999 and 2000, Wachovia has repurchased
shares of our common stock in private transactions and in open-market purchases. In January 2004,
our board of directors authorized the repurchase of an additional 60 million shares of our common
stock, which together with remaining authority from the previous board
authorizations, permitted Wachovia to repurchase up to 123 million shares of our common stock as of
January 15, 2004, the date that authorization was announced. Future stock repurchases may be
private or open-market purchases, including block transactions, accelerated or delayed block
transactions, forward transactions, collar transactions, and similar transactions. The amount and
timing of stock repurchases will be based on various factors, such as managements assessment of
Wachovias capital structure and liquidity, the market price of Wachovia common stock compared to
managements assessment of the stocks underlying value, and applicable regulatory, legal and
accounting factors. In 2004, Wachovia repurchased 41.98 million shares of Wachovia common stock in
the open market and 752 thousand shares of Wachovia common stock in private transactions at average
prices of $49.56 per share and $46.18 per share, respectively. In addition, Wachovia settled
equity collar contracts in 2004 representing 5.0 million shares at an average cost of $47.34 per
share. Please see Stockholders Equity in the Financial Supplement, filed as Exhibit (19) to this
Report, for additional information about Wachovias share repurchases in 2004. The following table
sets forth information about our stock repurchases for the three months ended December 31, 2004.
Issuer Repurchases of Equity Securities
(2) All of these shares were repurchased pursuant to publicly announced share repurchase programs.
The nature of these repurchases were as follows: October 2004 settlement of equity collar
contracts with a third party involving the simultaneous sale of put options and call options
entered into in the second quarter of 2004: 5.0 million shares; November 2004 open market
repurchases: 12.1 million shares; and December 2004 open market repurchases: 8.6 million shares.
In addition to these repurchases, pursuant to Wachovias employee stock option plans, participants
may exercise Wachovia stock options by surrendering shares of
Wachovia common stock the
participants already own as payment of the option exercise price. Shares so surrendered by
participants in Wachovias employee stock option plans are repurchased pursuant to the terms of the
applicable stock option plan and not pursuant to publicly announced share repurchase programs. For
the quarter ended December 31, 2004, the following shares of Wachovia common stock were surrendered
by participants in Wachovias employee stock option plans: October 2004 28,862 shares at an
average price per share of $48.27; November 2004 60,738 shares at an average price per share of
$51.68; and December 2004 35,780 shares at an average price per share of $53.11.
(3) On May 25, 1999, Wachovia announced a stock repurchase program pursuant to which Wachovia was
authorized to repurchase up to 50 million shares of its common stock. On June 26, 2000, Wachovia
announced a stock repurchase program pursuant to which Wachovia was authorized to repurchase up to
50 million shares of its common stock. On January 15, 2004, Wachovia announced a stock repurchase
program pursuant to which Wachovia was authorized to repurchase up to 60 million shares of its
common stock. None of these programs has an expiration date and each respective program will expire
upon completion of repurchases totaling the amount authorized for repurchase. During the second
quarter of 2004, all
remaining shares authorized under the May 1999 authorization, which totaled
approximately 5.2 million shares at the beginning of the quarter, were repurchased. As of December
31, 2004, there are no more shares remaining under the May 1999 authorization, approximately 15.7
million shares remaining under the June 2000 authorization and 60 million shares remaining under
the January 2004 authorization.
ITEM 6.
SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA.
In response to this Item, the information set forth in Table 3 on page 55 in the Annual Report is
incorporated herein by reference.
ITEM 7.
MANAGEMENTS DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS.
In response to this Item, the information set forth on pages 17 through 69 in the Annual Report is
incorporated herein by reference.
ITEM 7A.
QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK.
In response to this Item, the
information set forth on pages 40 through 48 and in Note 4 on page 87, in
Note 19 on page 118, and in Note 20 on page 123 in the Annual Report is incorporated herein by
reference.
ITEM 8.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA.
In response to this Item, the information set forth in Table 6 on page 57 and on pages 70 through
132 in the Annual Report is incorporated herein by reference.
ITEM 9.
CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE.
Not applicable.
ITEM 9A.
CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
.
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
. As of December 31, 2004, the end of the period
covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K, Wachovias management, including Wachovias Chief
Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure
controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934).
Based upon that evaluation, Wachovias Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer each
concluded that as of December 31, 2004, the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form
10-K, Wachovia maintained effective disclosure controls and procedures.
Managements Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
. Wachovias management is
responsible for establishing and maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting
(as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934). Wachovias internal
control over financial reporting is under the general oversight of the Board of Directors acting
through the Audit Committee, which is composed entirely of independent directors. KPMG LLP,
Wachovias independent auditors, has direct and unrestricted access to the Audit Committee at all
times, with no members of management present, to discuss its audit and any other matters that have
come to its attention that may affect Wachovias accounting, financial reporting or internal
controls. The Audit Committee meets periodically with management, internal auditors and KPMG LLP to
determine that each is fulfilling its responsibilities and to support actions to identify, measure
and control risk and augment internal control over financial reporting. Internal control over
financial reporting, however, cannot provide absolute assurance of achieving financial reporting
objectives because of its inherent limitations.
Under the supervision and with the participation of management, including Wachovias Chief
Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, Wachovia conducted an evaluation of the
effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2004 based on the
framework in Internal Control Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring
Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based upon that evaluation, management concluded that
our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2004. Managements
report on internal control over financial reporting is set forth on page 70 in Wachovias 2004
Annual Report, which is included as Exhibit 13 to this Annual Report of Form 10-K, and is
incorporated herein by reference. Managements assessment of the effectiveness of Wachovias
internal control over financial reporting has been audited by KPMG LLP, an independent, registered
public accounting firm, as stated in its report, which is set forth on page 71 in Wachovias 2004
Annual Report and is incorporated herein by reference.
Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting
. No change in our internal control over
financial reporting occurred during the fourth quarter of our fiscal year ended December 31, 2004,
that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, Wachovias internal
control over financial reporting.
ITEM 9B.
OTHER INFORMATION.
Not applicable.
PART III
ITEM 10.
DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT.
Our executive officers are generally elected to their offices for one-year terms at the board of
directors meeting in April of each year. The terms of any executive officers elected after that
date expire at the same time as the terms of the executive officers elected on that date. The
names of each of our current executive officers, their ages, their positions with us, and, if
different, their business experience during the past five years, are as follows:
G. Kennedy Thompson (54). Chairman, since February 2003, Chief Executive Officer, since April
2000, and President, since December 1999. Previously, Chairman, from March 2001 to September
2001, and Vice Chairman, from October 1998 to December 1999. Also, a director of Wachovia.
David M. Carroll (47). Senior Executive Vice President, since September 2001. Previously,
Executive Vice President and Chief E-Commerce Officer, from May 1999 to September 2001, and
President and CEO, First Union-Florida, from January 1998 to May 1999.
Stephen E. Cummings (49). Senior Executive Vice President, since February 2002. Previously,
Senior Vice President of Wachovia Securities, Inc. (formerly named First Union Securities, Inc.)
and Co-Head, Corporate and Investment Bank, from January 2000 to February 2002, and Co-Head,
Investment Banking from January 1999 to December 1999.
Jean E. Davis (49). Senior Executive Vice President, since September 2001. Previously,
Executive Vice President, Wachovia Operational Services, from February 1999 to September 2001,
and Human Resources Director, from February 1998 to February 1999.
Benjamin P. Jenkins, III (60). Senior Executive Vice President, since September 2001.
Previously, Vice Chairman, from August 1999 to September 2001, President, First Union-Florida,
from June 1999 to August 1999, and President, First Union-VA/MD/DC, prior to June 1999.
Robert P. Kelly (51). Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, since
September 2001. Previously, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, from November
2000 to September 2001, Vice Chairman-Group Office of Toronto Dominion Bank from February 2000
to July 2000, and Vice Chairman-Retail Banking from 1997 to February 2000.
Stanhope A. Kelly (47). Senior Executive Vice President, since September 2001. Previously,
Senior Executive Vice President, from January 2000 to September 2001, and Senior Vice President,
prior to January 2000, Legacy Wachovia.
Wallace D. Malone, Jr. (68). Vice Chairman, since November 1, 2004. Previously, Chairman,
Chief Executive Officer and President, SouthTrust Corporation, prior to November 1, 2004. Also,
a director of Wachovia since November 1, 2004.
Shannon W. McFayden (44). Senior Executive Vice President, since February 2004. Previously,
Executive Vice President, Director Community Affairs, from December 2003 to February 2004,
Senior Vice President, Director of Community Affairs, from September 2001 to December 2003,
Senior Vice President, Director of Human Resources Performance Consulting, from January 2001 to
September 2001, and Senior Vice President, Director of Human Resources Relationship Teams, prior
to January 2001.
Mark C. Treanor (58). Senior Executive Vice President, Secretary and General Counsel, since
September 2001. Previously, Executive Vice President, Secretary and General Counsel, from
August 1999 to September 2001, and Senior Vice President and Senior Deputy General Counsel,
August 1998 to August 1999.
Donald K. Truslow (46). Senior Executive Vice President, since September 2001. Previously,
Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Risk Officer, from August 2000 to September 2001, and
Comptroller and Treasurer, prior to August 2000, Legacy Wachovia.
Paul G. George and Donald A. McMullen, Jr. each served as Senior Executive Vice President and an
executive officer prior to their respective retirements in December 2004. In addition to the
foregoing, the information set forth in the Proxy Statement under the headings General Information
and Nominees, Board Matters Committee Structure; Audit Committee, Corporate Governance
Policies and Practices Code of Conduct & Ethics, and under the subheading Section 16(a)
Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance under the heading Other Matters Relating to Executive
Officers and Directors is incorporated herein by reference.
ITEM 11.
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION.
In response to this Item, the information set forth in the Proxy Statement under the headings
Corporate Governance Policies and Practices Compensation of Directors, Executive
Compensation, Employment Contracts, and Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider
Participation is incorporated herein by reference.
ITEM 12.
SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT.
In response to this Item, the information set forth in the Proxy Statement relating to the
ownership of common stock and DEPs by our directors, executive officers and principal stockholders
under the headings Security Ownership of Management and Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial
Owners, is incorporated herein by reference.
In addition, set forth below is certain information relating to securities authorized for issuance
under our equity compensation plans and a description of material features of equity compensation
plans not approved by stockholders.
Additional Information Regarding Wachovias Equity Compensation Plans
We maintain several equity compensation plans. Our current primary plan is the Wachovia
Corporation 2003 Stock Incentive Plan, which is used for stock awards to our executive officers as
well as other key employees. Our shareholders approved the 2003 Plan at our 2003 annual
shareholders meeting. The 2003 Plan is the only plan Wachovia currently uses to make stock
compensation awards. Prior to adopting the 2003 Plan, Wachovia utilized some equity compensation
plans that were approved by our stockholders and some equity compensation plans that were not
required to be approved by our stockholders. One such plan, named the Wachovia Stock Plan and
referred to herein as the Legacy Wachovia Stock Plan, was approved by Legacy Wachovia
stockholders in 1994. See Material Features of Stock Plans Not Approved by Stockholders below.
The following table gives information as of December 31, 2004 with respect to shares of our
common stock that may be issued under existing stock incentive plans. The table does not include
information with respect to shares subject to outstanding options granted under certain stock
incentive plans assumed by Wachovia in connection with mergers and acquisitions of companies that
originally granted those options, including SouthTrust. Footnote (5) to the table indicates the
total number of shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options under the assumed
plans as of December 31, 2004, and the weighted average exercise price of those options. No
additional options may be granted under those assumed plans.
EQUITY COMPENSATION PLAN INFORMATION
(2) Consists of (A) the 2003 Plan which is currently in effect, and (B) Wachovias 1998 Stock
Incentive Plan, 1996 Master Stock Compensation Plan and 1992 Master Stock Compensation Plan, each
of which was approved by stockholders; however, following adoption of the 2003 Plan, Wachovia
cannot make new stock awards under these plans. As of December 31, 2004, a total of 51,712,174 shares of Wachovia common stock were issuable
upon the exercise of outstanding options under the plans set forth in (B) of the preceding sentence
and the weighted average exercise price of those outstanding options is $38.61 per share. In 2004,
Wachovias 1999 Employee Stock Plan, approved by shareholders at our 1998 annual shareholders
meeting, expired. Any unexercised options in that plan lapsed on September 30, 2004.
(3) Represents only shares available for issuance under the 2003 Plan.
(4) Consists of the 2001 Stock Incentive Plan, the Employee Retention Stock Plan and the Legacy
Wachovia Stock Plan, each discussed below under
Material Features of Stock Plans Not Approved by
Stockholders
.
(5) The table does not include information for stock incentive plans Wachovia assumed in connection
with mergers and acquisitions of the companies that originally established those plans, except for
the Legacy Wachovia Stock Plan. As of December 31, 2004, a total
of 38,693,211 shares of common stock were issuable upon exercise of
outstanding options under those assumed plans. The weighted
average exercise price of those outstanding options is $31.31 per
share. No additional options may be granted under those assumed plans.
Material Features of Stock Plans Not Approved by Stockholders
The following is a brief summary of Wachovias stock compensation plans that have not been approved
by stockholders. Those plans are the 2001 Stock Incentive Plan, the Employee Retention Stock Plan
and the Legacy Wachovia Stock Plan. Wachovia issued stock awards under these plans prior to
adoption of the 2003 Plan. Wachovia will not issue any future stock awards from any of these
plans. Our Management Resources & Compensation Committee of Wachovias board of directors
administers all of these plans and has authority to make all decisions regarding these plans.
These plans share the same general features, except as may be set forth in more detail below.
General
. The plans provide for the grant of options and stock awards, including
restricted stock awards, to non-executive officer employees. The number of shares available for
previously issued but unexercised options is subject to adjustment for any future stock dividends,
splits, mergers, combinations or other capitalization changes. In the event of a change in control
of Wachovia, all outstanding awards under the plans will be immediately exercisable and/or fully
vested, as the case may be. The Legacy Wachovia board and stockholders adopted the Wachovia Stock
Plan in April 1994. The Legacy Wachovia Stock Plan was further amended and restated effective April
2002 by Wachovia following the merger between Legacy First Union and Legacy Wachovia. Legacy First
Unions board of directors adopted the 2001 Stock Incentive Plan in July 2001 and adopted the
Employee Retention Stock Plan in April 2000.
Options
. Each option granted under the plans is evidenced by a written award agreement that
specifies the type of option granted, the option exercise price, the option duration, the vesting
date(s) and the number of shares of common stock subject to the option. No option granted under the
plans has an option exercise price that is less than the fair market value of the common stock on
the option grant date. No option will be exercisable later than the tenth anniversary date of its
grant.
Payment of the option price upon exercise may be made (i) in cash, (ii) by tendering shares of
previously owned common stock having a fair market value at the time of exercise equal to the total
option exercise price, (iii) cashless exercise through a broker, or (iv) by a combination of the
foregoing.
2001 Stock Incentive Plan and Employee Retention Plan
. Unless the compensation
committee determines otherwise, in the event the employment of a participant is terminated by
reason of death, disability or retirement, any outstanding options will become immediately
exercisable at any time prior to the earlier of the expiration date of the options or within
three years after employment ceases. If the employment of the participant terminates for any
other reason, unless the compensation committee determines otherwise, the rights under any
then outstanding and unexercisable options will be forfeited and the rights under any then
outstanding and exercisable options will be forfeited upon the earlier of the option
expiration date or three months after the day employment ends.
Legacy Wachovia Stock Plan
. Unless the compensation committee determines otherwise, in
the event the employment of a participant is terminated by reason of displacement, death,
disability or retirement, any outstanding options will become immediately exercisable at any time
prior to the earlier of the expiration date of the options or within a certain period after
employment ceases, depending on the date of option grant. If the employment of the
participant terminates for any other reason, unless the compensation committee determines
otherwise, the rights under any then outstanding and unexercisable options will be forfeited
and the rights under any then outstanding and exercisable options will be forfeited upon the
earlier of the option expiration date or three months after the day employment ends.
Stock Awards
. During the period of restriction, participants holding shares of restricted
stock may exercise full voting rights and be entitled to receive all dividends and other
distributions paid with respect to those shares while they are so held. If any such dividends or
distributions are paid in shares of common stock, the shares will be subject to the same
restrictions on transferability as the shares of restricted stock with respect to which they were
paid. Under the Legacy Wachovia Stock Plan, if the stock awards are in the form of restricted
stock units, the participant will not have voting rights
with respect to those restricted units and
may receive dividend equivalent rights if provided in the applicable award agreement.
2001 Stock Incentive Plan and Employee Retention Plan
. Unless the compensation
committee determines otherwise, in the event that a participant terminates employment because
of normal retirement, death or disability, any remaining period of restriction applicable to
the stock award will terminate automatically. Unless the compensation committee determines
otherwise, if the employment of a participant terminates for any reason other than death,
disability or normal retirement, then any stock awards subject to restrictions on the date of
such termination will automatically be forfeited on the day employment terminates; provided,
however, if employment terminates due to early retirement or any involuntary termination by
Wachovia, the compensation committee may, in its sole discretion, waive the automatic
forfeiture of any or all such stock awards and/or may add such new restrictions to such stock
awards as it deems appropriate.
Legacy Wachovia Stock Plan
. Unless the compensation committee determines otherwise, in
the event that a participant terminates employment because of displacement, retirement, death
or disability, any remaining period of restriction applicable to the stock award terminates
automatically. Unless the compensation committee determines otherwise, if the employment of a
participant terminates for any reason other than death, disability or normal retirement, then
any stock awards subject to restrictions on the date of such termination will automatically
be forfeited on the day employment terminates; provided, however, if employment terminates
due to early retirement or any involuntary termination by Wachovia, the compensation
committee may, in its sole discretion, waive the automatic forfeiture of any or all such
stock awards and/or may add such new restrictions to such stock awards as it deems
appropriate. Except as may otherwise be provided in the Legacy Wachovia Stock Plan or as the
compensation committee otherwise determines, in the event that a participant terminates
employment with Wachovia for any reason other than as set forth above, or for any reason
provided for in the terms of the grant, then any shares of restricted stock still subject to
restrictions at the date of such termination shall automatically be forfeited.
SARs
. The Employee Retention Stock Plan and the Legacy Wachovia Stock Plan provided for
awards of stock appreciation rights, or SARs, to participants. An SAR represents a right to
receive a payment in cash, common stock, or a combination of both, equal to the excess of the fair
market value of a specified number of shares of common stock on the date the SAR is exercised over
an amount equal to the fair market value on the date the SAR was granted (or the option exercise
price for SARs granted in tandem with an option). Each SAR grant is evidenced by an award agreement
specifying the SAR exercise price, duration, the number of shares of common stock subject to the
SAR, and whether the SAR is granted in tandem with an option or is freestanding. SARs granted in
tandem with an option may be exercised for all or part of the shares subject to the related option
but only to the extent that the related option is then exercisable.
If the employment of a participant terminates by reason of displacement, death, disability or
normal retirement, any then outstanding SARs granted to the participant will become immediately
exercisable. Unless the compensation committee determines otherwise, any such outstanding SARs will
be forfeited on the expiration date of the SARs or within a certain period after employment
terminates, depending on the date of grant. Unless the compensation committee determines otherwise,
if a participants employment terminates for any reason other than displacement, death, disability
or normal retirement, (i) any then outstanding but unexercisable SARs granted to the participant
will be forfeited, and (ii) any then outstanding and exercisable SARs granted to the participant
will be forfeited on the expiration date of the SARs or three months after employment terminates,
whichever period is shorter.
ITEM 13.
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS.
In response to this Item, the information set forth in the Proxy Statement under the heading Other
Matters Relating to Executive Officers and Directors is incorporated herein by reference.
ITEM 14.
PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES
.
In response to this Item, the information set forth in the Proxy Statement in the table and
footnotes under the heading Proposal to Ratify the Appointment of Auditors Fees Paid to
Independent Auditors and under the heading Proposal to Ratify the Appointment of Auditors Audit
Committee Pre-Approval of Audit and Permissible Non-Audit Services is incorporated herein by
reference.
PART IV
ITEM 15.
EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.
(a) Our consolidated financial statements, including the notes thereto and independent auditors
report thereon, are set forth on pages 70 through 132 of the Annual Report, and are incorporated
herein by reference. All financial statement schedules are omitted since the required information
is either not applicable, is immaterial or is included in our consolidated financial statements and
notes thereto. A list of the exhibits to this Form 10-K is set forth on the Exhibit Index
immediately preceding such exhibits and is incorporated herein by reference.
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the
registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto
duly authorized.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed
below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities indicated and on
the date indicated.
*By Mark C. Treanor, Attorney-in-Fact
Date: March 1, 2005
EXHIBIT INDEX
allows bank holding companies that qualify as financial holding companies to engage in
a broad range of financial and related activities;
allows insurers and other financial services companies to acquire banks;
removes various restrictions that applied to bank holding company ownership of
securities firms and mutual fund advisory companies; and
establishes the overall regulatory structure applicable to bank holding companies that
also engage in insurance and securities operations.
FOR
AGAINST
ABSTAIN
BROKER NON-VOTES
10,929,157
8,155,126
0
the tenth business day after any person commences a tender or exchange offer that
entitles that person to 10% or more of our outstanding common stock, or
the tenth business day after we publicly announce that a person has acquired beneficial
ownership of 10% or more of our outstanding common stock.
the date on which our board of directors elects to exchange the rights for our common
stock or preferred stock as described below;
the close of business on December 28, 2010, unless our board of directors extends that time; or
the date on which the rights are terminated as described below.
Total Number of
Maximum Number (or
Shares Purchased as
Approximate Dollar Value) of
Part of Publicly
Shares that May Yet Be
Total Number of
Average Price Paid
Announced Plans or
Purchased Under the
Period (1)
Shares Purchased (2)
per
Share
Programs
(3)
Plans or Programs (3)
5,000,000
$
47.34
5,000,000
96,361,564
12,100,000
52.39
12,100,000
84,261,564
8,600,000
53.22
8,600,000
75,661,564
25,700,000
51.68
25,700,000
75,661,564
(a)
(b)
(c)
Number of securities
remaining available
Number of securities
for future issuance
to be issued upon
Weighted-average
under equity
exercise of
exercise price of
compensation plans
outstanding
outstanding
(excluding
options, warrants
options, warrants
securities reflected
Plan category
and rights
and rights
in column (a)) (1)
86,332,111
$
39.45
103,599,546
(3)
11,710,348
$
35.96
0
98,042,459
$
39.03
103,599,546
stock options,
stock appreciation rights, or
stock awards, including restricted stock awards, restricted stock units, performance stock awards, performance stock units or other
awards based on or with a value tied to, shares of Wachovia common stock.
WACHOVIA CORPORATION
Date: March 1, 2005
By:
/s/
DAVID M. JULIAN
DAVID M. JULIAN
EXECUTIVE VICE PRESIDENT
SIGNATURE
CAPACITY
G. KENNEDY THOMPSON*
G. KENNEDY THOMPSON
Chairman, President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
ROBERT P. KELLY*
ROBERT P. KELLY
Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
DAVID M. JULIAN*
DAVID M. JULIAN
Executive Vice President and Corporate Controller (Principal
Accounting Officer)
JOHN D. BAKER, II*
JOHN D. BAKER, II
Director
JAMES S. BALLOUN*
JAMES S. BALLOUN
Director
ROBERT J. BROWN*
ROBERT J. BROWN
Director
PETER C. BROWNING*
PETER C. BROWNING
Director
JOHN T. CASTEEN, III*
JOHN T. CASTEEN, III
Director
WILLIAM H. GOODWIN, JR.*
WILLIAM H. GOODWIN, JR
Director
ROBERT A. INGRAM*
ROBERT A. INGRAM
Director
DONALD M. JAMES*
DONALD M. JAMES
Director
WALLACE D. MALONE, JR.*
WALLACE D. MALONE, JR.
Vice Chairman and Director
MACKEY J. MCDONALD
Director
JOSEPH NEUBAUER*
JOSEPH NEUBAUER
Director
SIGNATURE
CAPACITY
LLOYD U. NOLAND, III*
LLOYD U. NOLAND, III
Director
VAN L. RICHEY*
VAN L. RICHEY
Director
RUTH G. SHAW*
RUTH G. SHAW
Director
LANTY L. SMITH*
LANTY L. SMITH
Director
JOHN C. WHITAKER, JR.*
JOHN C. WHITAKER, JR
Director
DONA DAVIS YOUNG*
DONA DAVIS YOUNG
Director
/s/ MARK C. TREANOR
MARK C. TREANOR
EXHIBIT
NO.
DESCRIPTION
LOCATION
Restated Articles of Incorporation of Wachovia.
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit(3)(a) to Wachovias
2001 Third Quarter Report on Form 10-Q.
Articles of Amendment to Articles of Incorporation
of Wachovia.
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit(3)(b) to Wachovias.
2002 Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Articles of Amendment to Articles of Incorporation
of Wachovia.
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit(3)(c) to Wachovias
2002 Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Bylaws of Wachovia, as amended.
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (3)(b) to Wachovias
2001 Third Quarter Report on Form 10-Q.
Instruments defining the rights of the holders of
Wachovias long-term debt.
*
Wachovias Shareholder Protection Rights Agreement.
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (4)
to Legacy First Unions Current Report on
Form 8-K dated December 20, 2000.
Wachovias Deferred Compensation Plan for
Officers.
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (10)(b) to Legacy
First Unions 1988 Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Wachovias Deferred Compensation Plan for
Non-Employee Directors, as amended.
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (10)(c) to
Legacy First Unions 2000 Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Wachovias Contract Executive Deferred
Compensation Plan.
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (10)(d) to Legacy
First Unions 1997 Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Wachovias Supplemental Executive Long-Term
Disability Plan, as amended and restated.
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (99) to Wachovias
Current Report on Form 8-K dated January 5, 2005.
Wachovias 1992 Master Stock Compensation
Plan.
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (28) to Legacy
First Unions Registration Statement No. 33-47447.
Wachovias Elective Deferral Plan.
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (4) to Legacy
First Unions Registration Statement No. 33-60913.
Wachovias 1996 Master Stock Compensation
Plan.
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (10) Legacy
First Unions 1996 First Quarter Report on Form 10-Q.
Wachovias 1998 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended.
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (10)(j) to Wachovias
2001 Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Employment Agreement between Wachovia
and G. Kennedy Thompson.
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (10)(q) to Legacy
First Unions 1999 Annual Report on Form 10-K.
`
Amendment No. 1 to Employment Agreement between
Wachovia and G. Kennedy Thompson.
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit(10)(l) to Wachovias
2001 Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Employment Agreements between Wachovia and
Benjamin P. Jenkins, III, Donald A. McMullen, Jr.,
and Stephen E. Cummings.
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (10) o Wachovias
2002 Second Quarter Report on Form 10-Q.
Employment Agreement between Wachovia and
Robert P. Kelly.
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (10)(n) to Wachovias
2002 Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Employment Agreement between Wachovia and David M.
Carroll.
Filed herewith.
Form of Employment Agreement between Wachovia
and certain other Executive Officers of Wachovia.
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit(10)(m) to Wachovias 2001
Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Wachovias Senior Management Incentive Plan.
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit(10)(t) to Legacy
First Unions 2000 Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Form of Senior Executive Retirement Agreement between
Wachovia and certain Executive Officers of Wachovia.
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 to Legacy
Wachovias 1999 Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Wachovias Senior Management Incentive Plan,as
amended.
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Legacy
Wachovias 1999 Second Quarter Report on Form 10-Q.
Wachovias Amended and Restated Executive Deferred
Compensation Plan.
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Legacy
Wachovias 2000 First Quarter Report on Form 10-Q.
EXHIBIT
NO.
DESCRIPTION
LOCATION
Wachovias 2001 Stock Incentive Plan.
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (10)(v) to Wachovias
2001 Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Wachovias Stock Plan, as amended and restated.
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.23 to Legacy
Wachovias 2000 Third Quarter Report on Form 10-Q.
Wachovias Executive Long-Term Disability Income Plan.
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.34 to Legacy
Wachovias 1997 Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Form of Callable Split Dollar Insurance Agreement between
Wachovia and certain Executive Officers of Wachovia.
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.39 to Legacy
Wachovias 2000 Third Quarter Report on Form 10-Q.
Form of Non-Callable Split Dollar Insurance Agreement
between Wachovia and certain Executive Officers of
Wachovia.
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.40 to Legacy
Wachovias 2000 Third Quarter Report on Form 10-Q.
Form of Split Dollar Life Insurance Agreement between
Wachovia and G. Kennedy Thompson, Benjamin P.
Jenkins, III, Donald A. McMullen, Jr. and certain
Executive Officers of Wachovia.
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (10)(ee) to Wachovias
2002 Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Wachovias Employee Retention Stock Plan.
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (10)(ff) to Wachovias
2002 Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Wachovias Savings Restoration Plan.
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (10)(gg) to Wachovias
2002 Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Wachovias 2003 Stock Incentive Plan.
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (10) to Wachovias
2003 First Quarter Report on Form 10-Q.
Employment Agreement between Wachovia and
W. Barnes Hauptfuhrer.
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (10)(ee) to Wachovias
2003 Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Split-Dollar Life Insurance Termination Agreement
between Wachovia and G. Kennedy Thompson.
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (10)(ff) to Wachovias
2003 Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Insurance Bonus Agreement between Wachovia and
G. Kennedy Thompson.
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (10)(gg) to Wachovias
2003 Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Form of Split-Dollar Life Insurance Termination Agreement
between Wachovia and certain Executive Officers of Wachovia,
including Donald A. McMullen and David M. Carroll.
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (10)(hh) to Wachovias
2003 Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Form of Insurance Bonus Agreement between Wachovia and
certain Executive Officers of Wachovia, including Donald A.
McMullen, Jr., W. Barnes Hauptfuhrer, Robert P. Kelly and
Stephen E. Cummings.
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (10)(ii) to Wachovias
2003 Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Split-Dollar Insurance Special Election Form between
Wachovia and Benjamin P. Jenkins, III.
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (10)(jj) to Wachovias
2003 Annual Report on Form 10-K.
SouthTrust Corporation Long-Term Incentive Plan.
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2 to SouthTrusts 2000
Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A, filed March 10, 2000.
SouthTrust Corporation Amended and Restated Senior Officer
Performance Incentive Plan.
Incorporated by reference to Appendix B to SouthTrusts
2004 Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A, filed March 8, 2004.
SouthTrust Corporation Performance Incentive Retirement
Benefit Plan.
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (10)(d) to SouthTrusts
2001 Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Amended and Restated SouthTrust Corporation Deferred
Compensation Plan.
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (10)(e) to SouthTrusts
2001 Annual Report on Form 10-K.
SouthTrust Corporation Enhanced Retirement Benefit Plan.
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (10)(f) to SouthTrusts
2001 Annual Report on Form 10-K.
SouthTrust Corporation Wallace D. Malone, Jr., Nonqualified
Deferred Compensation Plan.
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (10)(g) to SouthTrusts
2001 Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Amended and Restated SouthTrust Corporation Executive
Deferred Compensation Plan.
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (10)(h) to SouthTrusts
2001 Annual Report on Form 10-K.
SouthTrust Corporation Wallace D. Malone, Jr., Second
Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan.
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (10)(i) to SouthTrusts
2001 Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Amended and Restated Employment Agreement for
Wallace D. Malone, Jr.
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (10)(n) to SouthTrusts
2001 Annual Report on Form 10-K.
EXHIBIT NO.
DESCRIPTION
LOCATION
SouthTrust Corporation Executive Management Retirement Plan.
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (10)(a) to SouthTrusts
2002 First Quarter Report on Form 10-Q.
SouthTrust Corporation 2004 Long-Term Incentive Plan.
Incorporated by reference to Appendix C to SouthTrusts 2004
Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A, filed March 8, 2004.
Form of stock award agreements for Executive Officers of
Wachovia.
Filed herewith.
Computations of Consolidated Ratios of Earnings to
Fixed Charges.
Filed herewith.
Computations of Consolidated Ratios of Earnings to
Fixed Charges and Preferred Stock Dividends
Filed herewith.
Wachovias 2004 Annual Report to Stockholders.**
Filed herewith.
List of Wachovias subsidiaries.
Filed herewith.
Consent of KPMG LLP.
Filed herewith.
Power of Attorney.
Filed herewith.
Certification of principal executive officer pursuant to Section
302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
Filed herewith.
Certification of principal financial officer pursuant to Section
302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
Filed herewith.
Certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted
pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
Filed herewith.
Certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted
Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
Filed herewith.
*
We agree to furnish to the SEC upon request, copies of the instruments, including
indentures, defining the rights of the holders of our long-term debt and of our subsidiaries
long-term debt.
**
Except for those portions of the Annual Report that are expressly incorporated by reference
in this Form 10-K, the Annual Report is furnished for the information of the SEC only and is
not to be deemed filed as part of this Form 10-K.
Exhibit (10)(m)
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
This Employment Agreement , made and entered into as of the 1st day of November, 2001, by and between Wachovia Corporation (the Company), a North Carolina corporation, and David M. Carroll (the Executive), and restated as of February 1, 2005;
WHEREAS, the Management Resources & Compensation Committee (the Committee) of the Board of Directors of the Company (the Board) has determined that it is in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders to assure that the Company will have the continued service of the Executive. The Committee believes it is imperative to encourage the Executives full attention and dedication to the Company, and to provide the Executive with compensation and benefits arrangements upon a termination of employment with the Company which ensure that the compensation and benefits expectations of the Executive will be satisfied and which are competitive with those of other corporations.
NOW, THEREFORE, in order to accomplish the objectives set forth above and in consideration of the mutual covenants herein contained, the parties hereby agree as follows:
1. Employment Period . (a) The Effective Date shall mean the date hereof.
(b) The Company hereby agrees to continue the Executive in its employ, and the Executive hereby agrees to remain in the employ of the Company upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, for the period commencing on the Effective Date and ending on the third anniversary thereof (the Employment Period); provided, however, that commencing on the date one year after the date hereof, and on each annual anniversary of such date (such date and each annual anniversary thereof shall be hereinafter referred to as the Renewal Date), unless previously terminated, the Employment Period shall be automatically extended so as to terminate three years from such Renewal Date, unless at least 90 days prior to the Renewal Date the Company or the Executive, respectively, shall give notice to the Executive or the Company, respectively, that the Employment Period shall not be so extended. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event a Change in Control (as defined herein) occurs, the Employment Period, unless previously terminated, shall be extended immediately prior to the Change in Control so that the Employment Period shall terminate no earlier than three years from such Change in Control.
2. Terms of Employment . (a) Positions and Duties . (i) During the Employment Period, the Company agrees to employ the Executive, and the Executive agrees to serve as an employee of the Company and as an employee of one or more of its subsidiaries. The Executive shall perform such duties and responsibilities, in such capacity and with such
1
authority, for the Company (or one or more of its subsidiaries) as the Company may designate from time to time. Such duties shall be of a type for which the Executive is suited by background, experience and training, in the Companys reasonable discretion.
(ii) During the Employment Period, and excluding any periods of vacation and sick leave to which the Executive is entitled, the Executive agrees to devote his full professional attention and time during normal business hours to the business and affairs of the Company and to perform the responsibilities assigned to the Executive hereunder. During the Employment Period it shall not be a violation of this Agreement for the Executive to (A) serve on corporate, civic or charitable boards or committees, (B) deliver lectures, fulfill speaking engagements or teach at educational institutions, and (C) manage personal investments, so long as such activities do not interfere with the performance of the Executives responsibilities as an employee of the Company in accordance with this Agreement and are consistent with the Companys policies. It is expressly understood and agreed that to the extent that any such activities have been conducted by the Executive prior to the Effective Date, the continued conduct of such activities (or the conduct of activities similar in nature and scope thereto) subsequent to the Effective Date shall not thereafter be deemed to interfere with the performance of the Executives responsibilities to the Company.
(b) Compensation . (i) Salary and Bonus . For all services rendered by the Executive in any capacity under this Agreement, the Company shall pay the Executive during the Employment Period as compensation (i) an annual salary in an amount not less than the amount of the Executives annual salary as of the Effective Date (the Annual Base Salary) and (ii) such annual cash incentive bonus, if any, as may be awarded to him by the Board or by a Committee designated by the Board (the Annual Bonus). Such salary shall be payable in accordance with the Companys customary payroll practices, and any such bonus shall be payable in cash in accordance with the Companys incentive bonus plans from which the Annual Bonus is awarded. During the Employment Period prior to the Date of Termination, the Annual Base Salary shall be reviewed in accordance with the Companys policies and procedures applicable to the Executive and may be increased from time to time consistent with such procedures. Any increase in Annual Base Salary shall not serve to limit or reduce any other obligation to the Executive under this Agreement. In the event the Executives actual Annual Base Salary is increased above the then current Annual Base Salary during the Employment Period, such increased Annual Base Salary shall constitute Annual Base Salary for purposes of this Agreement, and may not thereafter be reduced except with the written consent of the Executive.
(ii) Employee Benefits . During the Employment Period prior to the Date of Termination, the Executive and/or the Executives family, as the case may be, shall be eligible to participate in employee benefit plans generally available to other peer executives of the Company or its subsidiaries, including without limitation, employee stock purchase plans, savings plans, retirement plans, welfare benefit plans (including, without limitation, medical,
2
prescription, dental, disability, life, accidental death, and travel accident insurance, but excluding severance plans) and similar plans, practices, policies and programs. In addition, during the Employment Period, the Executive shall be eligible to participate in the Companys stock-based incentive compensation plans then available to other peer executives of the Company with awards thereunder determined by the Board or by a Committee designated by the Board, in its sole discretion, except as provided in this Agreement.
(iii) Expenses . During the Employment Period prior to the Date of Termination, the Executive shall be entitled to receive prompt reimbursement for all reasonable expenses incurred by the Executive in accordance with the policies, practices and procedures of the Company and its affiliated companies in effect for the Executive at the time the expense is incurred.
(iv) Fringe Benefits . During the Employment Period prior to the Date of Termination, the Executive shall be entitled to fringe benefits and perquisite plans or programs of the Company and its affiliated companies generally available to executives who are peers of the Executive; provided that the Company reserves the right to modify, change or terminate such fringe benefits and perquisite plans or programs from time to time, in its sole discretion.
(v) Indemnification/D&O Insurance . During the Employment Period for acts prior to the Date of Termination, the Executive shall be entitled to indemnification with respect to the performance of his duties hereunder, and directors and officers liability insurance, on the same terms and conditions as generally available to other peer executives of the Company and its affiliated companies.
3. Termination of Employment . (a) Retirement, Death or Disability . The Executives employment shall terminate automatically upon the Executives death or Retirement (as defined herein) during the Employment Period. For purposes of this Agreement, Retirement shall mean either (i) voluntary termination by the Executive of the Executives employment upon satisfaction of the requirements for early retirement under the Companys tax-qualified defined benefit pension plan or (ii) voluntary termination by the Executive of the Executives employment upon satisfaction of the requirements for normal retirement under the terms of the Companys tax-qualified defined benefit pension plan. If the Company determines in good faith that Disability of the Executive has occurred during the Employment Period (pursuant to the definition of Disability set forth below), it may give to the Executive written notice in accordance with this Agreement of its intention to terminate the Executives employment. In such event, the Executives employment with the Company shall terminate effective on the 30 th day after receipt of such notice by the Executive (the Disability Effective Date), provided that, within the 30 days after such receipt, the Executive shall not have returned to full-time performance of the Executives duties. For purposes of this Agreement, Disability shall mean termination of the Executives employment upon satisfaction of the requirements to receive benefits under the Companys long-term disability
3
plan.
(b) Cause . The Company may terminate the Executives employment during the Employment Period for Cause. For purposes of this Agreement, Cause shall mean:
(i) the continued and willful failure of the Executive to perform substantially the Executives duties with the Company or one of its affiliates (other than any such failure resulting from incapacity due to physical or mental illness), after a written demand for substantial performance is delivered to the Executive by the Company which specifically identifies the manner in which the Company believes that the Executive has not substantially performed the Executives duties and a reasonable time for such substantial performance has elapsed since delivery of such demand, or
(ii) the willful engaging by the Executive in illegal conduct or gross misconduct which is materially injurious to the Company.
For purposes of this provision, no act or failure to act, on the part of the Executive, shall be considered willful unless it is done, or omitted to be done, by the Executive in bad faith or without reasonable belief that the Executives action or omission was in the best interests of the Company. Any act, or failure to act, based upon authority given pursuant to a resolution duly adopted by the Board or upon the instructions of the Chairman of the Board or a senior executive officer of the Company or based upon the advice of counsel for the Company shall be conclusively presumed to be done, or omitted to be done, by the Executive in good faith and in the best interests of the Company. Following a Change in Control (as defined herein), the Companys termination of the Executives employment shall not be deemed to be for Cause unless and until there shall have been delivered to the Executive a copy of a resolution duly adopted by the affirmative vote of not less than three-fourths of the entire membership of the Board at a meeting of the Board called and held for such purpose (after reasonable notice is provided to the Executive and the Executive is given an opportunity, together with counsel, to be heard before such Board), finding that, in the good faith opinion of such Board, the Executive is guilty of the conduct described in subparagraph (i) or (ii) above, and specifying the particulars thereof in detail.
(c) Good Reason . The Executives employment may be terminated by the Executive for Good Reason. For purposes of this Agreement, Good Reason shall mean, in the absence of a written consent of the Executive which expressly refers to a provision of this Section 3(c):
(i) prior to a Change in Control, the substantial diminution in the overall importance of the Executives role, as determined by balancing (A) any increase or decrease in the scope of the Executives management responsibilities against (B) any increase or decrease in the relative sizes of the businesses, activities or functions (or portions thereof)
4
for which the Executive has responsibility; provided, however, that none of (I) a change in the Executives title, (II) a change in the hierarchy, (III) a change in the Executives responsibilities from line to staff or vice versa, and (IV) placing the Executive on temporary leave pending an inquiry into whether the Executive has engaged in conduct that could constitute Cause under this Agreement, either individually or in the aggregate shall be considered Good Reason;
(ii) any failure by the Company to comply with any material provision of
this Agreement (including, without limitation, any provision of Section 2 of this Agreement), other than an isolated, insubstantial and inadvertent failure not occurring in bad faith and which is remedied by the Company promptly after receipt of notice thereof given by the Executive;
(iii) any purported termination by the Company of the Executives employment otherwise than as expressly permitted by this Agreement;
(iv) at any time prior to the Executive reaching age 63, the Company giving notice to the Executive of its intention not to extend the term of this Agreement as provided in Section 1(b);
(v) following a Change in Control, the relocation of the principal place of the Executives employment to a location that is more than 35 miles from such principal place of employment immediately prior to the date the proposed Change in Control is publicly announced, or the Companys requiring the Executive to travel on Company business to a substantially greater extent than required immediately prior to the Change in Control;
(vi) following a Change in Control, the Companys requiring the Executive or all or substantially all of the employees of the Company who report directly to the Executive immediately prior to the date the proposed Change in Control is publicly announced to be based at any office or location other than such persons office or location on such date;
(vii) any failure by the Company to comply with and satisfy Section 9(c) of this Agreement; or
(viii) following a Change in Control, assignment to the Executive of any duties inconsistent in any respect with the Executives position as in effect immediately prior to the public announcement of the proposed Change in Control (including status, offices, titles and reporting requirements), authority, duties or responsibilities, or any other action by the Company which results in any diminution in such position, authority, duties or responsibilities.
For purposes of this Section 3(c), any good faith determination of Good Reason made by the
5
Executive after a Change in Control shall be conclusive (including any such determination when the Executive is then eligible for Retirement). In the event the Company challenges the Executives determination of Good Reason, the Company shall continue to make the payments and provide the benefits to the Executive as set forth in Section 4(a). If it is finally determined pursuant to the procedures set forth in this Agreement that the Executives termination was not for Good Reason, the Executive shall reimburse the Company the amounts to which it is finally determined to be entitled.
(d) Notice of Termination . Any termination by the Company for Cause, or by the Executive for Good Reason, shall be communicated by Notice of Termination to the other party hereto given in accordance with this Agreement. For purposes of this Agreement, a Notice of Termination means a written notice which (i) indicates the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon, (ii) to the extent applicable, sets forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of the Executives employment under the provision so indicated and (iii) if the Date of Termination (as defined below) is other than the date of receipt of such notice, specifies the termination date (which date shall be not more than 30 days after the giving of such notice). The failure by the Executive or the Company to set forth in the Notice of Termination any fact or circumstance which contributes to a showing of Good Reason or Cause shall not waive any right of the Executive or the Company, respectively, hereunder or preclude the Executive or the Company, respectively, from asserting such fact or circumstance in enforcing the Executives or the Companys rights hereunder. To be effective, a Notice of Termination given by the Executive terminating employment with the Company for Good Reason must be received by the Company no later than 60 days from the event(s) giving rise to the Good Reason termination.
(f) Date of Termination . Date of Termination means (i) if the Executives employment is terminated by the Company for Cause, the date of receipt of the Notice of Termination, unless the Company agrees to a later date no more than 30 days after such notice, as the case may be, (ii) if the Executives employment is terminated by the Executive for Good Reason or Retirement, the date of receipt of the Notice of Termination or any later date specified therein within 30 days of such notice, as the case may be, (iii) if the Executives employment is terminated by the Company other than for Cause or Disability, the date on which the Company notifies the Executive of such termination or any later date specified therein within 30 days of such notice, as the case may be, (iv) if the Executives employment is terminated by reason of death or Disability, the date of death of the Executive or the Disability Effective Date, as the case may be, and (v) if the Executives employment is terminated by the Executive for other than Good Reason, death, Disability or Retirement, the date that is 60 days after the date of receipt of the Notice of Termination by the Company, provided, however, the Company may elect to waive such notice or place the Executive on paid leave for all or any part of such 60-day period during which the Executive will be entitled to continue to receive the Annual Base Salary but shall not receive any Annual Bonus or any other payment from the Company other than reimbursement for expenses as contemplated in Section 2(b)(iii) and continued participation in the employee benefit plans as contemplated in Section 2(b)(ii).
6
(g) Change in Control . For purpose of this Agreement, a Change in Control shall mean:
(i) The acquisition by any individual, entity or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the Exchange Act)) (a Person) of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of 20% or more of either (A) the then outstanding shares of common stock of the Company (the Outstanding Company Common Stock) or (B) the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the Outstanding Company Voting Securities; provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection (i), the following acquisitions shall not constitute a Change in Control: (1) any acquisition directly from the Company, (2) any acquisition by the Company, (3) any acquisition by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or any corporation controlled by the Company or (4) any acquisition by any corporation pursuant to a transaction which complies with clauses (A), (B) and (C) of subsection (iii) of this Section 3(g); or
(ii) Individuals who, as of the date hereof, constitute the Board (the Incumbent Board) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board; provided, however, that any individual becoming a director subsequent to the date hereof whose election, or nomination for election by the Companys shareholders, was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then comprising the Incumbent Board (either by a specific vote or by approval of the proxy statement of the Company in which such person is named as a nominee for director, without written objection to such nomination) shall be considered as though such individual were a member of the Incumbent Board, but excluding, for this purpose, any such individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of an actual or threatened election contest with respect to the election or removal of directors or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or contests by or on behalf of a Person other than the Board; or
(iii) Consummation of a reorganization, merger, share exchange or consolidation or sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (a Business Combination), in each case, unless, following such Business Combination, (A) all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who were the beneficial owners, respectively, of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and Outstanding Company Voting Securities immediately prior to such Business Combination beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 60% of, respectively, the then outstanding shares of common stock and the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, as the case may be, of the corporation resulting from such Business Combination (including, without limitation, a corporation which as a result of such transaction owns the Company or all or substantially all of the Companys assets either directly or through one or more subsidiaries) in substantially the same proportions as their
7
ownership, immediately prior to such Business Combination of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and Outstanding Company Voting Securities, as the case may be, (B) no Person (excluding any corporation resulting from such Business Combination or any employee benefit plan (or related trust) of the Company or such corporation resulting from the Business Combination) beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, 20% or more of, respectively, the then outstanding shares of common stock of the corporation resulting from such Business Combination or the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of such corporation except to the extent that such ownership existed prior to the Business Combination and (C) at least a majority of the members of the board of directors of the corporation resulting from such Business Combination were members of the Incumbent Board immediately prior to the time of the execution of the initial agreement, or of the action of the Board, providing for such Business Combination; or
(iv) Approval by the stockholders of the Company of a complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company.
4. Obligations of the Company upon Termination . (a) Good Reason; Company Termination other than for Cause, Death, Disability, or Retirement . If, during the Employment Period, the Company shall terminate the Executives employment other than for Cause, Death, Disability, or Retirement or the Executive shall terminate employment for Good Reason:
(i) the Company shall pay to the Executive in a lump sum in cash within 30 days after the Date of Termination the aggregate of (A) the Executives Annual Base Salary through the Date of Termination to the extent not theretofore paid, and (B) the product of (1) an Annual Bonus of an amount equal to the greater of (x) the highest annual cash incentive bonus paid by the Company to the Executive for the three calendar years prior to the Date of Termination or (y) the Executives then applicable target incentive bonus under the then applicable cash incentive compensation plan prior to the Date of Termination (the greater of clauses (x) or (y) is defined as the Base Bonus), and (2) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days in the fiscal year in which the Date of Termination occurs through the Date of Termination, and the denominator of which is 365, to the extent not theretofore paid (the Pro Rata Bonus), (C) any unpaid Annual Bonus for the prior year, (D) any compensation previously deferred by the Executive (together with any accrued interest or earnings thereon) and (E) any accrued paid time off, in each case to the extent not theretofore paid (the sum of the amounts described in clauses (A), (B), (C), (D) and (E) shall be hereinafter referred to as the Accrued Obligations).
For purposes of determining the Base Bonus hereunder, the Company shall exclude any special or one-time bonuses and any premium enhancements to bonuses but shall include any portions of bonuses (other than the excluded bonuses) which have been deferred by the Executive;
8
(ii) for each of the three years after the Executives Date of Termination (the Compensation Continuance Period), the Company shall pay to the Executive a cash benefit equal to the sum of (A) the Executives highest Annual Base Salary during the twelve months immediately prior to the Date of Termination, (B), the Base Bonus, and (C) the amount equal to the highest matching contribution by the Company to the Executives account in the Companys 401(k) plan for the five years immediately prior to the Date of Termination (the payments described in clauses (A), (B) and (C) shall be hereinafter referred to as the Compensation Continuance Payments and, together with the benefits referred to in Sections 4(a)(iii), (iv), (v), (vi) and (vii), shall be hereinafter referred to as the Compensation Continuance Benefits). The Company shall make the Compensation Continuance Payments no more frequently than semi-monthly (and may make the Compensation Continuance Payments in accordance with the Companys normal payroll policies and practices), and shall withhold from the Compensation Continuance Payments all applicable federal, state and local taxes. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, in the event a Change of Control has occurred on or prior to the Date of Termination, the Company shall pay the Compensation Continuance Payments to the Executive in a lump sum in cash within 30 days after the Date of Termination.
(iii) during the Compensation Continuance Period (or for the remainder of the Executives life if such Date of Termination is after a Change in Control), or such longer period as may be provided by the terms of the appropriate plan, program, practice or policy, the Company shall continue medical, dental and life insurance benefits to the Executive and/or the Executives family on a substantially equivalent basis to those which would have been provided to them in accordance with the medical, dental and life insurance plans, programs, practices and policies described in Section 2(b)(iv) of this Agreement if the Executives employment had not been terminated. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event the Executive becomes reemployed with another employer and becomes eligible to receive medical, dental and/or life insurance benefits from such employer, the medical, dental and/or life insurance benefits described herein shall be secondary to such benefits during the period of the Executives eligibility, but only to the extent that the Company reimburses the Executive for any increased cost and provides any additional benefits necessary to give the Executive the benefits provided hereunder. For purposes of determining eligibility (but not the time of commencement of benefits) of the Executive for retiree benefits pursuant to such plans, practices, programs and policies, the Executive shall be considered to have terminated employment with the Company on the Date of Termination. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company reasonably determines that providing continued coverage under one or more of its welfare benefit plans contemplated herein could adversely affect the tax treatment of other participants covered under such plans, or would otherwise have adverse legal ramifications, the Company may, in its discretion, either (A) provide other coverage at least as valuable as the continued coverage through insurance or otherwise, or (B) pay the Executive a lump sum cash amount that reasonably approximates the after-tax value to the Executive of the premiums for continued coverage, in lieu of providing such continued coverage;
9
(iv) during the Compensation Continuance Period, to the extent not otherwise vested in accordance with the Companys stock compensation plans, all unvested options to purchase shares of Company common stock and restricted stock awards will continue to vest in accordance with the applicable terms of such stock option or restricted stock grants as if the Executives employment with the Company had not been terminated. At the end of the Compensation Continuance Period, to the extent not otherwise vested in accordance with the preceding sentence, all unvested stock options and restricted stock awards will vest. Notwithstanding the termination of the Executives employment with the Company, all stock options granted to the Executive as of the date of this Agreement and during the Employment Period will be exercisable until the scheduled expiration date of such stock options; provided, however, in the event any such stock options are designated as incentive stock options pursuant to section 422 of the Code (as defined herein), such stock options shall be treated as non-qualified stock options for purposes of this sentence to the extent that they are exercised after the period specified in section 422(a)(2) of the Code (to the extent such provision applies);
(v) during the Compensation Continuance Period, the Executive shall be entitled to continue to participate in the Companys fringe benefit and perquisite plans or programs in which the Executive participated immediately prior to the Date of Termination, in each case in accordance with the Companys plans, programs, practices and policies;
(vi) to the extent not theretofore paid or provided, the Company shall timely pay or provide to the Executive any other amounts or benefits required to be paid or provided or which the Executive is eligible to receive under any plan, program, policy or practice or contract or agreement of the Company and its affiliated companies (excluding any severance plan, program, policy or practice) through the Date of Termination (such other amounts and benefits shall be hereinafter referred to as the Other Benefits); and
(vii) the Company will provide outplacement services to the Executive in accordance with the Companys policies generally applicable to involuntarily terminated employees.
(b) Death . If the Executives employment is terminated by reason of the Executives death during the Employment Period, this Agreement shall terminate without further obligations to the Executives legal representatives under this Agreement, other than for payment of Accrued Obligations, Other Benefits, and the payment of an amount equal to the Executives Annual Base Salary. Accrued Obligations and cash payments pursuant to the preceding sentence shall be paid to the Executives estate or beneficiary, as applicable, in a lump sum in cash within 30 days of the Date of Termination. With respect to the provision of Other Benefits, the term Other Benefits as utilized in this Section 4(b) shall include, without limitation, and the Executives estate and/or beneficiaries shall be entitled to receive, death benefits then applicable to the Executive.
10
(c) Retirement . If the Executives employment is terminated by reason of the Executives Retirement during the Employment Period, this Agreement shall terminate without further obligations to the Executive under this Agreement, other than for payment of Accrued Obligations and Other Benefits. Accrued Obligations shall be paid to the Executive in a lump sum in cash within 30 days of the Date of Termination. With respect to the provision of Other Benefits, the term Other Benefits as utilized in this Section 4(c) shall include, without limitation, and the Executive shall be entitled to receive, all retirement benefits then applicable to the Executive.
(d) Disability . If the Executives employment is terminated by reason of the Executives Disability during the Employment Period, this Agreement shall terminate without further obligations to the Executive, other than for payment of Accrued Obligations, Other Benefits, and the payment of an amount equal to the Executives Annual Base Salary. Accrued Obligations and the cash payments pursuant to the preceding sentence shall be paid to the Executive in a lump sum in cash within 30 days of the Date of Termination. With respect to the provision of Other Benefits, the term Other Benefits as utilized in this Section 4(d) shall include, and the Executive shall be entitled after the Disability Effective Date to receive, disability and other benefits then applicable to the Executive.
(e) Cause; Other than for Good Reason . If the Executives employment shall be terminated by the Company for Cause or by the Executive without Good Reason (other than for Retirement) during the Employment Period, this Agreement shall terminate without further obligations of the Company to the Executive other than the obligation to pay to the Executive (x) his Annual Base Salary through the Date of Termination, (y) the amount of any compensation previously deferred by the Executive, and (z) Other Benefits, in each case only to the extent owing and theretofore unpaid.
5. Non-exclusivity of Rights . Nothing in this Agreement shall prevent or limit the Executives continuing or future participation in any plan, program, policy or practice provided by the Company or any of its affiliated companies and for which the Executive may qualify (excluding any severance plan or program of the Company), nor subject to Section 11(f), shall anything herein limit or otherwise affect such rights as the Executive may have under any contract or agreement with the Company or any of its affiliated companies. Amounts which are vested benefits or which the Executive is otherwise entitled to receive under any plan, policy, practice or program of or any contract or agreement with the Company or any of its affiliated companies at or subsequent to the Date of Termination shall be payable in accordance with such plan, policy, practice or program or contract or agreement except as explicitly modified by this Agreement.
6. Full Settlement . Except as specifically provided in this Agreement, the Companys obligation to make the payments provided for in this Agreement and otherwise to perform its obligations hereunder shall not be affected by any set-off, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other claim, right or action which the Company may have against the
11
Executive or others. In no event shall the Executive be obligated to seek other employment or take any other action by way of mitigation of the amounts payable to the Executive under any of the provisions of this Agreement and, such amounts shall not be reduced whether or not the Executive obtains other employment. The Executive acknowledges and agrees that subject to the payment by the Company of the benefits provided in this Agreement to the Executive, in no event will the Company or its subsidiaries or affiliates be liable to the Executive for damages under any claim of breach of contract as a result of the termination of the Executives employment. In the event of such termination, the Company shall be liable only to provide the benefits specified in this Agreement. The Company agrees to pay as incurred, to the full extent permitted by law, all legal fees and expenses which the Executive may reasonably incur as a result of any contest by the Company, the Executive or others of the validity or enforceability of, or liability under, any provision of this Agreement or any guarantee of performance thereof (including as a result of any contest by the Executive about the amount of any payment pursuant to this Agreement), plus in each case interest on any delayed payment at the applicable Federal rate provided for in Section 7872(f)(2)(A) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the Code). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if it is finally judicially determined that the Executive brought any claims contemplated in the previous sentence in bad faith, the Executive shall reimburse the Company for such fees and expenses which are reasonably related to such bad faith claim.
7. Covenants . (a) The Executive shall hold in a fiduciary capacity for the benefit of the Company all secret, non-public or confidential information, knowledge or data relating to the Company or any of its affiliated companies, and their related businesses, which shall have been obtained by the Executive during the Executives employment by the Company or any of its affiliated companies (or predecessors thereto). After termination of the Executives employment with the Company, the Executive shall not, without the prior written consent of the Company or as may otherwise be required by law or legal process, communicate or divulge any such information, knowledge or data to anyone other than the Company and those designated by it. In addition to the foregoing, the Executive will refrain from taking any action or making any statements, written or oral, which are intended to or which disparage the business, goodwill or reputation of the Company or any of its affiliated companies, or their respective directors, officers, executives or other employees, or which could adversely affect the morale of employees of the Company or any of its affiliated companies.
(b) (i) While employed by the Company and for three years after the Date of Termination (which may include the Compensation Continuance Period), the Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, on behalf of the Executive or any other person, (A) solicit for employment by other than the Company, (B) encourage to leave the employ of the Company, or (C) interfere with the Companys or its affiliated companies relationship with, any person employed by the Company or its affiliated companies.
(ii) While employed by the Company and for three years after the Date of Termination (which may include the Compensation Continuance Period), the Executive will
12
not become a director, officer, employee or consultant engaging in activities similar to those performed by a senior officer for any business which is in competition with any line of business of the Company or its affiliates and in which the Executive participated in a direct capacity while he was employed by the Company or its affiliates (including predecessors thereof) at any time within the one year period preceding the Effective Date and which has offices in any location in which the Executive had supervisory responsibility in the geographic footprint of First Union National Bank (or successors thereto, including but not limited to, Florida, Georgia, South Carolina, Tennessee, North Carolina, Virginia, Maryland, Pennsylvania, New Jersey, Delaware, New York, Connecticut, and Washington, D.C. plus any other state or states added during the Employment Period) during that one year period. The Executive expressly acknowledges the reasonableness of such restrictions and such geographic area. Further, during such period, the Executive will not acquire an equity or equity-like interest in such an organization for his own account, except that he may acquire equity interests of not more than 5% of any such organization from time to time as an investment. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, this Section 7(b)(ii) shall not apply if the Executive terminates employment with the Company pursuant to Retirement or the Executive terminates employment with the Company for any reason following a Change in Control or the Company terminates the Executives employment for any reason following a Change in Control. Upon the Executives request to the Companys Chief Executive Officer, the Company will provide an advance opinion as to whether a proposed activity would violate the provisions of this Section 7(b)(ii).
(iii) During the Compensation Continuance Period, the Executive shall provide consulting services to the Company at such time or times as the Company shall reasonably request, subject to appropriate notice and to reimbursement by the Company of all reasonable travel and other expenses incurred and paid by the Executive in accordance with the Companys then-current policy for expense reimbursement. In the event the Executive shall engage in any employment permitted hereunder during the Compensation Continuance Period for another employer or on a self-employed basis, the Executives obligation to provide the consulting services hereunder shall be adjusted in accordance with the requirements of such employment.
(c) In the event of a breach or threatened breach of this Section 7, the Executive agrees that the Company shall be entitled to injunctive relief in a court of appropriate jurisdiction to remedy any such breach or threatened breach and, prior to a Change in Control, the Company may terminate the Compensation Continuance Period and the Compensation Continuance Benefits, if applicable, in its sole discretion. The Executive acknowledges that monetary damages would be inadequate and insufficient remedy for a breach or threatened breach of Section 7. Following the occurrence of a Change in Control, in no event shall an asserted violation of the provisions of this Section 7 constitute a basis for deferring or withholding any amounts otherwise payable to the Executive under this Agreement. If it is finally determined pursuant to the procedures set forth in this Agreement that the Executive did not breach this Section 7, the Company shall reimburse the Executive
13
the amounts to which it is finally determined to be entitled.
(d) Any termination of the Executives employment or of this Agreement shall have no effect on the continuing operation of this Section 7; provided, however, upon termination of this Agreement due to the Companys or the Executives failure to extend the term of this Agreement pursuant to Section 1(b), Section 7(b)(ii) shall no longer apply to the Executive if the Executives employment shall terminate after the term of this Agreement expires; and provided, further, Section 7(b)(ii) shall not apply if the Executive terminates employment with the Company pursuant to Retirement or the Executive terminates employment with the Company for any reason following a Change in Control or the Company terminates the Executives employment for any reason following a Change in Control.
(e) The Executive hereby agrees that prior to accepting employment with any other person or entity during the Employment Period or during the three years following the Date of Termination (which may include the Compensation Continuance Period), the Executive will provide such prospective employer with written notice of the existence of this Agreement and the provisions of Section 3(e) and this Section 7, with a copy of such notice delivered simultaneously to the Company in accordance with Section 11(c). The foregoing provision shall not apply if the Company terminates the Executives employment without Cause following a Change in Control, or if the Executive terminates his employment for Good Reason following a Change in Control.
8. Certain Additional Payments by the Company . (a) Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding and except as set forth below, in the event it shall be determined that any payment or distribution by the Company to or for the benefit of the Executive following a Change in Control (whether paid or payable or distributed or distributable pursuant to the terms of the Agreement or otherwise, but determined without regard to any additional payments required under this Section 8) (a Payment) would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code (or any successor statute) or any interest or penalties are incurred by the Executive with respect to such excise tax (such excise tax, together with any such interest and penalties, are hereinafter collectively referred to as the Excise Tax), then the Executive shall be entitled to receive an additional payment (a Gross-Up Payment) in an amount such that after payment by the Executive of all taxes (including any interest or penalties imposed with respect to such taxes), including, without limitation, any income taxes (and any interest and penalties imposed with respect thereto) and Excise Tax imposed upon the Gross-Up Payment, the Executive retains an amount of the Gross-Up Payment equal to the Excise Tax imposed upon the Payments.
(b) Subject to the provisions of Section 8(c), all determinations required to be made under this Section 8, including whether and when a Gross-Up Payment is required and the amount of such Gross-Up Payment and the assumptions to be utilized in arriving at such determination, shall be made by KPMG LLP or such other certified public accounting firm reasonably acceptable to the Company (the Accounting Firm) which shall provide
14
detailed supporting calculations both to the Company and the Executive within 30 business days of the receipt of notice from the Company that there has been a Payment, or such earlier time as is requested by the Company. All fees and expenses of the Accounting Firm shall be borne solely by the Company. Any Gross-Up Payment, as determined pursuant to this Section 8, shall be paid by the Company to the Executive by the due date for the payment of any Excise Tax, or, if earlier, 30 days after the receipt of the Accounting Firms determination. Any determination by the Accounting Firm shall be binding upon the Company and the Executive. As a result of the uncertainty in the application of Section 4999 of the Code at the time of the initial determination by the Accounting Firm hereunder, it is possible that Gross-Up Payments which will not have been made by the Company should have been made (Underpayment), consistent with the calculations required to be made hereunder. In the event that the Company exhausts its remedies pursuant to Section 8(c) and the Executive thereafter is required to make a payment of any Excise Tax, the Accounting Firm shall determine the amount of the Underpayment that has occurred and any such Underpayment shall be promptly paid by the Company to or for the benefit of the Executive.
(c) The Executive shall notify the Company in writing of any claim by the Internal Revenue Service that, if successful, would require the payment by the Company of the Gross-Up Payment. Such notification shall be given as soon as practicable but no later than ten business days after the Executive is informed in writing of such claim and shall apprise the Company of the nature of such claim and the date on which such claim is requested to be paid. The Executive shall not pay such claim prior to the expiration of the 30-day period following the date on which it gives such notice to the Company (or such shorter period ending on the date that any payment of taxes with respect to such claim is due). If the Company notifies the Executive in writing prior to the expiration of such period that it desires to contest such claim, the Executive shall:
(i) give the Company any information reasonably requested by the Company relating to such claim,
(ii) take such action in connection with contesting such claim as the Company shall reasonably request in writing from time to time, including, without limitation, accepting legal representation with respect to such claim by an attorney reasonably selected by the Company,
(iii) cooperate with the Company in good faith in order to effectively contest such claim, and
(iv) permit the Company to participate in any proceedings relating to such claim;
provided, however, that the Company shall bear and pay directly all costs and expenses (including additional interest and penalties) incurred in connection with such contest and
15
shall indemnify and hold the Executive harmless, on an after-tax basis, for any Excise Tax or income tax (including interest and penalties with respect thereto) imposed as a result of such representation and payment of costs and expenses. Without limitation on the foregoing provisions of this Section 8(c), the Company shall control all proceedings taken in connection with such contest and, at its sole option, may pursue or forego any and all administrative appeals, proceedings, hearings and conferences with the taxing authority in respect of such claim and may, at its sole option, either direct the Executive to pay the tax claimed and sue for a refund or contest the claim in any permissible manner, and the Executive agrees to prosecute such contest to a determination before any administrative tribunal, in a court of initial jurisdiction and in one or more appellate courts, as the Company shall determine; provided, however, that if the Company directs the Executive to pay such claim and sue for a refund, the Company shall advance the amount of such payment to the Executive, on an interest-free basis and shall indemnify and hold the Executive harmless, on an after-tax basis, from any Excise Tax or income tax (including interest or penalties with respect thereto) imposed with respect to such advance or with respect to any imputed income with respect to such advance; and further provided that any extension of the statute of limitations relating to payment of taxes for the taxable year of the Executive with respect to which such contested amount is claimed to be due is limited solely to such contested amount. Furthermore, the Companys control of the contest shall be limited to issues with respect to which a Gross-Up Payment would be payable hereunder and the Executive shall be entitled to settle or contest, as the case may be, any other issue raised by the Internal Revenue Service or any other taxing authority.
(d) If, after the receipt of an amount advanced by the Company pursuant to Section 8(c), the Executive becomes entitled to receive any refund with respect to such claim, the Executive shall (subject to the Companys complying with the requirements of Section 8(c)) promptly pay to the Company the amount of such refund (together with any interest paid or credited thereon after taxes applicable thereto) upon receipt thereof. If, after the receipt by the Executive of an amount advanced by the Company pursuant to Section 8(c), a determination is made that the Executive shall not be entitled to any refund with respect to such claim and the Company does not notify the Executive in writing of its intent to contest such denial or refund prior to the expiration of 30 days after such determination, then such advance shall be forgiven and shall not be required to be repaid and the amount of such advance shall offset, to the extent thereof, the amount of Gross-Up Payment required to be paid.
(e) For purposes of this Section 8, any reference to the Executive shall be deemed to include the Executives surviving spouse, estate and/or beneficiaries with respect to payments or adjustments provided by this Section 8.
9. Successors . (a) This Agreement is personal to the Executive and without the prior consent of the Company shall not be assignable by the Executive otherwise than by will or the laws of descent and distribution.
16
(b) This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns.
(c) The Company will require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company to assume expressly in writing and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform it if no such succession had taken place. As used in this Agreement, Company shall mean the Company as hereinbefore defined and any successor to its business and/or assets as aforesaid which assumes and agrees to perform this Agreement by operation of law, or otherwise.
10. Arbitration . Except with respect to the Companys rights to injunctive relief for matters arising under Section 7 of this Agreement, any disputes or controversies arising under or in connection with this Agreement (including, without limitation, whether any such disputes or controversies have been brought in bad faith) shall be settled exclusively by arbitration in Charlotte, North Carolina in accordance with the commercial arbitration rules of the American Arbitration Association then in effect; provided, however, that the Company may invoke the American Arbitration Associations Optional Rules for Emergency Measures of Protection. Judgment may be entered on the arbitrators award in any court having jurisdiction.
11. General Provisions . (a) Governing Law; Amendment; Modification. This Agreement shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of North Carolina, without reference to principles of conflict of laws. This Agreement may not be modified or amended except by an instrument in writing signed by the parties hereto.
(b) Severability . If, for any reason, any provision of this Agreement is held invalid, such invalidity shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement not held so invalid, and each such other provision shall to the full extent consistent with law continue in full force and effect. If any provision of this Agreement shall be held invalid in part, such invalidity shall in no way affect the rest of such provision not held so invalid and the rest of such provision, together with all other provisions of this Agreement, shall to the full extent consistent with law continue in full force and effect.
(c) Notices . All notices under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed effective when delivered in person (in the Companys case, to its Secretary) or forty-eight (48) hours after deposit thereof in the U.S. mail, postage prepaid, for delivery as registered or certified mail addressed, in the case of the Executive, to such Executive at his residential address, and in the case of the Company, to its corporate headquarters, attention of the Secretary, or to such other address as the Executive or the Company may designate in writing at any time or from time to time to the other party. In lieu of notice by deposit in the U.S. mail, a party may give notice by telegram or telex.
17
(d) Tax Withholding . The Company may withhold from any amounts payable under this Agreement such Federal, state, local or foreign taxes as shall be required to be withheld pursuant to any applicable law or regulation.
(e) Strict Compliance . The Executives or the Companys failure to insist upon strict compliance with any provision of this Agreement or the failure to assert any right the Executive or the Company may have hereunder, including, without limitation, the right of the Executive to terminate employment for Good Reason pursuant to Section 3(c) of this Agreement, shall not be deemed to be a waiver of such provision or right or any other provision or right of this Agreement. The waiver, whether express or implied, by either party of a violation of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any subsequent violation of any such provision.
(f) Entire Understanding . From and after the Effective Date this Agreement shall supersede any other agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, including without limitation, the Employment Agreement between the Company and the Executive dated as of November 15, 1999 (the Prior Agreement).
(g) Conflicts with Plans . To the extent any plan, policy, practice or program of or contract or agreement with the Company attempts to cap, restrict, limit or reduce payments to the Executive hereunder, such caps, restrictions, limitations or reductions are expressly modified to permit the payments contemplated hereby and the parties intend that the terms of this Agreement shall be construed as having precedence over any such caps, restrictions, limitations or reductions.
(h) Release and Waiver of Claims . In consideration of any Compensation Continuance Benefits the Company provides to the Executive under this Agreement, the Executive upon termination of employment with the Company shall execute a separate general release and waiver of claims in favor of the Company, its affiliates and personnel in a form acceptable to the Company. The Executive shall not be eligible for any Compensation Continuance Benefits until the Executive has executed such release and waiver of claims.
(i) Creditor Status . No benefit or promise hereunder shall be secured by any specific assets of the Company. The Executive shall have only the rights of an unsecured general creditor of the Company in seeking satisfaction of such benefits or promises.
(j) No Assignment of Benefits . No right, benefit or interest hereunder shall be subject to assignment, encumbrance, charge, pledge, hypothecation or set off in respect of any claim, debt or obligation, or similar process.
18
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Agreement to be executed by its officers thereunto duly authorized, and the Executive has signed this Agreement under seal, all as of the date and year first above written.
WACHOVIA CORPORATION | ATTEST: | [SEAL] | ||||
By: | ||||||
|
|
|||||
Name: G. Kennedy Thompson | Mark C. Treanor | |||||
Title: Chief Executive Officer | Secretary | |||||
(SEAL) | ||||||
|
||||||
David M. Carroll |
19
Exhibit (10)(ss)
[Wachovia Corporation letterhead]
[Date]
[Addressee]
[Address]
[City], [State] [Zipcode]
Re:
|
NOTIFICATION OF GRANT UNDER WACHOVIA CORPORATIONS 2003 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN |
Dear [Addressee]:
Wachovia Corporation (the Corporation) adopted the 2003 Stock Incentive Plan (the Plan) to enable the Corporation to help attract and retain the services of key employees upon whose judgment, interest and special effort the successful conduct of the Corporations business is largely dependent. To further this purpose, the Board of Directors of the Corporation has granted to you the following stock options and/or restricted shares relating to the Corporations common stock. The grant of the award(s) is subject in all respects to the terms and conditions of this letter, the Plan and the enclosed Information Statement. The terms of the Plan and the Information Statement are expressly incorporated into this letter. To the extent this letter and the Plan conflict, the terms of the Plan control.
Non-qualified
Stock Options
Restricted
Shares
Termination of Employment:
On [Date], you were granted a non-qualified stock option (NQSO) to purchase an aggregate of
[Number of Options Granted] shares of the Corporations common stock, at a price of $[Option Price]
per share. Subject to the terms of the Plan and this letter, the shares under this option shall
become exercisable [Description of Vesting Period and Pro Rated Amounts, if applicable] beginning
one year from the date of grant and will remain exercisable until [Option Expiration Date], on
which date the NQSO hereby granted shall terminate, to the extent not previously exercised or
forfeited.
Number of Options
Vesting Schedule
[Description of Vesting Period and Pro Rated
Amounts, if applicable].
On [Date], you were granted [Number of Restricted Shares Awarded] restricted shares (Restricted
Shares) of the Corporations common stock. The Restricted Shares granted hereby may not be sold,
transferred, pledged, assigned or otherwise alienated or hypothecated (the Transfer Restrictions)
except in accordance with the following schedule or as otherwise may be provided in the Plan or
this letter:
Number of Shares
Date Transfer Restrictions Lapse
[Description of Vesting Period and Pro Rated
Amounts, if applicable. May also include
Performance Goals to be satisfied as a condition
precedent to vesting, if applicable.]
(1) Effect on Stock Options:
If your employment with the Corporation shall terminate by reason of Death, displacement (as
interpreted under the Wachovia severance plan), or Disability, any of the shares under this option
that are unvested
shall become immediately exercisable on the Date of Termination of Employment and will remain so until [Option Expiration Date], on which date the NQSO hereby granted shall terminate, to the extent not previously exercised or forfeited. If your employment shall terminate by reason of retirement after attaining age 50 with at least 10 years of service, any then outstanding options shall become immediately exercisable on the Date of Termination of Employment and will be exercisable until the expiration date of such options provided that retirement was prior to attaining age 62 with the consent of the Management Resources and Compensation Committee. Unless the Committee determines otherwise, if your employment with the Corporation shall terminate for any other reason (including upon the 91 st day of a personal, administrative, or educational leave of absence) other than Death, Retirement or Retirement prior to attaining age 62 with the consent of the MRCC, Displacement or Disability, (i) any then outstanding but unexercisable shares granted to you under this option will be forfeited on the Date of Termination of Employment, and (ii) any then outstanding and exercisable shares granted under this option will be forfeited on the expiration date of such Options or three months after the Date of Termination of Employment, whichever period is shorter.
(2) Effect On Restricted Shares:
Unless the Committee determines otherwise, if your employment with the Corporation shall terminate
because of Death, displacement (as interpreted under the Wachovia severance plan) or Disability,
any remaining Period of Restriction applicable to the Restricted Shares granted under this award
shall automatically terminate and, these Restricted Shares shall be free of restrictions and freely
transferable. If your employment shall terminate by reason of retirement after attaining age 50
with at least 10 years of service, any remaining Period of Restriction applicable to the Restricted
Shares granted under this award shall automatically terminate and, these Restricted Shares shall be
free of restrictions and freely transferable provided that retirement was prior to attaining age 62
with the consent of the MRCC. Unless the Committee determines otherwise, if your employment with
the Corporation shall terminate for any reason (including upon the 91
st
day of a
personal, administrative or educational leave of absence) other than Death, Retirement or
Retirement prior to attaining age 62 with the consent of the MRCC, Displacement or Disability, then
any of the Restricted Shares granted under this award subject to restrictions on the date of such
termination shall automatically be forfeited on the Date of Termination of Employment and returned
to the Corporation; provided, however, if such employment terminates due to any other involuntary
termination by the Corporation, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, waive the automatic
forfeiture of any or all such Restricted Shares and/or may add such new restrictions to such Stock
Awards as it deems appropriate.
The enclosed materials outline the actions that are required of you in conjunction with this grant. Please return the requested forms to Executive Compensation, ATTN: Grant Forms, 301 S. Tryon Street T-11, Charlotte, NC 28288-0951, no later than [Date]. If you have any questions concerning your grant, please contact Wachovia Stock Option Services at 1-877-386-4661.
Sincerely,
Ken Thompson
Exhibit (12)(a)
WACHOVIA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
COMPUTATIONS OF CONSOLIDATED RATIOS OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES
Years Ended December 31, | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
(In millions) | 2004 | 2003 | 2002 | 2001 | 2000 | ||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||||||
EXCLUDING
INTEREST ON DEPOSITS
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
Pretax
income from continuing operations
|
$ | 7,633 | 6,080 | 4,667 | 2,293 | 632 | |||||||||||||||||||
Fixed
charges, excluding capitalized interest
|
2,701 | 2,309 | 2,414 | 3,734 | 4,963 | ||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Earnings
|
(A) | $ | 10,334 | 8,389 | 7,081 | 6,027 | 5,595 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Interest, excluding interest on deposits
|
$ | 2,474 | 2,113 | 2,247 | 3,581 | 4,828 | |||||||||||||||||||
One-third of rents
|
227 | 196 | 167 | 153 | 135 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Capitalized interest
|
| | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Fixed charges (a)
|
(B) | $ | 2,701 | 2,309 | 2,414 | 3,734 | 4,963 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Consolidated ratios of earnings to
fixed charges, excluding
interest on deposits
|
(A)/(B) | 3.83 | X | 3.63 | 2.93 | 1.61 | 1.13 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
INCLUDING
INTEREST ON DEPOSITS
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
Pretax income from continuing
operations |
$ | 7,633 | 6,080 | 4,667 | 2,293 | 632 | |||||||||||||||||||
Fixed charges, excluding capitalized
interest |
5,554 | 4,669 | 5,844 | 8,478 | 10,232 | ||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Earnings
|
(C) | $ | 13,187 | 10,749 | 10,511 | 10,771 | 10,864 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Interest, including interest on deposits
|
$ | 5,327 | 4,473 | 5,677 | 8,325 | 10,097 | |||||||||||||||||||
One-third of rents
|
227 | 196 | 167 | 153 | 135 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Capitalized interest
|
| | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Fixed charges (a)
|
(D) | $ | 5,554 | 4,669 | 5,844 | 8,478 | 10,232 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Consolidated ratios of earnings to
fixed charges, including
interest
on deposits
|
(C)/(D) | 2.37 | X | 2.30 | 1.80 | 1.27 | 1.06 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(a) The amount of fixed charges do not include other obligations which exist under Financial Accounting Standards Board Interpretation No. 45, Guarantors Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Others.
Exhibit (12)(b)
WACHOVIA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
COMPUTATIONS OF CONSOLIDATED RATIOS OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES AND PREFERRED STOCK DIVIDENDS
Years Ended December 31,
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
(In millions)
|
2004
|
2003
|
2002
|
2001
|
2000
|
|||||||||||||||||||
EXCLUDING INTEREST ON DEPOSITS
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Pretax income from continuing
operations
|
$ | 7,633 | 6,080 | 4,667 | 2,293 | 632 | ||||||||||||||||||
Fixed charges, excluding preferred
stock dividends and capitalized
interest
|
2,701 | 2,309 | 2,414 | 3,734 | 4,963 | |||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||||
Earnings
|
(A | ) | $ | 10,334 | 8,389 | 7,081 | 6,027 | 5,595 | ||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||||
Interest, excluding interest on deposits
|
$ | 2,474 | 2,113 | 2,247 | 3,581 | 4,828 | ||||||||||||||||||
One-third of rents
|
227 | 196 | 167 | 153 | 135 | |||||||||||||||||||
Preferred stock dividends
|
| 5 | 19 | 6 | | |||||||||||||||||||
Capitalized interest
|
| | | | | |||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||||
Fixed charges (a)
|
(B | ) | $ | 2,701 | 2,314 | 2,433 | 3,740 | 4,963 | ||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||||
Consolidated ratios of earnings to
fixed charges, excluding interest
on deposits
|
(A)/(B) | 3.83 | X | 3.63 | 2.91 | 1.61 | 1.13 | |||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||||
INCLUDING INTEREST ON DEPOSITS
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Pretax income from continuing
operations
|
$ | 7,633 | 6,080 | 4,667 | 2,293 | 632 | ||||||||||||||||||
Fixed charges, excluding preferred
stock dividends and capitalized
interest
|
5,554 | 4,669 | 5,844 | 8,478 | 10,232 | |||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||||
Earnings
|
(C | ) | $ | 13,187 | 10,749 | 10,511 | 10,771 | 10,864 | ||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||||
Interest, including interest on deposits
|
$ | 5,327 | 4,473 | 5,677 | 8,325 | 10,097 | ||||||||||||||||||
One-third of rents
|
227 | 196 | 167 | 153 | 135 | |||||||||||||||||||
Preferred stock dividends
|
| 5 | 19 | 6 | | |||||||||||||||||||
Capitalized interest
|
| | | | | |||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||||
Fixed charges (a)
|
(D | ) | $ | 5,554 | 4,674 | 5,863 | 8,484 | 10,232 | ||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||||
Consolidated ratios of earnings to
fixed charges, including interest
on deposits
|
(C)/(D) | 2.37 | X | 2.30 | 1.79 | 1.27 | 1.06 | |||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(a) The amount of fixed charges do not include other obligations which exist under Financial Accounting Standards Board Interpretation No. 45, Guarantors Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Others.
Financial Performance Highlights
(Dollars in millions, except per share data)
2004
2003
2002
$
22,990
20,345
18,063
5,214
4,259
3,560
$
3.81
3.18
2.60
26.74
%
24.21
19.99
$
493,324
401,188
342,033
$
47,317
32,428
32,078
1,588
1,312
1,357
$
1.66
1.25
1.00
29.79
24.71
23.63
52.60
46.59
36.44
$
83,537
61,139
49,461
4,004
3,360
3,280
96,030
86,114
80,868
Business Description
Compound Annual Growth 2002-2004
Dividends Per Share and Payout Ratios
Letter to Our Shareholders
|
3 | |
Corporate Citizenship
|
6 | |
Corporate Overview
|
9 | |
Overview of Major Businesses
|
10-11 | |
Managements Discussion and Analysis
|
||
Executive summary (summary tables on pages 17 and 55)
|
17 | |
Critical accounting policies
|
20 | |
Net interest income and margin (tables on pages 24, 55, 68-69)
|
24 | |
Fee and other income (tables on pages 25, 55 and 74)
|
25 | |
Noninterest expense (tables on pages 26, 55 and 74)
|
25 | |
Business segments (tables on pages 28-31 and 105)
|
26 | |
Explanation of our use of non-GAAP financial measures
|
53 | |
Five-year summaries of income
|
55 | |
Selected quarterly data
|
57 | |
Managements Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
|
70 | |
Reports of Independent Registered Accounting Firm
|
71-72 | |
Consolidated Financial Statements
|
||
Consolidated balance sheets
|
73 | |
Consolidated statements of income
|
74 | |
Consolidated statements of changes in stockholders equity
|
75 | |
Consolidated statements of cash flows
|
76 | |
Notes to consolidated financial statements
|
77 | |
Glossary
|
133 | |
Index
|
134-135 | |
Board of Directors and Operating Committee
|
136 | |
Shareholder Information (Dividend and Stock Price tables on pages 55, 57, 74 and above)
|
Inside Back Cover |
Momentum . . .
Wachovias growth is driven by a diversity of revenue sources, a broad and convenient distribution
system, and a singular focus on customer needs.
|
Letter to Our Shareholders 17% one-year and 84% three-year Total Return to Shareholders Three-year performance ranks No. 1 among 20 Largest U.S. Banks |
Dear Wachovia Shareholders,
Wachovias performance was outstanding in 2004, the result of four years of extraordinary efforts by our entire team to firmly place your company on its successful growth path with a diversified set of complementary businesses, nationwide distribution of financial products and services, and exemplary customer service.
These efforts fueled 2004s earnings growth of 22 percent to a record $5.2 billion. On a per share basis, earnings were up 20 percent from 2003 to $3.81. Our shareholders enjoyed a one-year total return (including stock price appreciation and dividends) of 17 percent, which once again outperformed banking industry indices. In fact, Wachovias total return ranks No. 1 among the nations 20 largest banks since year-end 2001, shortly after First Union and Wachovia merged. Over that three-year period, our total return was 84 percent.
In addition, we increased our common stock dividend twice in 2004, to $1.84 on an annualized basis. That is a 3.5 percent yield even before any stock price appreciation. We have increased the dividend five times since 2001, and our dividend payout ratio of 40 percent is in line with our target of paying our shareholders 40 percent to 50 percent of earnings excluding merger-related and certain other expenses. In 2004, we paid $2.3 billion in dividends to our common stock shareholders.
Driving our momentum is strong growth in our four major businesses, all of which produced record revenue and record earnings in 2004. Key drivers were strong balance sheet growth in our General Bank and market share growth in our Corporate and Investment Bank. Credit quality also was superior even better than we had expected when the year began and trends continue to look favorable.
We strengthened our banking markets with the November 1, 2004, acquisition of one of the nations premier regional banking companies, SouthTrust Corporation. This transaction solidified our leading market share in a number of the nations most desirable banking markets. In the economically strong and expanding Southeast, we are No. 1 in deposit market share. In addition, the SouthTrust acquisition accelerated our plans to enter the fast-growing Texas markets. At year-end 2004, we had 72 branches in the Dallas-Fort Worth, Houston, Austin and San Antonio markets, with plans to add another 50 by the end of 2005.
This market extension further propels the strong momentum in our General Bank, which I firmly believe is the best in the nation with a proud record of customer service leadership, state-of-the-art sales and servicing techniques, and reliable execution. Our General Bank, which provides retail and commercial banking products and services in 15 states, expanded
into Manhattan and entered the Texas markets very successfully in the past year. General Bank earnings grew 24 percent from 2003 and in fact our General Bank, led by Ben Jenkins, has generated double-digit earnings growth on a compound annual basis since 2001. Strong balance sheet growth drove these results, with average low-cost core deposits up 21 percent from 2003. We have led our major bank peers in low-cost core deposit growth for the past two years.
Our capital markets arm, the Corporate and Investment Bank, led by Steve Cummings, produced excellent revenue growth in 2004 after focusing strategically on reducing its use of capital by improving credit quality, controlling expenses and refining its customer relationship focus. This attention was rewarded in 2004 with a 75 percent increase in net new lead relationships and solid market share gains, as well as double-digit earnings growth.
Our Wealth Management team, led by Stan Kelly, is focused on the high net-worth client segment. We created this as a separate business in 2001 in the First Union-Wachovia merger, and since then Wealth Management has focused on carefully defining its target market, enhancing its sales force and further refining its strategies. The results were clear in the record 2004 Wealth Management earnings and revenue resulting from strong balance sheet growth and an increase in trust and investment fees and insurance revenues.
Our Capital Management Group, which encompasses retail brokerage, mutual funds, insurance, institutional trust and other similar business lines, has been challenged, like the rest of the retail brokerage industry, by low trading activity reflecting the uncertainty of retail investors in weak equity markets. But in this revenue-challenged environment, we were able to largely complete our retail brokerage integration, reduce costs, continue to grow client assets, enhance our sales force and make needed upgrades in our brokerage systems. We believe Capital Management, with David Carroll at the helm since year-end 2004, is positioned extremely well for a market rebound in 2005, and in fact we did see a pickup in retail brokerage activity in the fourth quarter of 2004.
We are harnessing the power of our diversified business model to drive revenue growth through cross-business partnerships. One example is our Wachovia Client Partnership, which is a client acquisition and relationship growth strategy to provide a comprehensive approach and serve clients in the way that can best meet their needs. This partnership has generated more than 11,600 referrals between our business units since its inception in 2003, and attracted an additional $6.5 billion in loan, trust and investment, and deposit balances through
3
2004. New revenue in 2004 from cross-business referrals was $87 million, up 29 percent over our full year target. Another example is our retirement planning strategy, which took shape in 2004 and is designed to cross-sell retirement services and products to individuals and businesses. A key focus is on offering solid financial planning and leading retirement products to General Bank commercial and small business clients, as well as to clients of our Wealth, Corporate and Investment Bank, and retail brokerage teams.
In short, your company had a fantastic year, and we are building momentum with employees in all of
our businesses focused on the same six priorities:
n
Expense efficiency
n
Employee engagement
n
Merger integration
Revenue growth For several years, I have said revenue growth is one of the most critical challenges facing the financial services industry, and this continued to be the case in the weak financial markets of 2004. But Wachovia outperformed its major bank peers on revenue growth partially due to the retail brokerage transaction and the SouthTrust merger, but each of our businesses contributed organic growth.
We believe we have solid revenue opportunities ahead in all our businesses. The General Bank will add to its momentum as we complete the SouthTrust merger integration, institute our sales culture, and offer additional products and services to a larger base of customers. We are also gaining market share and lead bank relationships in the Corporate and Investment Bank. We continue to add to the expertise of our sales force in each business unit, and focus on improving investment management returns in Capital Management.
Our focus on growing the top line while maintaining expense discipline has resulted in double-digit earnings per share growth for the past 10 consecutive quarters. We believe this growth formula will continue to be effective for us going forward.
Efficiency and expense control Instilling a culture of expense discipline has long been a strategic priority for us. Our efforts have been successful, as illustrated by our bottom line results, but we know we can still improve. Thats why we embarked last spring on a business-by-business and process-by-process review with a goal of creating a company that continuously improves its efficiency and effectiveness and drives more profitability to the bottom line.
This is not a one-time, cost-cutting effort. It is a very deliberate, systematic three-year effort to control expense growth. Our goal is simply to be a much more efficient company, and slow the rate of expense growth even more than weve done in the past. At the same time, we intend to grow revenue aggressively, create jobs, invest for the future and provide the best products and service to our customers.
However, we dont have a goal of being the most efficient company in our peer group. Thats because our business mix, which includes a large securities brokerage firm, differs from most traditional banks that have low efficiency ratios (meaning the amount spent to generate each dollar of revenue). In addition, we are investing in such things as desktop sales and servicing systems for our retail bankers and in technology improvements companywide. We will be mindful of costs, but I do not believe its wise to try to cost-cut your way to growth. Instead, we intend to be the model of a revenue-driven company, and we will continue investing to generate higher revenue growth.
We believe the expense initiatives we have under way in specific lines of business as well as several cross-organizational initiatives have the potential to slow our expense growth by $600 million to $1.0 billion and produce an improved operating overhead efficiency ratio in the range of 52 percent to 55 percent by the end of 2007, down from 62 percent in 2004. More information is in the Managements Discussion and Analysis section.
On top of this expense initiative, our expenses have been reduced already by the successful completion in 2004 of the Wachovia-First Union integration, which we estimate removed nearly $1.0 billion from our annual expense run rate. We are also well along in achieving annual cost savings of $364 million pretax from systems conversion and integration of our retail brokerage transaction. And were beginning to gain expected savings from the SouthTrust integration, which we estimated when this acquisition was announced to be $414 million pre-tax. We expect that most of these last two merger-related expense savings will be achieved in 2005.
Customer loyalty Our revenue and earnings performance in 2004 is no accident, but the result of several years of hard work during which all of our employees, from the top levels to the front line, focused their full attention on providing the best possible service experience for our customers.
Now, for four consecutive years, the annual University of Michigan American Customer Satisfaction Index has affirmed Wachovias reputation as the customer service leader among the nations major banks. Our longtime shareholders will recall, however, that
4
Strategic Driver: Revenue Growth and Expense Efficiency |
it was not that long ago 1999 when our customer service had slipped, and we learned a hard lesson in customer attrition. One of my first actions when I became CEO in mid-2000 was to tackle service quality. We increased staffing levels in our financial centers, call centers, and operations area. We revised our incentive compensation plans to emphasize not only sales performance, but service as well. We instituted a clear measurement system to track customer satisfaction through our Gallup surveys of 60,000 to 70,000 customers quarterly. And I chair the monthly meeting of senior managers that ensures we quickly address any operational or system issues that create obstacles to providing good customer service.
According to our Gallup surveys, our customer satisfaction has risen consistently since the low point in 1999, ending the fourth quarter of 2004 at 6.59 (on a scale of 1 to 7), which is considered among the best-in-class in our industry. We are particularly proud that customer satisfaction continued to improve even during the First Union-Wachovia merger integration something Gallup tells us is virtually unheard of during a merger.
Now that we have a solid customer service mechanism in place, we have raised the bar. Our new goals are not only to ensure customer satisfaction with Wachovia, but customer loyalty as well, which we measure in response to such questions
as would you recommend Wachovia to a friend? and will you continue to do business with Wachovia? By the end of 2004, 49 percent of customers in our retail financial centers were defined as loyal customers who rated Wachovia extremely positively on overall satisfaction, willingness to do further business and willingness to recommend us. This is important because loyal customers stay with us longer, buy more products and services, create good word-of-mouth referrals, and reduce customer acquisition and servicing costs. Customer satisfaction is so important to us that our incentive programs include this metric.
Employee engagement Another priority for Wachovia is ensuring that our employees find their work meaningful which creates what we call employee engagement. Some shareholders may question the importance of this priority. In my opinion, having employees who feel personally invested in achieving the companys mission is vital to our success. Only fully engaged employees will continue, as ours do, to put their customers first even while going through the uncertainties of merger integration. Only fully engaged employees will see the benefit of working together to do whats best for their customers regardless of who owns the customer. So we continue to work hard to drive high levels of employee engagement through our benefits programs, training and development programs, encour-
5
Corporate Citizenship
Strategic Driver:
2004 Community Impact
3 |
Reading First®, our
literacy education program, involved 10,000
employees in nearly 4,500 partnerships with
local classrooms, with 90,000 books donated
to classroom libraries
|
|
3 |
12,000 employees volunteered in their
communities by building homes, mentoring
children, reading in schools, tutoring
adults in financial literacy, and more
|
|
3 |
Over 1,200 grants totaling $148,000 made
to the charity of choice for employees who
volunteered at least 24 hours
|
|
3 |
Wachovia donated 800,000 pounds of ice,
484,000 gallons of water, 7,500 food kits,
32,000 batteries, and disaster recovery
teammates drove 98,000 miles to
support victims of hurricanes Charley, Frances,
Ivan and Jeanne
|
Fully Engaged Employees Vital to Success
% Fully Engaged Employees
Wachovia Employees Who Say They Like Their Work
Cross-Industry | ||
WB | Benchmark | |
4.18 | 4.16 |
Wachovia Employees Who Say Their Job Fully Uses Their Skill and Ability
Cross-Industry | ||
WB | Benchmark | |
3.77 | 3.59 |
(scale 1-5)
3 |
Contributed more than $104 million
to charitable organizations through
employee, company, and foundation giving
|
|
3 |
Helped an average of 475 low- to
moderate-income families buy homes each
week
|
|
3 |
Helped more than 77,000 entrepreneurs
grow or expand their own businesses
|
|
3 |
Our employees and 34 nonprofit partners
trained more than 10,000 families and
individuals in personal computer, Internet
and money management skills through our
financial literacy programs offered in
English and Spanish
|
Engaged Employees Make Customers No. 1 Priority
2004 American
Customer
Satisfaction Index
Score | ||||
2004 | vs. 2003 | |||
Wachovia
|
78 | +3% | ||
Bank of America
|
72 | -3 | ||
JP Morgan
Chase/
Bank One |
70 | - | ||
Wells Fargo
|
70 | +3 | ||
Retail Banks
Industry Average |
75 | - |
Source: University of Michigan.
Customer Loyalty Scores
3 |
Provided $25 billion in community loans and investments
|
|
3 |
Invested $223 million in equity to
create over 5,000 affordable rental
housing units
|
|
3 |
Provided $11 million in community
development grants and in-kind donations
|
|
3 |
Pledged more than $75 billion over five
years in community loans and investments to
serve communities affected by the
SouthTrust merger
|
|
3 |
Currently rated outstanding by the
Office of the Comptroller of the Currency
for Community Reinvestment Act Compliance
|
Community Involvement Drives Progress
Community Loans
and
Investments*
Charitable Giving*
6
agement and support of volunteerism and giving back to the communities we serve. We are committed to an inclusive environment where the best and brightest minds are encouraged to perform at their highest levels.
I spend a couple of days each week in the markets Wachovia serves, talking with employees and meeting with customers. Ive been gratified by the feedback I receive that validates my belief that our employees firmly support our values and vision. You see the results in our customer service and loyalty scores, and in the increased productivity in our business lines. You see the pride in the hours of volunteer time nearly 600,000 in 2004 that our employees devote to volunteering in the United Way, in Habitat for Humanity, in classroom reading programs, and in their civic leadership roles. I am deeply proud to be associated with a group of people who achieve these great things. One of my pledges to our team is to continue working to further develop the people who have the vision and capabilities to run the much larger organization we have today.
Corporate governance During the past few years, nearly everyone in the financial services industry has come under intense public and regulatory scrutiny. We take regulatory compliance very seriously. Our goal is to identify issues quickly, work diligently toward an equitable resolution, with advice and guidance from our regulators, and be transparent in disclosing regulatory or legal actions to shareholders and customers. To that end we have resolved issues with the SEC concerning legacy Wachovias purchases of First Union common stock following our merger announcement, as well as issues related to mutual fund sales practices. More information about these settlements and other regulatory matters is included in our 2004 Form 10-K.
Beyond that, our goal is to be an industry model for good corporate governance. We are eager to prove we act with integrity, because trust is vitally important particularly to a financial services business. This dedication to leadership on corporate governance issues begins with our active and informed board of directors. With their leadership and with shareholder support, we believe Wachovia has instituted best practices in corporate governance, including limiting the size of our board and fostering board independence; aligning director and management interests with those of shareholders through strengthened stock ownership guidelines; and being among the first in the United States to expense stock options.
Merger integration Finally, conducting a smooth and successful integration of SouthTrust in a way that minimizes any potential disruption for customers is crucial for us in 2005. There
are thousands of details that we must get just right to ensure a completely successful integration. Fortunately, we developed the playbook for successful integration with our First Union-Wachovia merger, and we are following the same deliberate, well-planned path in this integration. The SouthTrust transaction closed on November 1, and we moved quickly to have the leadership team in place. We began planning the integration the day after the transaction was announced in June. We are already seeing good signs on the revenue side, the cultures are meshing well, and key front-line executives are staying with us. We feel optimistic we will achieve our merger objectives.
We will continue to focus intensely on these six priorities on an ongoing basis.
Competitive environment At the same time, we are in a very competitive industry that we believe over the long term will continue to undergo convergence and consolidation until only a handful of large financial institutions (not just banks) are left at the top. I believe these industry survivors will have multiple product lines, multiple delivery channels, broad geography and outstanding customer focus. The steps we take over the next five years will be extremely important to our success. So we will participate in this industry consolidation, but we will do so only in a disciplined manner that is financially beneficial for shareholders, that strengthens our position in an attractive business line or market, or expands the distribution of our products and services to additional customers.
We believe Wachovia already is ahead of most of our competitors in building precisely the business model required. We began investing to build this business model over a decade ago, and today we offer diverse product lines and multiple distribution channels. We have leading market share in a number of the nations most attractive and growing geographies. We manage the assets of 13 million households and businesses. And we have proven ourselves to be reliable in executing our growth strategies.
In fact, one of the things about Wachovia that makes me the proudest is that, as a company, we are getting better and better at execution. Our financial performance continues to improve. We are fiercely competitive, and throughout our company, our people take great pride in the results they are achieving for shareholders, for customers and for the communities they serve. As a result, weve become an asset-gathering powerhouse, managing more than $274 billion in core deposits and $653 billion in brokerage client assets for our clients. We believe we have a competitive advantage with broad retail distribution both through our 15-state retail bank network and through our nationwide securities brokerage firm.
7
In closing, I would like to express deep appreciation to all of those who shared in creating our 2004 success:
n |
Our directors, for their continuing active leadership and guidance.
|
|
|
||
n |
Our leadership team and employees throughout the company,
for their continuing diligence and dedication. Three members
of our key leadership team announced their retirements in
2004: Barnes Hauptfuhrer, co-leader of the Corporate and
Investment Bank; Don McMullen, head of our Capital Management Group; and Paul George, head of Human Resources.
Barnes, Don and Paul have made crucial contributions to
restoring Wachovias momentum, and they leave strong
legacies of success for all of our employees.
|
n |
Thanks also to our customers, for trusting us with their business.
|
|
|
||
n |
And of course, to our shareholders for your continuing
support of Wachovia.
|
Our 96,000 employees and I pledge to remain fully focused on ensuring we do the right thing for our shareholders, customers and communities in all of our actions. Thank you for your interest in Wachovia.
Sincerely,
G. Kennedy Thompson
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer
February 18, 2005
Strategic Driver: Corporate Governance and Merger Integration |
Corporate Overview
3 |
4th largest banking company
|
|
3 |
Assets: $493.3 billion
|
|
3 |
2004 earnings: $5.2 billion, up 22%
|
|
3 |
13 million household and business relationships
|
|
3 |
4th largest domestic online bank
|
|
3 |
90 percent of our domestic deposits
are in states where we rank No. 1 or 2 in deposit
market share
|
3 |
3rd largest full-service brokerage firm
|
|
3 |
Market capitalization: $83.5 billion
|
|
3 |
Stockholders equity: $47.3 billion
|
|
3 |
Top 3 trust provider
|
|
3 |
Top 20 mutual fund company
|
|
3 |
Top 3 loan syndications (lead and leveraged lead)
|
|
3 |
Global fixed income and equity institutional distribution
|
General Banking Regions
* | Excludes credit card companies with deposits domiciled in Delaware. | |||
Market share rankings based on SNL Financial data as of June 30, 2004. |
3 |
Foreign branches in Frankfurt, Hong
Kong, London, Seoul, Taipei and Tokyo
|
|
3 |
Representative offices in Europe,
Africa, the Middle East, Russia, Asia, Australia,
New Zealand and the Americas
|
|
3 |
Brokerage offices in Argentina, Brazil,
Chile, Paraguay and Uruguay
|
3 |
Embassy and Government Banking Group in Washington, D.C.
|
|
3 |
International processing centers in
Charlotte, N.C., Los Angeles, Miami, New York,
Philadelphia, and Winston-Salem, N.C.
|
|
3 |
Foreign Exchange desks in Charlotte, N.C., and London
|
9
Overview of Major Businesses Driving our momentum is an uncommon partnership of banking and brokerage businesses that leverage the collective wisdom of our skilled relationship managers and financial advisors to bridge a lifetime of our customers needs Segment Revenue Contribution |
General Bank: Service Quality and Sales Momentum
Market Position
3 |
Dominant East Coast presence
|
|
3 |
No. 1 in Southeast
|
|
3 |
No. 3 nationwide deposit
share and branch network
|
|
3 |
No. 5 bank ATM network
|
|
3 |
Top 2 nationwide in real estate financial services
|
|
3 |
No. 4 domestic online bank
|
|
3 |
Over $16 billion online bill
payment volume processed, up 42%
from 2003
|
|
3 |
36 million check images
viewed, up 35% from 2003
|
Market Position
3 |
3rd largest full-service retail brokerage firm
|
|
3 |
Growing presence in
49 states and
Washington, D.C.
|
|
3 |
5.9 million broker client accounts
|
|
3 |
Over 1 million participants in retirement plans
|
|
3 |
Top 10 corporate and municipal bond trustee
|
|
3 |
Top 20 mutual fund provider
|
|
3 |
Top 25 U.S. asset manager
|
Market Position
3 |
4th largest in Wealth Market
in Barrons 2004 survey based on
Wachovia Securities and Wealth
Management assets under management for clients with $1 million
or more
|
|
3 |
Top 3 trust provider
|
|
3 |
Top 3 bank-owned, 11th
largest overall insurance
brokerage firm
|
|
3 |
4th largest family office firm
|
Market Position
3 |
Strong industry position
across a full capital markets
product set
|
|
3 |
Doubled investment banking
market share from 2001 to 2004
|
|
3 |
No. 1 structured products
servicer for four consecutive
years
|
|
3 |
No. 2 in U.S. collateralized debt obligations
|
|
3 |
Top 3 in loan syndications
(lead and leveraged lead)
|
|
3 |
Top 3 treasury services provider
|
|
3 |
No. 1 third party trade processor
|
11
Dominant East Coast presence; No. 1 in Southeast |
General Bank Description
The General Bank provides a broad range of banking products and services to individuals, small
businesses, commercial enterprises, and governmental institutions in 15 states and Washington, D.C.
Our target market for small business customers are those with annual revenues up to $3 million; for
business banking customers, those with annual revenues between $3 million and $15 million; and
commercial customers with revenues between $15 million and $250 million.
2004 Business Fundamentals
n |
$10.6 billion total revenue
|
|
|
||
n |
$128.1 billion average loans
|
|
|
||
n |
$172.5 billion average core deposits
|
|
|
||
n |
$3.6 billion annuity sales
|
|
|
||
n |
11 million retail and small business relationships
|
|
|
||
n |
2,500 licensed branch employees (Series 6) and 1,200
Financial Advisors (Series 7)
|
|
|
||
n |
8.5 million online product and service enrollments and
2.7 million active online customers
|
Value Proposition
The General Bank provides checking, lending and investing products and services for customers at
every stage of life, whether they are saving for a home, for a childs education or for a business
... whether theyre building wealth or building a business ... or planning for retirement. The
General Banks 43,000 employees, including 1,500 small business and commercial relationship
managers, provide knowledgeable and reliable guidance, whether customers choose to meet with them
personally, visit one of our 3,300 financial centers or 5,300 automated teller machines, call our
telephone banking center or visit online at Wachovia.com.
The General Bank also serves the specialized financial needs of businesses of all sizes with a variety of business checking and savings products, treasury services, global trade services, loans, leases and capital markets products and services.
Strategic Focus
Superior execution of sales and service strategies to acquire, deepen, enhance and retain long-term
customer relationships through exceptional service, in-depth customer knowledge and tailored
products and solutions. Increase the proportion of customers who transact, save or invest, and
borrow with us, rather than use only a single service.
12
Over $ 1 Trillion in Client Assets |
Capital Management Description
Capital Management leverages its multi-channel distribution to provide a full line of
proprietary and nonproprietary investment products and services to retail and institutional
clients. Retail brokerage services are offered through the 4,000 offices of Wachovia Securities in
49 of the 50 states and in Latin America.
2004 Business Fundamentals
n |
$5.5 billion total revenue
|
|
|
||
n |
$256.3 billion assets under management
|
|
|
||
n |
$106.4 billion mutual fund assets
|
|
|
||
n |
$149.9 billion separate account assets
|
|
|
||
n |
$652.5 billion broker client assets
|
|
|
||
n |
$65.7 billion retirement plan assets
|
|
|
||
n |
$699.2 billion custody assets
|
|
|
||
n |
10,500 registered representatives
|
Value Proposition
Capital Management is focused on helping clients achieve a lifetime of financial goals with
many choices and resources structured around the clients needs.
Our 10,500 registered representatives focus on helping clients make educated decisions regarding their financial portfolios and financial future, with an emphasis on disciplined investing and unbiased advice. The Capital Management Insurance Services Group offers fixed and variable annuities, life, auto and disability insurance, and business and corporate programs. Capital Management also includes Evergreen Investments, one of Americas largest asset management companies, which manages diverse investments for a broad range of investors both retail and institutional. Our Corporate and Institutional Trust Services businesses offer a full range of retirement and corporate trust services.
Strategic Focus
Creating a growing and diversified business with a balanced mix of products sold through
multiple channels of distribution. Expanding the distribution of both proprietary and
nonproprietary products and growing assets under management. Providing exceptional investment
performance results for clients.
13
4th largest Wealth Manager in the Nation |
Wealth Management Description
With nearly 200 years of experience in managing wealth, Wealth Management provides a comprehensive
suite of private banking, trust and investment management, financial planning and insurance
services to high net worth individuals, their families and businesses. Our 54 teams of relationship
managers and specialty advisors focus on serving clients with $2 million or more in investable
assets, while three family offices focus on families with $25 million or more in investable assets.
2004 Business Fundamentals
n |
$1.1 billion total revenue
|
|
|
||
n |
$64.7 billion assets under management
|
|
|
||
n |
$119.6 billion assets under administration
|
|
|
||
n |
53,000 client relationships
|
|
|
||
n |
1,000 wealth management advisors
|
Value Proposition
Wealth Management offers a fully integrated and objective approach that incorporates all the
disciplines related to managing our clients wealth from creation and growth to preservation and
transfer to future generations. A dedicated relationship manager coordinates a team of financial
advisors to meet each clients individual needs. Through a separate, independent practice called
Calibre, we also provide sophisticated family office solutions to ultra high net worth families
that go beyond meeting financial needs by ensuring each future generation is prepared to be
effective stewards of the familys legacy.
Wealth Management is also focused on strategic partnerships with the General Bank, Capital Management and the Corporate and Investment Bank to ensure a complete array of products and advisory services are available to our clients.
Strategic Focus
Enhancing relationships with existing clients and leveraging the opportunity in our marketplace,
which includes 48 percent of the nations wealthy households. Providing unparalleled service and
expertise to our clients by developing and delivering sophisticated, leading-edge solutions through
highly credentialed relationship managers and specialty advisors.
14
Top-Tier Universal Bank Focused on Growing Companies |
Corporate and Investment Bank Description
Serves domestic and global corporate and institutional clients typically with revenues in
excess of $250 million, and primarily in 10 key industry sectors: consumer and retail; defense and
aerospace; energy and power; financial institutions; healthcare; industrial growth; information
technology and business services; media and communications; real estate; and technology.
2004 Business Fundamentals
n |
$5.2 billion total revenue
|
|
|
||
n |
$84.1 billion lending commitments
|
|
|
||
n |
$32.1 billion average loans
|
|
|
||
n |
$19.1 billion average core deposits
|
|
|
||
n |
3,000 corporate client relationships
|
|
|
||
n |
4,000 institutional investor relationships
|
Value Proposition
The Corporate and Investment Bank has become a premier partner to corporations and
institutional investors through an intense focus on client needs, combined with significant
capital-raising capability and a leading treasury services platform. The Corporate and Investment
Bank has an integrated team approach, a breadth of products and services, and deep industry
expertise to help grow and sustain corporate clients in any economic environment. The relationship
managers in this arm of Wachovia Securities interact primarily with CEOs, CFOs and treasurers of
companies, as well as managing partners of private equity firms, institutional investors,
financial institutions and corporations with import/export needs.
The Corporate and Investment Banks 4,800 employees provide Wachovia with a deep pool of relationship coverage officers, product specialists, portfolio managers, and fixed income and equity sales, trading and research professionals.
Strategic Focus
Growing economic value for Wachovia shareholders through disciplined management of our
extensive resources in people and financial capital. Increasing the number of clients who think of
Wachovia as their lead corporate and investment bank. Increasing the number of products and
services provided to each of our clients.
15
Wachovia prides itself on creating an uncommon financial services company focused on providing customer-driven products and services that produce relative stability and steady growth. |
Contents
Managements Discussion and Analysis
|
17 | |||
Financial Tables
|
53 | |||
Managements Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
|
70 | |||
Reports of Independent Registered Accounting Firm
|
71-72 |
16
Managements Discussion and Analysis
The following discussion and analysis is based primarily on amounts presented in our consolidated financial statements, which are prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP). This discussion contains forward-looking statements. Please refer to our 2004 Form 10-K for a discussion of various factors that could cause our actual results to differ materially from those expressed in such forward-looking statements.
Executive Summary
Our earnings are primarily generated through four core businesses: the General Bank, the Corporate and Investment Bank, Capital Management and Wealth Management. In the following discussion, we explain this diverse group of businesses and why we believe our shareholders and customers benefit from this balance and diversity. In addition, throughout this document, we address key performance indicators that drive shareholder value and serve as benchmarks to compensate management. We discuss trends and uncertainties affecting our businesses, and also analyze liquidity and capital resources.
Our business model is based on a diversified mix of businesses that provide a broad range of financial products and services, delivered through multiple distribution channels. This means that in addition to the lending and deposit-taking activities of traditional banking companies, we also offer investment products and services for retail customers, and capital markets financing alternatives for institutional and corporate clients. This business mix produces revenue both from the interest income earned on loans and securities, as well as fee income from potentially faster-growth but less predictable asset management, retail brokerage and investment banking businesses. Fee income represented 47 percent of our total revenue in both 2004 and 2003.
The ability of our businesses to generate strong sales and serve a broad range of customer needs in differing market conditions allowed Wachovia to generate record net income available to common stockholders in 2004 of $5.2 billion, up 22 percent from 2003, and record diluted earnings per common share of $3.81, up 20 percent from 2003. Our results for 2004 also reflect the merger of Wachovia and SouthTrust Corporation, which closed on November 1, 2004. Because this merger was accounted for under the purchase method, prior periods have not been restated. Results in 2004 include SouthTrust for only the two months since consummation, so this transaction had relatively little impact on 2004
Summary of Results of Operations
Years Ended December 31, | ||||||||||||
(In millions, except per share data) | 2004 | 2003 | 2002 | |||||||||
Net interest income
(GAAP)
|
$ | 11,961 | 10,607 | 9,955 | ||||||||
Tax-equivalent adjustment
|
250 | 256 | 218 | |||||||||
Net interest income
(a)
|
12,211 | 10,863 | 10,173 | |||||||||
Fee and other income
|
10,779 | 9,482 | 7,890 | |||||||||
Total revenue
(a)
|
22,990 | 20,345 | 18,063 | |||||||||
Provision for credit losses
|
257 | 586 | 1,479 | |||||||||
Other noninterest expense
|
13,791 | 12,319 | 10,678 | |||||||||
Merger-related and restructuring expenses
|
444 | 443 | 387 | |||||||||
Other intangible amortization
|
431 | 518 | 628 | |||||||||
Total noninterest expense
|
14,666 | 13,280 | 11,693 | |||||||||
Minority interest in income of
consolidated subsidiaries
|
184 | 143 | 6 | |||||||||
Income taxes
|
2,419 | 1,833 | 1,088 | |||||||||
Tax-equivalent adjustment
|
250 | 256 | 218 | |||||||||
Income before cumulative effect of
a change in accounting principle
|
5,214 | 4,247 | 3,579 | |||||||||
Cumulative effect of a change in
accounting principle, net of income taxes
|
| 17 | | |||||||||
Net income
|
5,214 | 4,264 | 3,579 | |||||||||
Dividends on preferred stock
|
| 5 | 19 | |||||||||
Net income available to
common stockholders
|
$ | 5,214 | 4,259 | 3,560 | ||||||||
Diluted earnings per common share
|
$ | 3.81 | 3.18 | 2.60 | ||||||||
results of operations except as noted. At consummation, SouthTrust had assets of $53.6 billion, stockholders equity of $4.8 billion, loans of $36.9 billion and deposits of $37.1 billion. Additionally, results reflect the full-year impact of the July 1, 2003, retail brokerage transaction.
In 2004 compared with 2003, total revenue rose 13 percent to $23.0 billion, with strong balance sheet growth overcoming margin compression largely related to the addition of lower-spread trading assets, growth in lower-spread consumer real-estate secured loans, consolidation of our conduits and growth in FDIC-insured sweep accounts and related investments. Tax-equivalent net interest income grew 12 percent on growth in average earning assets of 23 percent. Fee and other income grew 14 percent largely reflecting the impact of the retail brokerage transaction on commissions and on fiduciary and asset management fees. Improved principal investing results and higher customer transaction volume and the addition of SouthTrust also contributed to the increase, and offset lower asset securitization results.
Wachovia is one of the nations largest lenders, and the credit quality of our loan portfolio can have a significant impact on earnings. Our credit quality remained at or near the best in the
17
Managements Discussion and Analysis
banking industry in 2004, and trends continue to look favorable for 2005. We experienced only a 2 percent increase from December 31, 2003, in total nonperforming assets, and the level would have declined without the addition of SouthTrusts nonperforming assets. We have one of the best records on credit losses in the banking industry, with a net charge-off ratio of 0.17 percent, down 24 basis points from 0.41 percent in 2003. Our strategy is to mitigate risk and volatility on our balance sheet by actively monitoring and reducing potential problem loans, including the sale of at-risk credits when prudent. As a result of this strategy, the 56 percent decline in provision expense from 2003 reflected improved credit quality as well as more favorable economic conditions. At December 31, 2004, the allowance for loan losses increased 17 percent from December 31, 2003, due to the addition of SouthTrust.
Average loans in 2004 increased $13.7 billion from 2003 to $172.0 billion, primarily reflecting growth in consumer real estate-secured loans and commercial loans and the impact of the SouthTrust merger. Average core deposits increased 26 percent from 2003 to $231.6 billion, which included an average $24.3 billion of deposits associated with growth in our FDIC-insured money market sweep product introduced in the fourth quarter of 2003. Average low-cost core deposits increased 35 percent from 2003 to $190.9 billion.
We have focused for some time on improving efficiency, and in the spring of 2004 began a new in-depth review of our businesses and processes to systematically assess efficiency opportunities by business line and across the organization. Each business unit developed overhead efficiency targets for 2007, based on expected revenue growth rates and peer productivity data. Overall, we are targeting an overhead efficiency ratio in the range of 52 percent to 55 percent by 2007, which we expect to achieve by slowing our expense growth even as we continue to invest for future revenue growth. More information is included in the Letter to Shareholders and the Outlook section.
In addition, our mix of businesses and variable expense structure enables us to manage expenses in line with revenues. Total noninterest expense rose 10 percent from 2003, primarily reflecting increased variable pay on higher revenues, as well as the full effect of the retail brokerage transaction, the SouthTrust merger, and continued investments for the future.
Each of our four major businesses generated record revenue and record earnings in 2004. Outstanding deposit and loan growth provided a balance to weak retail brokerage activity affecting the entire brokerage industry.
Our General Bank, which contributed 46 percent of total revenue, continued to experience outstanding deposit growth, particularly in low-cost core deposits, as well as solid loan growth. The General Banks operating leverage improved over the comparative period, with revenue growth of 10 percent and expense growth of 4 percent, which includes the addition of SouthTrust. Credit quality in the General Bank also continued to be strong, resulting in a 33 percent decline in its provision for credit losses.
The retail brokerage and asset management businesses in Capital Management represent 24 percent of our total revenue. Capital Managements retail brokerage firm experienced subdued brokerage activity in 2004, dampening results. Growth in commissions and in fiduciary and asset management fees largely reflected the full year impact of the retail brokerage transaction. Capital Managements businesses are poised to benefit as markets improve. In addition, we anticipate earnings to benefit from expense savings after we complete the retail brokerage integration in the first half of 2005.
Wealth Managements contribution to revenue was 5 percent with record earnings fueled by solid momentum in both net interest income and in trust and investment management fees. Average loans grew 17 percent and average core deposits grew 13 percent, while assets under management rose 10 percent on improved market valuations and additions from acquisitions.
Our Corporate and Investment Bank, which contributed 23 percent of total revenue, gained new business and performed well in 2004, with market share gains particularly in loan syndications, structured products, investment grade bonds, and improved principal investing results. Improving credit conditions and lower loan outstandings reduced the use of economic capital.
In addition, as we manage interest rate risk, we believe a rising rate environment assuming that it is accompanied by a rebound in business activity in the wake of a more robust economy will produce many benefits for our business model. Since the beginning of 2004, we have repositioned our balance sheet to be relatively neutral under a broad range of interest rate scenarios. Our balance sheet is strong and well capitalized under regulatory guidelines with a tier 1 capital ratio of 8.01 percent and a leverage ratio above 6 percent at December 31, 2004.
Wachovias board of directors increased the quarterly dividend paid to common stockholders 31 percent from 35 cents per share in the fourth quarter of 2003 to 46 cents in the fourth quarter of 2004. In 2004, we paid common stockholders total
18
dividends of $2.3 billion, or $1.66 per share, compared with $1.7 billion, or $1.25 per share, in 2003. This represented dividend payout ratios on earnings excluding merger-related and restructuring expenses, other intangible amortization and the change in accounting principle of 40.00 percent in 2004 and 34.72 percent in 2003. The 2004 payout ratio was in line with our goal of paying out 40 percent to 50 percent of earnings on this basis.
Outlook
As we look into the future, our efficiency initiatives and revenue growth strategies, fueled by momentum in our major businesses, give us confidence Wachovia will be one of the leading growth companies in our industry.
We continued to make excellent progress in meeting our corporate objectives of quality earnings growth, increased distribution of products and services, hallmark customer service, disciplined expense control and balance sheet strength. Based on our consistent performance, confidence in our business model, capital strength and improving market conditions, we have updated our financial outlook for 2005. Economic assumptions used to formulate the 2005 outlook include growth in the real gross domestic product (GDP) of 3.30 percent; inflation (based on the Consumer Price Index) of 2.80 percent; a federal funds rate of 3.25 percent by December 2005; a 10-year Treasury bond rate of 4.50 percent by December 2005; and growth in the S&P 500 index of 6 percent. This outlook compares growth rates from an illustrative combined Wachovia-SouthTrust, as if the two companies had been merged on January 1, 2004. This illustrative comparison includes Wachovias full year 2004 results plus SouthTrusts results from January 1, 2004, to October 31, 2004, and includes deposit base and other intangible amortization. More information about the combined illustrative financial information is included in Wachovias Current Report on Form 8-K dated January 19, 2005. The following outlook is for the full year 2005:
n |
Net interest income growth in the
low single-digit percentage range on a tax-equivalent
basis;
|
|
|
||
n |
A 10 basis point to 15 basis
point decline over the course of the year in the net
interest margin from 3.42 percent for full year 2004;
|
|
|
||
n |
Fee income growth in the low- to mid-teens percentage range;
|
n |
Noninterest expense growth
(excluding merger-related and restructuring expenses)
in the low single-digit percentage range, reflecting an
estimated $250 million of incremental expense savings
related to the retail brokerage integration, $250
million related to SouthTrust, and approximately $150
million in 2005 related to our efficiency initiative;
|
|
|
||
n |
Minority interest expense
(excluding merger-related and restructuring expenses)
in the range of 3.5 percent to 4.5 percent of pre-tax
income (before minority interest expense);
|
|
|
||
n |
Loan growth in the mid- to
high-single-digit percentage range, including consumer
loan growth and commercial loan growth both in the mid-
to high-single-digit range;
|
|
|
||
n |
Net charge-offs in the 15 basis
point to 25 basis point range with provision expense
also expected to be in this range;
|
|
|
||
n |
An effective tax rate of
approximately 35.0 percent to 35.5 percent on a
tax-equivalent basis;
|
|
|
||
n |
A leverage ratio above 6 percent
and a tangible capital to tangible asset ratio of
approximately 4.7 percent to 4.8 percent;
|
|
|
||
n |
A dividend payout ratio of 40
percent to 50 percent of earnings excluding
merger-related and restructuring expenses and other
intangible amortization; and
|
|
|
||
n |
Use of excess capital to
opportunistically repurchase shares, to reinvest in our
businesses and to undertake financially attractive,
shareholder friendly acquisitions.
|
Looking forward, we believe we have strengthened our competitive position through our merger with SouthTrust. This merger creates clear market leadership in a number of high-growth southeastern states and accelerates our expansion into attractive Texas markets. Key business and management decisions have been made, and an experienced merger integration team is in place to implement a detailed merger integration plan. At consummation, Wachovia issued 0.89 shares of its common stock for each share of SouthTrust common stock, or 298 million Wachovia shares. We project $255 million in annual after-tax expense reductions after a 15-month integration period, and one-time costs, including merger-related and restructuring expenses and exit cost purchase accounting adjustments, of $431 million after tax. In addition, we have recorded preliminary fair market value purchase accounting adjustments of $267 million after tax, representing a net increase in goodwill. These are preliminary adjustments and
19
Managements Discussion and Analysis
are subject to further refinements. We expect to complete the divestiture of 18 SouthTrust branches consisting of approximately $600 million in deposits in the first quarter of 2005.
We continue to evaluate our operations and organizational structures to ensure they are closely aligned with our goal of maximizing performance through increased efficiency and competitiveness in our four core businesses. In conjunction with these efforts, we have established overhead efficiency targets, excluding merger-related and restructuring expenses, changes in accounting principle and intangible amortization, for each of our four businesses and for the overall company to achieve by 2007. These 2007 targets are as follows: General Bank, 45 percent to 47 percent; Capital Management, 75 percent to 77 percent; Wealth Management, 60 percent to 62 percent; and Corporate and Investment Bank, 49 percent to 51 percent; and for the company overall, 52 percent to 55 percent.
We are striving to make Wachovia a more efficient company, as defined by the overhead efficiency ratio, but it is not our goal to have the lowest overhead efficiency ratio in our peer group, because of our mix of businesses. We believe we will slow expense growth by $600 million to $1.0 billion by 2007. We believe this will result in position reductions in the range of 3,500 to 4,000, although we also expect to add positions in higher growth businesses. We believe approximately 20 percent of these reductions will result from normal attrition. To date, we have identified initial expense reduction opportunities in the range of $400 million to $500 million and work continues. We also expect to reinvest approximately 30 percent to 50 percent of the identified savings to increase revenues in our higher growth businesses.
When consistent with our overall business strategy, we may consider disposing of certain assets, branches, subsidiaries or lines of business. We continue to routinely explore acquisition opportunities in areas that would complement our core businesses, and frequently conduct due diligence activities in connection with possible acquisitions. As a result, acquisition discussions and, in some cases, negotiations frequently take place and future acquisitions involving cash, debt or equity securities could occur.
Critical Accounting Policies
To understand our financial position and results of operations, it is important to understand our more significant accounting policies and the extent to which we use judgment and esti-
mates in applying those policies. Our accounting and reporting policies are in accordance with GAAP and they conform to general practices within the applicable industries. We use a significant amount of judgment and estimates based on assumptions for which the actual results are uncertain when we make the estimation. We have identified five policies as being particularly sensitive in terms of judgments and the extent to which estimates are used: allowance for loan losses and the reserve for unfunded lending commitments (which is recorded in other liabilities); fair value of certain financial instruments; consolidation; goodwill impairment; and contingent liabilities. Other accounting policies, such as pension and stock option fair value determination, also involve a significant amount of judgments and estimates, but the total amounts involved are not significant to our consolidated results of operations. Periodically, the Audit Committee of our board of directors reviews these policies, the judgments and estimation processes involved, and related disclosures.
Our policy on the allowance for loan losses applies to loans in all our segments, most significantly the Corporate and Investment Bank, the General Bank and the Parent, but is different from the methodology used to allocate the provision for credit losses for segment reporting purposes. The policy on fair value of certain financial instruments applies largely to the Corporate and Investment Bank and the Parent, both of which hold large portfolios of securities and derivatives. The policy on consolidation also affects the Corporate and Investment Bank and the Parent, both of which are involved in structuring securitization transactions. The policies on goodwill impairment and contingent liabilities affect all segments.
Allowance for Loan Losses and Reserve for Unfunded Lending Commitments The allowance for loan losses and reserve for unfunded lending commitments (collectively, the allowance for credit losses) are maintained at levels we believe are adequate to absorb probable losses inherent in the loan portfolio and unfunded lending commitments as of the date of the consolidated financial statements. We have developed policies and procedures for assessing the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses and reserve for unfunded lending commitments that reflect our careful assessment of credit risk considering all information available to us. Where appropriate, this assessment includes monitoring qualitative and quantitative trends, including changes in the levels of past due, criticized and nonperforming loans. In addition, we rely on estimates and exercise judgment in assessing credit risk. Depending on changes in circumstances, future assessments of credit risk may yield materially different results
20
from our estimates, and an increase or a decrease in the allowance for credit losses may be required.
We employ a variety of modeling and estimation tools for measuring credit risk that are used in developing an appropriate allowance for credit losses. These tools are periodically reevaluated and refined as appropriate. For example, in 2004, we refined our allowance for credit losses model to better align its methodology with our current framework for analyzing credit risk. This refinement did not significantly change the level of our allowance or our view as to its adequacy. The following provides a description of each component of our allowance for credit losses, the techniques we currently use and the estimates and judgments inherent to each.
Our refined model for the allowance for loan losses has four components: formula-based components for both the commercial and consumer portfolios, each including an adjustment for historical loss variability; a reserve for impaired commercial loans; and an unallocated component. Our refined model enables us to more effectively align the allowance with the different types of credit risk inherent in our loan portfolio. Separate allowance ranges for commercial and consumer components permit us to specifically address the current trends and events affecting the credit risk in the loan portfolio.
For commercial loans, the formula-based component of the allowance for loan losses is based on statistical estimates of the average losses observed for commercial loans classified by credit grade. Average losses for each credit grade are computed using the annualized historical rate at which loans in each credit grade have defaulted (default rates) and the historical average losses realized for defaulted loans (loss-given-default or LGD). We have developed default rates by analyzing seven years of our default experience and over 20 years of comparable external data. Default rates, which are validated annually, are estimates derived from long-term averages and are not conditioned on short-term economic or environmental factors. LGD rates have also been developed using seven years of internal and industry data.
For consumer loans, the formula-based component of the allowance for loan losses is based on loss rates for specific groups of similar loans in each product category. The loss rates are based on historical loss data, historical delinquency patterns, vintage analyses, credit score-based forecasting methods and stress tests.
For both commercial and consumer loans, the formula-based loss components include additional amounts to establish reasonable ranges that consider observed historical variability in losses. Factors we may consider in setting these amounts include, but are not limited to, industry-specific data, portfolio-specific risks or concentrations, and macroeconomic conditions. In an economic downturn, for example, the timing and magnitude of credit risk deterioration in certain industries may be faster and more severe than in others. In addition, adverse trends in macroeconomic factors such as unemployment rates, income growth, inflation and political events are likely to affect some borrowers ability to meet loan payments. Including historical variability in our model enables us to capture probable incurred losses that are not yet evident in current default grades, delinquencies or other credit risk measurement tools.
At December 31, 2004, the formula-based components of the allowance were $1.9 billion for commercial loans and $759 million for consumer loans.
We have established a specific reserve within the allowance for loan losses for impaired loans. We define impaired loans as commercial loans on nonaccrual status. We individually review any impaired loans with a minimum total exposure of $10 million in the Corporate and Investment Bank and $5 million in other segments. The reserve for each individually reviewed loan is based on the difference between the loans carrying amount and the loans estimated fair value. Fair value is estimated using the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loans effective interest rate, or the loans observable market price or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. No other reserve is provided on impaired loans that are individually reviewed. At December 31, 2004, the allowance for loan losses included $31 million and the reserve for unfunded lending commitments included $16 million for individually reviewed impaired facilities.
The allowance for loan losses is supplemented with an unallocated component. This component reflects in part the inherent uncertainty of estimates and is designed as a final tool in fully capturing probable incurred losses in the loan portfolio. The amount of this component and its relationship to the total allowance for loan losses may change from one period to another. We anticipate that the unallocated component of the allowance will generally not exceed 5 percent of the total allowance for loan losses. At December 31, 2004, the unallocated component of the allowance for loan losses was $90 million, or 3 percent of the allowance for loan losses.
21
Managements Discussion and Analysis
In June 2004, we reclassified the reserve for unfunded lending commitments that relates only to commercial business from the allowance for loan losses to other liabilities. The amount of the reserve is based on the modeling process that is consistent with the process described above for the commercial portion of the allowance for loan losses. In addition, this model includes as a key factor the historical average rate at which unfunded commercial exposures have been funded at the time of default. At December 31, 2004, the reserve for unfunded lending commitments was $154 million.
The factors supporting the allowance for loan losses and the reserve for unfunded lending commitments as described above does not diminish the fact that the entire allowance for loan losses and reserve for unfunded lending commitments is available to absorb losses in the loan portfolio and related commitment portfolio, respectively. Our principal focus, therefore, is on the adequacy of the total allowance for loan losses and reserve for unfunded lending commitments. Our Corporate Loan Loss Allowance Committee, chaired by our chief risk officer, meets quarterly and is responsible for the review and approval of the allowance for credit losses as well as for policies and procedures connected with its determination. The Risk Committee of the board of directors reviews and approves policies governing the determination of the allowance for credit losses.
In addition to compliance with GAAP, the allowance for credit losses is also subject to review by banking regulators. Our primary bank regulators regularly conduct examinations of the allowance for credit losses and make assessments regarding its adequacy and the methodology employed in its determination.
Fair Value of Certain Financial Instruments Fair value is defined as the amount at which a financial instrument could be exchanged in a transaction between willing, unrelated parties in a normal business transaction. For purposes of this critical accounting policy, financial instruments include:
n |
Instruments held for trading,
including debt and equity securities and derivatives,
as well as principal investments, which are recorded at
fair value with unrealized gains and losses recorded in
earnings;
|
|
|
||
n |
Debt and equity securities and
retained interests in securitizations classified as
available for sale, which are recorded at fair value
with unrealized gains and losses recorded in
stockholders equity; and
|
n |
Derivatives designated as fair
value or cash flow accounting hedges, which are
recorded at fair value with unrealized gains and losses
recorded in earnings for fair value hedges and
stockholders equity for cash flow hedges.
|
Fair value is based on quoted market prices for the same instrument or for similar instruments adjusted for any differences in terms. If market prices are not available, then we estimate the fair value using models employing techniques such as discounted cash flow analyses. The assumptions used in the models, which typically include assumptions for interest rates, credit losses and prepayments, are independently verified against market observable data where possible. Discount rates used are those considered to be commensurate with the risks involved. All internally developed models are subject to independent validation. The valuation of financial instruments, particularly those with little or no liquidity, is subjective and involves a high degree of judgment. Small changes in assumptions can result in significant changes in valuation.
Principal investments, which are classified in other assets on our consolidated balance sheet, are recorded at fair value. Realized and unrealized gains and losses are included in principal investing income (loss) in the results of operations. For public equity investments, fair value is based on quoted market prices, net of applicable discounts for trading restrictions and liquidity. Non-public securities lack relevant market data. Therefore, we generally use our original cost basis as an estimate of fair value of our direct investment in these securities. This changes if the non-public entity in which we have invested has raised additional debt or equity capital, and we believe such a transaction, taking into consideration differences in the terms of securities, is a better indicator of fair value, or we believe the fair value is less than our original cost basis. All our direct investments are evaluated quarterly for declines in fair value.
For investments in private equity funds, we rely on information provided by the fund managers in initially determining estimated fair value. We meet with representatives of fund sponsors regularly and review quarterly fund reports to determine a given funds outlook and the need to record any write-down. We also consider valuation factors such as the age of the fund and industry concentrations to derive our final estimated fair value. Due to the significant subjectivity of these factors and the impact they have on fair value estimates, our policy is to recognize gains on our fund investments only when they have been realized through fund distributions. We record reductions in fair value of our fund investments, based on this valuation process, when identified.
22
At December 31, 2004, 37 percent of our total assets and 15 percent of our total liabilities were recorded at fair value. Of this total, 87 percent were valued using quoted market prices for same or similar securities; 11 percent using modeling techniques where the significant assumptions were based on market observations; and 2 percent using modeling techniques where significant assumptions were based on internal estimates rather than market observations.
An internal, independent valuation team, using information validated by extensive market observations, performs the valuation of those securities with no quoted market prices. The Securities Retention Committee, consisting of management from our treasury, finance, credit and business units, reviews all the valuations developed by this independent valuation team. The valuations of our principal investing portfolio are reviewed on a quarterly basis by our Principal Investing Oversight Committee, which includes management from Corporate and Investment Bank, finance, risk management and Principal Investing.
We believe we have the appropriate policies and procedures in place and that we use the appropriate technology in terms of modeling and projections to enable us to value these financial instruments in a reasonable and consistent manner. However, valuations are subject to change as a result of external factors beyond our control that have a substantial degree of uncertainty.
Consolidation In certain asset securitization transactions that meet the applicable criteria to be accounted for as sales, we sell assets to an entity referred to as a qualifying special-purpose entity (QSPE), which we do not consolidate. In order for a special purpose entity to be qualifying, it must meet a series of requirements at the inception of the transaction and on an ongoing basis. These requirements strictly limit the activities in which a QSPE may engage and the types of assets and liabilities it may hold. In some cases, these criteria are subject to interpretation. To the extent any QSPE fails to meet these criteria, we would be required to consolidate its assets and liabilities, subject to the analysis below.
We also sell assets to and have involvement with other special purpose entities, some of which are variable interest entities. Under the provisions of Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Interpretation No. 46R (FIN 46R), Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities , a VIE is consolidated by the company holding the variable interest that will absorb a majority of the VIEs expected losses, or receive a majority of the expected
residual returns, or both. The company that consolidates a VIE is referred to as the primary beneficiary.
A variety of complex estimation processes involving both qualitative and quantitative factors are used to determine whether an entity is a VIE, and to analyze and calculate its expected losses and its expected residual returns. These processes involve estimating the future cash flows of the VIE, analyzing the variability in those cash flows, and allocating the losses and returns among the parties holding variable interests. Also, there is a significant amount of judgment required in interpreting the provisions of FIN 46R and applying them to specific transactions.
In our case, FIN 46R applies to certain financing activities primarily conducted for corporate clients, including conduits that we administer, transactions such as collateralized debt obligations and collateralized mortgage obligations, partnerships, synthetic lease trusts and trust preferred securities. To the extent we are or we become, after certain reconsideration events, the primary beneficiary of a VIE, we would be required to consolidate its assets and liabilities.
Goodwill Impairment We test goodwill for impairment on an annual basis, or more often if events or circumstances indicate there may be impairment. The first step in this test involves assigning tangible assets and liabilities, identified intangible assets and goodwill to reporting units and comparing the fair value of each reporting unit to its carrying amount. If the fair value is less than the carrying amount, a second test is required to measure the amount of goodwill impairment. The second test compares the implied fair value of reporting unit goodwill with the carrying amount of that goodwill. If the carrying amount of reporting unit goodwill exceeds the implied fair value of that goodwill, we would recognize an impairment loss in an amount equal to that excess.
Fair values of reporting units were determined using discounted cash flow models with estimated cash flows based on internal forecasts of revenues and expenses. The estimated cash flows were discounted in 2004 using market-based discount rates ranging from 7.6 percent to 12.1 percent.
As discussed in the Business Segments section, we operate in four core business segments. We determined that our reporting units for testing goodwill are our lines of business that are one level below the core business segments, where applicable. These reporting units are Wealth Management; General Bank: Commercial, Retail and Small Business; Capital Management:
23
Managements Discussion and Analysis
Retail Brokerage Services and Asset Management; and Corporate and Investment Bank: Lending, Global Treasury and Trade Finance, Investment Banking and Principal Investing.
Our goodwill impairment testing for 2004 indicated that none of our goodwill was impaired. If we were to decrease estimated future net cash flows by 20 percent or increase our discount rates by 20 percent, the fair value of each reporting unit would continue to be in excess of its carrying amount, which indicates none of our goodwill would be impaired.
Note 1 and Note 8 in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements provide additional information related to the evaluation of goodwill and to the carrying amounts by core business segments.
Contingent Liabilities We are subject to contingent liabilities, including judicial, regulatory and arbitration proceedings, tax and other claims arising from the conduct of our business activities. These proceedings include actions brought against us and/or our subsidiaries with respect to transactions in which we and/or our subsidiaries acted as a lender, an underwriter, a financial advisor, a broker, or acted in a related capacity. Reserves are established for legal and other claims when it becomes probable we will incur a loss and the amount can be reasonably estimated. We involve internal and external experts, such as attorneys, consultants and other professionals, in assessing probability and in estimating any amounts involved. Throughout the life of a contingency, we or our expert advisors may learn of additional information that can affect our assessments about probability or about the estimates of amounts involved. Changes in these assessments can lead to changes in recorded reserves. In addition, the actual costs of resolving these claims may be substantially higher or lower than the amounts reserved for these claims.
Corporate Results of Operations
Our results for 2004 reflect the November 1, 2004, merger of Wachovia and SouthTrust Corporation. Because this acquisition was included in only two months of our results of operations, its impact on 2004 results was not significant, except as noted.
Net Interest Income and Margin Banks earn net interest income on the difference between interest income on earning assets, primarily loans and securities, and interest expense on interest-bearing liabilities, primarily deposits and other funding sources. Net interest income increased 12 percent in 2004 from 2003 due to strong balance sheet growth. This growth offset com-
Average Balance Sheets and Interest Rates
Years Ended December 31, | ||||||||||||||||
(In millions) | 2004 | 2003 | ||||||||||||||
Average | Interest | Average | Interest | |||||||||||||
Balances | Rates | Balances | Rates | |||||||||||||
Interest-bearing bank balances
|
$ | 3,578 | 1.43 | % | $ | 3,836 | 1.31 | % | ||||||||
Federal funds sold
|
24,940 | 1.37 | 16,780 | 1.02 | ||||||||||||
Trading account assets
|
28,944 | 4.28 | 18,395 | 4.43 | ||||||||||||
Securities
|
100,960 | 4.90 | 78,593 | 5.27 | ||||||||||||
Commercial loans, net
|
99,026 | 4.63 | 91,752 | 4.61 | ||||||||||||
Consumer loans, net
|
73,007 | 5.24 | 66,575 | 5.65 | ||||||||||||
Total loans, net
|
172,033 | 4.89 | 158,327 | 5.04 | ||||||||||||
Loans held for sale
|
16,735 | 4.42 | 9,110 | 4.34 | ||||||||||||
Other earning assets
|
11,064 | 3.30 | 7,199 | 3.38 | ||||||||||||
Risk management derivatives
|
| 0.41 | | 0.53 | ||||||||||||
Total earning assets
|
358,254 | 4.90 | 292,240 | 5.25 | ||||||||||||
Interest-bearing deposits
|
196,142 | 1.12 | 155,287 | 1.28 | ||||||||||||
Federal funds purchased
|
47,321 | 1.35 | 44,326 | 1.19 | ||||||||||||
Commercial paper
|
12,034 | 1.35 | 7,196 | 1.00 | ||||||||||||
Securities sold short
|
11,025 | 2.88 | 7,925 | 2.64 | ||||||||||||
Other short-term borrowings
|
6,087 | 0.90 | 5,166 | 0.77 | ||||||||||||
Long-term debt
|
39,780 | 4.00 | 36,676 | 4.02 | ||||||||||||
Risk management derivatives
|
| 0.12 | | 0.06 | ||||||||||||
Total interest-bearing
liabilities
|
312,389 | 1.71 | 256,576 | 1.74 | ||||||||||||
Net interest income and margin
|
$ | 12,211 | 3.41 | % | $ | 10,863 | 3.72 | % | ||||||||
pression in the net interest margin, which declined 31 basis points to 3.41 percent primarily due to the impact of growth in our FDIC-insured sweep product and related investments, as well as to the July 1, 2003, consolidation of our commercial paper conduits and to a larger retail brokerage operation. In addition, margin compression was driven by growth in low-spread trading assets as well as declining yields on consumer loans as higher yielding mortgage loans were refinanced over the past two years and replaced with newly originated lower yielding mortgage loans. The average federal funds discount rate increased 22 basis points in 2004 from 2003, while average longer-term two-year and 10-year treasury note rates increased 73 basis points and 26 basis points, respectively.
In June 2004, Wachovia and the Internal Revenue Service settled all issues relating to the IRSs challenge of our tax position on lease-in, lease-out (LILO) transactions entered into by First Union Corporation and legacy Wachovia Corporation. Our current and deferred income tax liabilities previously accrued were adequate to cover this resolution. For the purposes of presenting average balances and net interest income summaries, deferred income taxes related to leveraged leases are netted against the lease balance included in average commercial loans.
24
Accordingly, the reduction of deferred income tax liabilities associated with this resolution increased the average lease balances and reduced the related average interest rate earned. In 2004, this resulted in an increase in average loans of $1.4 billion and a reduction in the average interest rate earned on commercial loans of approximately 6 basis points and, where separately reported, on lease financing of approximately 164 basis points.
In order to maintain our targeted interest rate risk profile, derivatives are used to manage the interest rate risk inherent in our assets and liabilities. In 2004, net interest rate risk management-related derivative income contributed $1.1 billion to net interest income, representing a 30 basis point impact on our net interest margin, compared with $1.4 billion, or 47 basis points, in 2003. All risk management-related derivatives are designated and accounted for as accounting hedges.
As discussed previously, we began marketing our
FDIC-insured sweep product to brokerage customers in
the fourth quarter of 2003. Since then, customer
balances have been transferred from money market mutual
fund accounts to these deposit accounts. We invested
these deposits in securities that together produce an
asset and liability structure that enables us to
maintain our desired interest rate sensitivity. By
December 31, 2004, this product had captured $29.9
billion in new deposits, up $18.0 billion from year-end
2003. These deposits represented $24.3 billion in
average core deposits in 2004.
Fee and Other Income
Years Ended December 31,
(In millions)
2004
2003
2002
$
1,978
1,731
1,698
1,226
1,017
962
2,601
2,318
1,742
2,772
2,345
1,888
911
787
681
35
110
(71
)
261
(139
)
(266
)
(10
)
45
169
1,005
1,268
1,087
$
10,779
9,482
7,890
Fee and Other Income Traditionally banks earn fee and other income from service charges on deposit accounts and other banking products and services, and these continue to be a significant component of our fee income. In addition, we have balanced our earnings with a diversified mix of businesses that provide alternative investment and financing products and services for the more sophisticated needs of our clients. These
alternative products produce income in our brokerage, asset management and investment banking businesses from commissions and fees for financial advice, custody, insurance and financing alternatives such as loan syndications and asset securitizations. Additionally, we realize gains from selling our investments in debt and equity securities. The fees on many of these products and services are based on market valuations and therefore are sensitive to movements in the financial markets. As the financial markets begin to recover, we are seeing gradual improvement in these market-based fees.
Fee and other income increased 14 percent in 2004 from 2003, reflecting in part the full year impact in 2004 of the July 1, 2003, retail brokerage transaction on commissions and on fiduciary and asset management fees. Service charges increased 14 percent, reflecting growth in checking accounts. Other banking fees increased 21 percent, reflecting growth in interchange income from debit and credit card transactions. Advisory, underwriting and other investment banking fees increased 16 percent, driven by growth in investment grade, loan syndications and equity capital markets originations. Principal investing, which includes the results of proprietary investments in equity and mezzanine securities, had net gains in 2004 of $261 million, due largely to higher realized gains in the recovering financial markets, compared with net losses of $139 million in 2003.
In 2004, we had net securities gains of $91 million from sales of securities received in settlement of problem loans, offset by net losses from portfolio sales of $43 million and impairment losses of $58 million. Net securities gains in 2003 included net gains from portfolio sales of $245 million offset by $200 million in impairment losses.
Other income declined 21 percent in 2004 from 2003 primarily due to a $264 million decline in asset securitization income, including $57 million of losses on auto loan securitizations. We also recognized a $68 million loss associated with a sale and leaseback of corporate real estate. We expect the sale and leaseback of corporate real estate will reduce occupancy and other related expenses annually by $22 million.
Noninterest Expense Noninterest expense increased 10 percent in 2004 from 2003 primarily reflecting increased variable pay on higher revenues, as well as the full year effect of the retail brokerage transaction and continued investments for the future. Salaries and employee benefits increased 13 percent primarily due to higher incentives, largely from the retail brokerage transaction, higher variable incentives in other business
25
Managements Discussion and Analysis
Noninterest Expense
Years Ended December 31, | ||||||||||||
(In millions) | 2004 | 2003 | 2002 | |||||||||
Salaries and employee benefits
|
$ | 8,703 | 7,708 | 6,597 | ||||||||
Occupancy
|
947 | 851 | 786 | |||||||||
Equipment
|
1,052 | 1,021 | 946 | |||||||||
Advertising
|
193 | 160 | 80 | |||||||||
Communications and supplies
|
620 | 598 | 545 | |||||||||
Professional and consulting fees
|
548 | 460 | 421 | |||||||||
Sundry expense
|
1,728 | 1,521 | 1,303 | |||||||||
Other noninterest expense
|
13,791 | 12,319 | 10,678 | |||||||||
Merger-related and restructuring expenses
|
444 | 443 | 387 | |||||||||
Other intangible amortization
|
431 | 518 | 628 | |||||||||
Total noninterest expense
|
$ | 14,666 | 13,280 | 11,693 | ||||||||
units, and the SouthTrust merger. Sundry expense increased 14 percent year over year primarily due to the full year impact of the retail brokerage transaction and the SouthTrust merger.
Merger-Related and Restructuring Expenses Merger-related and restructuring expenses in 2004 of $444 million included $41 million related to the SouthTrust merger, $298 million related to the retail brokerage transaction, the integration of which is nearing completion, and $108 million in final charges related to the First Union-Wachovia merger of 2001, offset by $3 million of reversals of previously recorded restructuring expenses. In 2003, we recorded $443 million of these expenses, relating to the retail brokerage and First Union-Wachovia transactions. See Note 16: Merger-Related and Restructuring Expenses in the notes to our consolidated financial statements.
We currently expect total merger-related and restructuring expenses for the SouthTrust merger to be $253 million before tax, of which $41 million had been recorded by December 31, 2004, and for the retail brokerage transaction, $500 million, of which $383 million had been recorded by December 31, 2004. We expect the remaining retail brokerage transaction expenses will be incurred through the first half of 2005 and the remaining SouthTrust expenses will be incurred through the first quarter of 2006.
Income Taxes Income taxes were $2.4 billion in 2004, an increase of $586 million from 2003. The effective tax rates were 31.70 percent in 2004 and 30.16 percent in 2003. On a fully tax-equivalent basis, the tax rate was 33.87 percent in 2004 and 32.97 percent in 2003. The increases in these rates were primarily caused by higher pretax income in 2004.
Business Segments
We provide a diversified range of banking and nonbanking financial services and products primarily through our four core business segments, the General Bank, Capital Management, Wealth Management, and the Corporate and Investment Bank. In this section, we discuss the performance and results of our business segments in 2004. See the Comparison of 2003 with 2002 section for details on business segment trends in that period. Business Segment data excludes merger-related and restructuring expense.
Note 14: Business Segments in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements discusses in detail the management reporting model upon which our segment information is based, and also provides a reconciliation of business segment earnings to the consolidated results of operations.
Key Performance Metrics Business segment earnings are the primary measure of segment profit or loss we use to assess segment performance and to allocate resources. Economic profit, risk-adjusted return on capital (RAROC) and efficiency ratios are additional metrics, all of which are based on and calculated directly from segment earnings, that assist management in evaluating segment results. These two measures are calculated as follows:
Economic Profit = Economic Net Income Capital Charge
RAROC = Economic Net Income / Economic Capital
Economic profit is a measure of the earnings above an explicit charge for the capital used to support the transaction or business line. It is calculated as a dollar amount of return. RAROC is a ratio of return to risk and is stated as a percentage.
The return component of both of these measures is economic net income, which reflects two adjustments to segment earnings. First, we replace current period provision expense with expected losses (a statistically derived forward-looking number that represents the average expected loan losses over time), and we remove certain noncash expenses. The risk component for these measures is economic capital, which is discussed below, as is the capital charge used in calculating economic profit.
Economic Capital A disciplined and consistent approach to quantifying risk is required to achieve an accurate risk-based pricing and value-based performance reporting system. We employ an economic capital framework developed to measure the declines in economic value that a transaction, portfolio or
26
business unit could incur given an extreme event or business environment. The greater the frequency and severity of potential negative outcomes, the greater the levels of capital required.
The five types of risk to which we attribute economic capital are:
n |
Credit Risk:
Credit risk, which
represented 49 percent of our economic capital in 2004,
is the risk of loss due to adverse changes in a
borrowers ability to meet its financial obligations
under agreed upon terms;
|
|
|
||
n |
Market Risk:
The major components
of market risk, which represented 25 percent of
economic capital, are interest rate risk inherent in
our balance sheet, price risk in our principal
investing portfolio and market value risk in our
trading portfolios; and
|
|
|
||
n |
Operational, Business and Other
Risk:
Operational risk is the risk of loss from
inadequate or failed internal processes, people and
systems or from external events. This risk is inherent
in all our businesses. Business risk is the potential
losses our business lines could suffer that have not
been captured elsewhere (such as losses from a
difficult business environment). Business and
operational risk capital are the primary types of
capital held by non-balance sheet intensive businesses
such as trust, asset management and brokerage.
Other risk represents the loss in value that other
miscellaneous and fixed assets could realize that are
not capitalized as market risk. Operational, business
and other risk represented 26 percent of our economic
capital in 2004.
|
Our economic capital models are calibrated to achieve a standard of default protection equivalent to a AA rated institution. These models were developed to determine economic capital under a consistent, specific, internal definition of risk (that is, uncertainty in economic value). Accordingly, our required aggregate economic capital can be materially different from other capital measures developed under GAAP, regulatory or rating agency frameworks.
We measure the financial returns achieved by a transaction or business unit after deducting a charge for the economic capital required to support the risks taken. We calculate this charge by multiplying the attributed economic capital times the cost of our equity capital (derived through a capital asset pricing model approach).
Capital Charge = Economic Capital x Cost of Capital
Since 2002, the cost of capital has been 11 percent. The cost of capital is reviewed annually by our treasury division and approved by the RAROC Advisory Committee, which is a subcommittee of the Asset and Liability Management Committee. The Risk Governance section has more information about these committees.
We use our RAROC and economic profit measures in a variety of ways. They are used in the pricing of transactions such as loans, commitments and credit substitutes in each of our business segments. These transactional measures are aggregated to provide portfolio, business line, and ultimately business segment RAROC and economic profit measures. Incremental activities such as new product analysis, business line extensions and acquisitions are also measured using these tools. RAROC and/or economic profit are significant components of line incentive compensation programs and senior management incentive plans.
Changes in Methodology We continuously assess assumptions, methodologies and reporting classifications to better reflect the true economics of our business segments. Several refinements have been incorporated for 2004. We periodically review our cost base and the related activities to better align support costs to our business segments. This includes periodic cost studies, such as a 2003 study of activities in our General Bank retail branches. This study, using the increased amount of customer-related statistical data available, resulted in a better understanding of the costs related to certain services provided in the branches. The more detailed cost understanding led to an increase in the amount of allocated costs related to these services, some of which relate to businesses outside the General Bank.
As a result of these refinements, cost allocation methodologies used in 2004 are different than the methodologies used in the original reporting of 2003 results. While these refinements do not represent a significant change in the results of operations of our segments, we have updated the 2003 amounts to allow for a consistent comparison of segment results. The impact to segment earnings for full year 2003 as a result of these refinements was a $4 million decrease in the General Bank, a $17 million decrease in Capital Management, a $13 million decrease in Wealth Management, a $6 million decrease in the Corporate and Investment Bank, and a $40 million increase in the Parent.
27
Managements Discussion and Analysis
General Bank The General Bank segment includes our Retail and Small Business and Commercial lines of business. The General Banks products include:
n |
Retail Bank:
Checking, savings
and money market accounts, time deposits and IRAs, home
equity, residential mortgage, student and personal
loans, debit and credit cards, mutual funds and
annuities;
|
|
|
||
n |
Small Business:
Deposit, credit
and investment products and services to businesses with
annual revenues up to $3 million; and
|
|
|
||
n |
Commercial Banking:
Commercial
deposit, lending, treasury management, dealer financial
services and commercial real estate solutions to
businesses typically with annual revenues between $3
million and $250 million.
|
The acquisition of SouthTrust has the most operational impact on our General Bank, but the impact on General Bank results in 2004 was not significant, except as noted, because this acquisition was included in only the final two months of the year. In 2004 compared with 2003, General Bank segment earnings were a record $3.1 billion, an increase of 24 percent, reflecting a 10 percent increase in revenue largely driven by outstanding core deposit growth and growth in consumer real estate-secured loans. Noninterest expense grew 4 percent in the same period principally due to SouthTrust. This strong expense management resulted in an improved overhead efficiency ratio of 52.01 percent, excluding merger-related and restructuring expenses and other intangible amortization, an improvement from 55.07 percent a year earlier.
Fee and other income increased 11 percent from 2003 due to higher customer transaction volume and the addition of SouthTrust. Fee and other income includes service charges, interchange income, other banking fees and mortgage banking origination revenues. Service charges increased $246 million to $1.5 billion, interchange income increased $81 million to $347 million and other banking fees increased $42 million to $274 million. Mortgage banking origination fee income decreased $39 million to $127 million due to lower origination volume. Interchange income, mortgage banking origination fee income and amortization of servicing rights are included in other banking fees in the consolidated statements of income.
Asset sale and securitization income in the General Bank reflects the sale of mortgage loans and related income; securitizations and related gains on the sales of consumer real estate-secured loans (for example, prime equity lines) are
General Bank
Years Ended December 31, | ||||||||||||
(Dollars in millions) | 2004 | 2003 | 2002 | |||||||||
Income statement data
|
||||||||||||
Net interest income
(Tax-equivalent)
|
$ | 8,046 | 7,315 | 6,860 | ||||||||
Fee and other income
|
2,431 | 2,191 | 2,095 | |||||||||
Intersegment revenue
|
168 | 179 | 162 | |||||||||
Total revenue
(Tax-equivalent)
|
10,645 | 9,685 | 9,117 | |||||||||
Provision for credit losses
|
315 | 470 | 471 | |||||||||
Noninterest expense
|
5,536 | 5,334 | 5,120 | |||||||||
Income taxes
(Tax-equivalent)
|
1,740 | 1,416 | 1,287 | |||||||||
Segment earnings
|
$ | 3,054 | 2,465 | 2,239 | ||||||||
Performance and other data
|
||||||||||||
Economic profit
|
$ | 2,331 | 1,799 | 1,550 | ||||||||
Risk adjusted return on capital (RAROC)
|
52.67 | % | 42.83 | 38.31 | ||||||||
Economic capital, average
|
$ | 5,592 | 5,651 | 5,677 | ||||||||
Cash overhead efficiency ratio
(Tax-equivalent)
|
52.01 | % | 55.07 | 56.15 | ||||||||
Lending commitments
|
$ | 93,608 | 65,457 | 57,358 | ||||||||
Average loans, net
|
128,063 | 113,867 | 101,632 | |||||||||
Average core deposits
|
$ | 172,471 | 152,720 | 140,489 | ||||||||
FTE employees
|
43,388 | 34,552 | 36,521 | |||||||||
reflected in the Parent. In 2004 compared with 2003, asset sale and securitization income decreased $128 million to $57 million due to reduced sales of mortgages and servicing resulting from weaker volume. In 2004, asset sale and securitization income included $16 million in losses on related derivatives and $4 million in market value write-downs on loans held for sale compared with 2003 losses of $32 million and write-downs of $31 million. Asset sale and securitization income is included in other income in the consolidated statements of income.
The derivative transactions the General Bank enters into are designed to manage risk associated with its mortgage banking activities. These derivatives include economic hedges and, in certain cases, accounting hedges of mortgage loans held for sale and interest rate lock commitments, which are reported in the General Bank segment. These derivatives have no effect on interest income or interest expense.
The General Bank continues to do exceptionally well in attracting and retaining low-cost core deposits, with average low-cost core deposit balances increasing 21 percent from 2003 including the addition of SouthTrust. Core deposits include savings, interest-bearing checking accounts, noninterest-bearing and other consumer time deposits. Low-cost core deposits exclude consumer certificates of deposit and deposits held in our CAP Accounts. Net new retail checking accounts increased 571,000 in 2004, compared with an increase of 413,000 in 2003.
28
Average loans grew 12 percent from the prior year due primarily to growth in consumer real estate-secured and student loans, in middle market commercial and small business lending, and the addition of SouthTrust.
Provision expense declined by a third from 2003, primarily reflecting risk reduction strategies implemented in 2003, solid improvements in both commercial and consumer loan losses and a strengthening economy.
Capital Management Capital Management includes Retail Brokerage Services, which includes the retail brokerage and insurance groups; and Asset Management, which includes mutual funds, customized investment advisory services, and corporate and institutional trust services. Capital Management provides a full line of investment products and financial and retirement services, including:
n |
Retail Brokerage Services:
Stocks, bonds, mutual funds, fixed and variable
annuities, asset management accounts, and other
investment products and services; and
|
|
|
||
n |
Asset Management:
Mutual funds,
customized advisory services, defined benefit and
defined contribution retirement services, and corporate
and institutional trust services.
|
In 2004 compared with 2003, Capital Managements segment earnings increased 24 percent based on revenue growth of 25 percent and expense growth of 25 percent, largely related to the full year impact in 2004 of the retail brokerage transaction completed on July 1, 2003. Revenue was $5.5 billion and included revenue from the retail brokerage businesses, which increased $964 million to $4.4 billion largely because 2004 included a full year of results related to the retail brokerage transaction, while 2003 included only six months of results from the combined operations. Retail brokerage transactional revenues of $2.2 billion increased 14 percent, while recurring and other revenues of $2.2 billion were up 48 percent. Revenue from the asset management businesses rose $107 million to $1.1 billion related to growth in assets under management and to the January 1, 2004, acquisition of a securities lending firm with $23 million in revenues.
Total assets under management and securities lending grew 21 percent from year-end 2003 to $297.2 billion, which included $42.7 billion related to our new securities lending business. Total net inflows were approximately $9.0 billion in 2004, excluding any acquisition impact and net money market fund outflows primarily related to the movement into
Capital Management
Years Ended December 31, | ||||||||||||
(Dollars in millions) | 2004 | 2003 | 2002 | |||||||||
Income statement data
|
||||||||||||
Net interest income
(Tax-equivalent)
|
$ | 555 | 249 | 162 | ||||||||
Fee and other income
|
4,948 | 4,191 | 3,051 | |||||||||
Intersegment revenue
|
(48 | ) | (69 | ) | (72 | ) | ||||||
Total revenue
(Tax-equivalent)
|
5,455 | 4,371 | 3,141 | |||||||||
Provision for credit losses
|
| | | |||||||||
Noninterest expense
|
4,608 | 3,684 | 2,556 | |||||||||
Income taxes
(Tax-equivalent)
|
308 | 251 | 214 | |||||||||
Segment earnings
|
$ | 539 | 436 | 371 | ||||||||
Performance and other data
|
||||||||||||
Economic profit
|
$ | 392 | 324 | 295 | ||||||||
Risk adjusted return on capital (RAROC)
|
40.14 | % | 42.84 | 53.87 | ||||||||
Economic capital, average
|
$ | 1,344 | 1,018 | 689 | ||||||||
Cash overhead efficiency ratio
(Tax-equivalent)
|
84.48 | % | 84.28 | 81.38 | ||||||||
Average loans, net
|
$ | 278 | 139 | 165 | ||||||||
Average core deposits
|
$ | 25,951 | 2,788 | 1,343 | ||||||||
FTE employees
|
19,579 | 19,937 | 12,648 | |||||||||
Total Assets Under Management
Years Ended December 31, | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
2004 | 2003 | 2002 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
(In billions) | Amount | Mix | Amount | Mix | Amount | Mix | ||||||||||||||||||
Assets under management
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Money market
|
$ | 63 | 24 | % | $ | 67 | 27 | % | $ | 81 | 35 | % | ||||||||||||
Equity
|
81 | 32 | 72 | 29 | 56 | 24 | ||||||||||||||||||
Fixed income
|
112 | 44 | 108 | 44 | 94 | 41 | ||||||||||||||||||
Total assets under management
|
$ | 256 | 100 | % | $ | 247 | 100 | % | $ | 231 | 100 | % | ||||||||||||
Securities lending
|
41 | | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Total assets under management
and securities lending
|
$ | 297 | | $ | 247 | | $ | 231 | | |||||||||||||||
the FDIC-insured sweep product. The inflows were led by strong institutional separate account fixed income flows and the transfer of $6.0 billion of Prudential money market assets into Evergreen funds. Continued positive net equity sales along with increased equity market valuations are creating a higher revenue-yielding mix of funds. Assets under management growth also reflected net asset appreciation of approximately $7.0 billion since year-end 2003 from increased market valuations.
Assets under management also include deposit balances related to the FDIC-insured sweep product, which grew to $29.9 billion compared with $11.8 billion at year-end 2003, contributing to net interest income growth. The asset shift to the FDIC-insured sweep product resulted in a 3 percent decline in mutual fund assets from 2003 to $106.4 billion. Despite
29
Managements Discussion and Analysis
the decline in mutual fund assets, total assets under management at December 31, 2004, increased 4 percent from December 31, 2003, to $256.3 billion.
Wealth Management Wealth Management provides a comprehensive suite of private banking, trust and investment management, financial planning and insurance brokerage services for wealthy individuals, their families and businesses. Products and services include:
n |
Customized deposit, credit and
debt structuring services, including professional
practice lending, insurance premium, marine and
aircraft financing;
|
|
|
||
n |
Legacy management such as
personal trust, estate settlement and charitable
services;
|
|
|
||
n |
Risk management services
encompassing property and casualty, group health and
benefit, and life insurance;
|
|
|
||
n |
Investment management products
and services including hedge funds, investment real
estate and private equity placements;
|
|
|
||
n |
Advisory services including
business succession planning and not-for-profit,
individual and family philanthropic consulting; and
|
|
|
||
n |
Family office services, such as
independent investment manager search and selection,
family office administration, and family governance and
stewardship consulting.
|
In 2004 compared with 2003, Wealth Managements segment earnings were $198 million, an increase of 30 percent as higher revenues outpaced expense growth. Net interest income rose 17 percent on increased loans and core deposits. Fee and other income increased 5 percent due to solid growth in trust and investment management fees and improving insurance revenues. Noninterest expense rose 6 percent primarily due to higher incentives related to improved revenues and earnings. Provision expense declined as credit quality continued to improve.
Average loans increased 17 percent from 2003, reflecting growth in both commercial and consumer lending. Average core deposits rose 13 percent in the same period, led by higher money market, demand deposit and interest-checking account balances. Included in total assets under management are wealth assets under management of $64.7 billion
Wealth Management
Years Ended December 31, | ||||||||||||
(Dollars in millions) | 2004 | 2003 | 2002 | |||||||||
Income statement data
|
||||||||||||
Net interest income
(Tax-equivalent)
|
$ | 506 | 434 | 400 | ||||||||
Fee and other income
|
559 | 534 | 529 | |||||||||
Intersegment revenue
|
6 | 6 | 5 | |||||||||
Total revenue
(Tax-equivalent)
|
1,071 | 974 | 934 | |||||||||
Provision for credit losses
|
(1 | ) | 12 | 17 | ||||||||
Noninterest expense
|
762 | 722 | 661 | |||||||||
Income taxes
(Tax-equivalent)
|
112 | 88 | 93 | |||||||||
Segment earnings
|
$ | 198 | 152 | 163 | ||||||||
Performance and other data
|
||||||||||||
Economic profit
|
$ | 137 | 98 | 113 | ||||||||
Risk adjusted return on capital (RAROC)
|
46.72 | % | 37.16 | 42.15 | ||||||||
Economic capital, average
|
$ | 383 | 374 | 363 | ||||||||
Cash overhead efficiency ratio
(Tax-equivalent)
|
71.10 | % | 74.22 | 70.77 | ||||||||
Lending commitments
|
$ | 4,830 | 4,012 | 3,288 | ||||||||
Average loans, net
|
11,273 | 9,638 | 8,730 | |||||||||
Average core deposits
|
$ | 12,319 | 10,922 | 10,031 | ||||||||
FTE employees
|
3,833 | 3,791 | 3,694 | |||||||||
at December 31, 2004, which represented a 10 percent increase from year-end 2003 due to improved market valuations and additions from acquisitions.
Corporate and Investment Bank Our Corporate and Investment Bank segment includes the following lines of business:
n |
Corporate Lending:
Large
corporate lending, loan syndications and commercial
leasing;
|
|
|
||
n |
Global Treasury and Trade
Finance:
Treasury management products and services,
domestic and international correspondent banking
operations, and international trade services;
|
|
|
||
n |
Investment Banking:
Equity
capital markets, merger and acquisition advisory
services, equity-linked products and the activities of
our fixed income division (including interest rate
products, credit products, structured products and
non-dollar products); and
|
|
|
||
n |
Principal Investing:
Direct
investments primarily in private equity and mezzanine
securities, and investments in funds sponsored by
select private equity and venture capital groups.
|
In 2004 compared with 2003, Corporate and Investment Bank segment earnings increased 46 percent to $1.7 billion,
30
reflecting revenue growth of 18 percent while expenses increased 10 percent. Total fee and other income grew 30 percent due to strong growth in other capital markets fees, particularly in advisory and underwriting, and vastly improved principal investing results. Net interest income rose 6 percent driven by strong deposit growth in international, commercial mortgage servicing, and treasury services. Noninterest expense rose 10 percent due to increased revenue-based variable pay and higher other personnel costs, coupled with increased investment in growth initiatives.
Total fee and other income increased $669 million primarily due to principal investing gains of $261 million compared with losses of $139 million in 2003, reflecting higher realized gains and lower write-downs on both direct investments and fund investments.
Since the beginning of 2001, we have made minimal new commitments to private equity funds and have significantly reduced the pace of our direct investment activity compared with 1999 and 2000. Our principal investing strategy emphasizes diversity from an industry and business standpoint. We believe this strategy complements our Corporate and Investment Bank strategy and will contribute to our longer-term profitability.
Advisory, underwriting and other investment banking fees increased $126 million to $887 million due to strong market share gains and the resulting growth in origination revenues in loan syndications, investment grade securities and equity capital markets. We continue to invest in specific industry and product expertise to increase our market presence in these and other product offerings. Trading account profits declined $48 million to $86 million. Securities gains were $114 million compared with securities losses of $48 million in 2003. Other income of $511 million declined $32 million from 2003.
Corporate loan balances declined due to lower usage and continued strong refinance activity by our customers in the public debt markets, coupled with strong investor appetite for loan assets allowing us to sell down to our desired hold limits. Provision expense showed a net recovery of $41 million, including $46 million related to the recovery of write-downs on loans sold out of the loan portfolio, as improving credit conditions resulted in decreased charge-offs. Economic capital usage declined driven by a continued trend of improving credit quality and lower loan outstandings.
Average core deposits increased 24 percent in 2004 due to growth in international, which provides demand and money
Corporate and Investment Bank
Years Ended December 31, | ||||||||||||
(Dollars in millions) | 2004 | 2003 | 2002 | |||||||||
Income statement data
|
||||||||||||
Net interest income
(Tax-equivalent)
|
$ | 2,441 | 2,312 | 2,489 | ||||||||
Fee and other income
|
2,931 | 2,262 | 1,582 | |||||||||
Intersegment revenue
|
(128 | ) | (116 | ) | (87 | ) | ||||||
Total revenue
(Tax-equivalent)
|
5,244 | 4,458 | 3,984 | |||||||||
Provision for credit losses
|
(41 | ) | 250 | 993 | ||||||||
Noninterest expense
|
2,569 | 2,335 | 2,080 | |||||||||
Income taxes
(Tax-equivalent)
|
999 | 696 | 344 | |||||||||
Segment earnings
|
$ | 1,717 | 1,177 | 567 | ||||||||
Performance and other data
|
||||||||||||
Economic profit
|
$ | 1,056 | 558 | 174 | ||||||||
Risk adjusted return on capital (RAROC)
|
32.64 | % | 20.79 | 13.43 | ||||||||
Economic capital, average
|
$ | 4,878 | 5,699 | 7,142 | ||||||||
Cash overhead efficiency ratio
(Tax-equivalent)
|
48.99 | % | 52.37 | 52.21 | ||||||||
Lending commitments
|
$ | 84,052 | 69,728 | 78,332 | ||||||||
Average loans, net
|
32,125 | 33,210 | 40,946 | |||||||||
Average core deposits
|
$ | 19,058 | 15,395 | 12,824 | ||||||||
FTE employees
|
4,763 | 4,317 | 4,131 | |||||||||
market deposit services to domestic and foreign correspondent banks, and to growth in commercial mortgage servicing and treasury services. In commercial mortgage servicing, we service commercial mortgages and hold the related escrow deposits. We also service trusts supporting commercial mortgage-backed securities and hold deposits related to principal and interest payments on the underlying mortgages prior to payment of returns to investors in the securities. Beginning in late 2002, we increased our level of commercial mortgage servicing through purchases of servicing rights and increased retention of servicing rights in Wachovia-sponsored trusts.
Parent Parent includes all asset and liability management functions, including managing our investment portfolio for earnings, liquidity and interest rate risk. Parent also includes goodwill and other intangible assets, and related funding costs; certain revenues and expenses that are not allocated to the business segments; and the results of our HomEq Servicing business, which is responsible for home equity loan servicing, including that generated and retained by our mortgage company, as well as servicing for third party portfolios.
In 2004, the Parent had a segment loss of $91 million compared with segment earnings of $275 million in 2003. Total revenue in the Parent declined $282 million to $575 million primarily as a result of a $222 million reduction in securities
31
Managements Discussion and Analysis
gains; a $133 million reduction in other income, including a loss of $68 million associated with a sale and leaseback of corporate real estate, and a $148 million reduction in income from asset securitizations, including $57 million in losses on auto loan securitizations; partially offset by a $110 million increase in net interest income. Average securities increased $20.7 billion to $94.5 billion, primarily reflecting investment of the proceeds from the FDIC-insured sweep product.
Noninterest expense decreased $15 million due to lower intangible amortization. Income tax benefits increased $149 million. For segment reporting, income tax expense or benefit is allocated to each business segment based on the statutory rate, adjusted for certain other items, and any difference between the total for all core business segments and the consolidated results is included in the Parent.
This segment reflects the impact of Prudential Financials 38 percent minority interest in Wachovia Securities Financial Holdings, LLC. Total minority interest, which also includes other subsidiaries, was $297 million compared with $174 million in 2003.
Balance Sheet Analysis
Earning Assets Our primary types of earning assets are securities and loans. Year-end 2004 earning assets were $430.3 billion, a 22 percent increase from $351.4 billion in 2003. This increase includes the $49.3 billion in SouthTrust earning assets acquired on November 1, 2004. Average earning assets in 2004 were $358.3 billion, which represented a 23 percent increase from 2003.
Securities The securities portfolio, all of which is classified as available for sale, consists primarily of U.S. Government agency and asset-backed securities. We use this portfolio primarily to manage liquidity, interest rate risk and regulatory capital, and to take advantage of market conditions that create more economically attractive returns on these investments. We had securities available for sale with a market value of $110.6 billion at December 31, 2004, a $10.2 billion increase from $100.4 billion at December 31, 2003. This increase reflects securities added from the SouthTrust merger and deposit growth offset by the sale of lower yielding securities and the impact of terminated securitizations.
Securities available for sale included a net unrealized gain of $1.8 billion at December 31, 2004, and $2.2 billion at December 31, 2003. The average rate earned on securities available for sale was 4.90 percent in 2004 and 5.27 percent in 2003.
Loans On-Balance Sheet
December 31, | ||||||||||||
(In millions) | 2004 | 2003 | 2002 | |||||||||
Commercial
|
||||||||||||
Commercial, financial and agricultural
|
$ | 75,095 | 55,453 | 57,728 | ||||||||
Real estateconstruction and other
|
12,673 | 5,969 | 4,542 | |||||||||
Real estatemortgage
|
20,742 | 15,186 | 17,735 | |||||||||
Lease financing
|
25,000 | 23,978 | 22,667 | |||||||||
Foreign
|
7,716 | 6,880 | 6,425 | |||||||||
Total commercial
|
141,226 | 107,466 | 109,097 | |||||||||
Consumer
|
||||||||||||
Real estate secured
|
74,161 | 50,726 | 46,706 | |||||||||
Student loans
|
10,468 | 8,435 | 6,921 | |||||||||
Installment loans
|
7,684 | 8,965 | 10,249 | |||||||||
Total consumer
|
92,313 | 68,126 | 63,876 | |||||||||
Total loans
|
233,539 | 175,592 | 172,973 | |||||||||
Unearned income
|
9,699 | 10,021 | 9,876 | |||||||||
Loans, net
(On-balance sheet)
|
$ | 223,840 | 165,571 | 163,097 | ||||||||
Loans Managed Portfolio (Including on-balance sheet)
December 31, | ||||||||||||
(In millions) | 2004 | 2003 | 2002 | |||||||||
Commercial
|
$ | 145,072 | 112,041 | 112,455 | ||||||||
Real estate secured
|
97,021 | 80,146 | 79,512 | |||||||||
Student loans
|
11,059 | 10,526 | 9,845 | |||||||||
Installment loans
|
10,359 | 8,965 | 10,249 | |||||||||
Total managed portfolio
|
$ | 263,511 | 211,678 | 212,061 | ||||||||
We retain interests in the form of either bonds or residual interests in connection with certain securitizations. The retained interests result primarily from the securitization of residential mortgage loans and prime equity lines and, to a lesser extent, auto loans from 2004 securitizations. Included in securities available for sale at December 31, 2004, were residual interests with a market value of $894 million, which included a net unrealized gain of $250 million, and retained bonds from securitizations with a market value of $5.2 billion, which included a net unrealized gain of $94 million. At December 31, 2004, retained bonds with an amortized cost of $5.1 billion and a market value of $5.2 billion were considered investment grade based on external ratings, with substantially all of these having credit ratings of AA and above. At December 31, 2003, these amounts were $10.8 billion and $11.2 billion, respectively, and substantially all had credit ratings of AA and above. The decrease in 2004 in retained interests in securities available for sale from December 31, 2003, reflects the impact of terminated securitizations.
32
Loans Our loan portfolio mix continues to strengthen with a greater proportion of consumer real estate-secured loans as we have pursued risk reduction strategies to actively reduce potential problem loans and certain large corporate loans. Net loan growth in 2004, in addition to the SouthTrust loan portfolio, stemmed largely from growth in consumer real estate-secured loans and in key commercial growth categories, including commercial real estate-construction, which more than doubled from year-end 2003 primarily due to SouthTrust. Commercial loans grew 31 percent, with the majority of the growth related to increases in asset-based and international correspondent bank lending, and in middle-market commercial, small business and commercial real estate loans. Consumer loans also grew 36 percent from year-end 2003, driven primarily by increases in consumer real estate-secured loans, including the transfer of $9.4 billion from loans held for sale in December 2004. In addition, student loans increased due to additions from terminated securitizations, and installment loans declined from year-end 2003 due to the securitization of $3.0 billion in auto loans.
Our loan portfolio is broadly diversified by industry, concentration and geography. Commercial loans represented 60 percent and consumer loans 40 percent of the loan portfolio at December 31, 2004. The majority of our loan portfolio is secured by collateral or is guaranteed. Eighty-one percent of the commercial loan portfolio is secured by collateral, and 98 percent of the consumer loan portfolio is secured by collateral or is guaranteed. Of our $74.2 billion consumer real estate-secured loan portfolio, 77 percent is secured by a first lien, 64 percent has a loan-to-value ratio of 80 percent or less, and 50 percent is priced on a variable rate basis.
Our consumer managed loan portfolio grew 19 percent from year-end 2003, reflecting higher balances in loans, partially offset by lower securitized loans on- and off-balance sheet reflecting the impact of terminated securitizations. The managed loan portfolio includes the on-balance sheet loan portfolio, loans held for sale, loans securitized for which the retained interests are classified in securities, and the off-balance sheet portfolio of securitized loans sold where we service the loans.
Nonperforming Assets Nonperforming assets increased only 2 percent from year-end 2003, primarily due to the addition of SouthTrust nonaccrual loans of $342 million of which $36 million were charged-off and $125 million were transferred to assets held for sale. Nonaccrual loans declined $80 million, or 8 percent from year-end 2003, reflecting credit quality improvement and more favorable market conditions. New inflows to com-
Year-End 2004 Commercial and Industrial Loans and Leases (a)
Committed | ||||||||
(In millions) | Outstanding | Exposure | (b) | |||||
Manufacturing
|
||||||||
Consumer products
|
$ | 1,226 | 4,228 | |||||
Chemicals
|
810 | 2,920 | ||||||
Steel and metal products
|
1,160 | 2,867 | ||||||
Publishing and printing
|
920 | 2,523 | ||||||
Machinery and equipment
|
581 | 2,095 | ||||||
Electronics
|
727 | 1,775 | ||||||
Paper
|
458 | 1,572 | ||||||
All other manufacturing
|
5,013 | 16,498 | ||||||
Total manufacturing
|
10,895 | 34,478 | ||||||
Services
|
15,114 | 35,289 | ||||||
Financial services
|
13,854 | 34,275 | ||||||
Retail trade
|
7,439 | 16,870 | ||||||
Wholesale trade
|
7,013 | 14,052 | ||||||
Public administration
|
1,560 | 13,968 | ||||||
Property management
|
7,974 | 12,883 | ||||||
Individuals
|
8,021 | 10,729 | ||||||
Public utilities
|
1,099 | 9,140 | ||||||
Transportation
|
3,135 | 7,145 | ||||||
Insurance
|
513 | 6,107 | ||||||
Agriculture, forestry and fishing, and mining
|
1,778 | 5,847 | ||||||
Building contractors
|
2,455 | 5,613 | ||||||
Telecommunications and cable
|
1,059 | 3,485 | ||||||
All other
(c)
|
15,873 | 15,941 | ||||||
Total
|
$ | 97,782 | 225,822 | |||||
Year-End 2004 Commercial Real Estate Loans
Committed | ||||||||
(In millions) | Outstanding | Exposure | (a) | |||||
Apartments
|
$ | 6,562 | 8,015 | |||||
Office buildings
|
4,918 | 5,764 | ||||||
Retail
|
6,214 | 7,560 | ||||||
Industrial
|
2,681 | 2,984 | ||||||
Single family
|
2,665 | 6,171 | ||||||
Lodging
|
1,006 | 1,097 | ||||||
Land-unimproved
|
1,350 | 1,988 | ||||||
Land-improved
|
2,357 | 3,834 | ||||||
Condominiums
|
1,302 | 2,728 | ||||||
Other
|
4,360 | 5,296 | ||||||
Total
|
$ | 33,415 | 45,437 | |||||
33
Managements Discussion and Analysis
mercial nonaccrual loans declined 45 percent from 2003 and more than offset the additions from SouthTrust. Nonperforming assets were also reduced by charge-offs, payments and sales of $159 million in nonperforming loans from the loan portfolio and from loans held for sale in 2004.
Past Due Loans Accruing loans 90 days or more past due, excluding loans that are classified as loans held for sale, were $522 million at December 31, 2004, compared with $341 million at December 31, 2003. The increase was due to the merger with SouthTrust and a $134 million increase in past due student loans from the second quarter 2004 termination of student loan securitizations. Of total past due loans, $21 million were commercial loans or commercial real estate loans and $501 million were consumer loans. The student loans that were added to the balance sheet are guaranteed against default either by agencies acting under statute of the Higher Education Act and re-insured by the Department of Education or by private guarantors.
Net Charge-offs Net charge-offs as a percentage of average net loans of 0.17 percent in 2004 declined 24 basis points from 2003. Commercial net charge-offs declined from 0.37 percent in 2003 to 0.08 percent of average commercial loans in 2004, mainly due to moderating trends in nonperforming assets at the current beneficial point in the credit cycle, our strategic decision to actively manage down potential problem loans and a higher level of recoveries during the period. In the same period, consumer net charge-offs declined from 0.47 percent to 0.30 percent of average consumer loans. As older vintages of consumer loans mature or pay down, a higher quality consumer loan mix remains.
Provision for Credit Losses Our strategy is to mitigate risk and volatility on our balance sheet by actively monitoring and reducing potential problem loans, including the sale of at-risk credits when prudent. With improved loan quality and favorable economic conditions, this strategy resulted in a 56 percent decline in the provision for credit losses from 2003 to $257 million. Based on our expectations of positive trends in the economy and solid asset quality over the next few quarters, our outlook for 2005 anticipates a provision in the range of 15 basis points to 25 basis points of average net loans. More information on the provision for credit losses, including the impact of transfers to loans held for sale, is included in Table 10: Allowance for Loan Losses and Nonperforming Assets . The provision related to the transfer of loans to loans held for sale was an overall benefit in 2004, reflecting the recovery of lower of cost or market losses on loans in the loan portfolio that had been previously carried in loans held for sale.
Asset Quality
Years Ended December 31, | ||||||||||||
(In millions) | 2004 | 2003 | 2002 | |||||||||
Loans, net
|
$ | 223,840 | 165,571 | 163,097 | ||||||||
Allowance for loan losses
|
$ | 2,757 | 2,348 | 2,604 | ||||||||
Allowance as % of loans, net
|
1.23 | % | 1.42 | 1.60 | ||||||||
Allowance as % of nonaccrual
and restructured loans
|
289 | 227 | 164 | |||||||||
Allowance as % of nonperforming assets
|
251 | % | 205 | 150 | ||||||||
Net charge-offs
|
$ | 300 | 652 | 1,122 | ||||||||
Net charge-offs as % average loans, net
|
0.17 | % | 0.41 | 0.73 | ||||||||
Nonperforming assets
|
||||||||||||
Nonaccrual loans
|
$ | 955 | 1,035 | 1,585 | ||||||||
Foreclosed properties
|
145 | 111 | 150 | |||||||||
Loans held for sale
|
157 | 82 | 138 | |||||||||
Total nonperforming assets
|
$ | 1,257 | 1,228 | 1,873 | ||||||||
Nonperforming assets to loans, net,
foreclosed properties and
loans held for sale
|
0.53 | % | 0.69 | 1.11 | ||||||||
Year-End 2004 Nonaccrual
Commercial and Industrial Loans and Leases
( In millions) | Outstanding | |||
Manufacturing
|
$ | 112 | ||
Cable
|
95 | |||
Services
|
52 | |||
Retail and wholesale trade
|
51 | |||
Transportation
|
18 | |||
Telecommunications
|
14 | |||
All other
|
243 | |||
Total
|
$ | 585 | ||
Allowance for Loan Losses and Reserve for Unfunded Lending Commitments Our risk management strategies have resulted in reduced risk in our loan portfolio. The allowance for loan losses increased by $409 million from year-end 2003 to $2.8 billion at December 31, 2004, reflecting the addition of SouthTrusts allowance of $510 million at consummation, offset by a reduction of $91 million from transfers to loans held for sale and loans sold out of the portfolio. Similarly, the decreasing risk in the portfolio has led to a $2 million reduction in the reserve for unfunded lending commitments from year-end 2003. The reserve for unfunded lending commitments relates to commercial loans and is included in other liabilities.
Further information on the allowance for loan losses and the reserve for unfunded lending commitments is included in Note 7: Allowance for Loan Losses and Reserve for Unfunded Lending
34
Commitments in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements . Information on critical allowance and reserve accounting policies is in the Critical Accounting Policies section.
Loans Held for Sale Loans held for sale include loans originated for sale or securitization as part of our core business strategy and the activities related to our ongoing portfolio risk management strategies to reduce exposure to areas of perceived higher risk. Our core business activity represents loans we originate with the intent to sell to third parties and primarily includes mortgages and consumer real estate-secured loans. At December 31, 2004 and 2003, core business activity represented almost all of loans held for sale.
In 2004, we sold or securitized $21.0 billion in loans out of the loans held for sale portfolio, including $5.9 billion of commercial loans and $15.1 billion of consumer loans, primarily residential mortgages and prime equity loans. Substantially all of these loan sales and securitizations represented core business activity. Of the loans sold, $24 million were nonperforming.
At December 31, 2004, prime equity loans in held for sale amounted to $8.4 billion, a slight decrease from year-end 2003. In 2004, $16.5 billion in prime equity loans were originated, $5.0 billion were purchased principally from terminated securitizations, $3.8 billion were sold and $8.5 billion of payments were received. Additionally, we transferred $9.3 billion of prime equity loans to the loan portfolio. Due to the low interest rate environment, prime equity loan activity has increased dramatically, which has resulted in originations exceeding sales or securitizations. Prime equity loans are retained in loans held for sale until we sell or securitize the loans to enhance liquidity, meet other business needs or take advantage of the current market for asset securitization debt.
At December 31, 2004, mortgage loans in loans held for sale amounted to $1.9 billion, an increase of $842 million from year-end 2003. In 2004, $11.5 billion in mortgage loans were originated and $11.0 billion of mortgage loans were sold. Mortgage loans are typically sold within 45 days to 60 days of origination. Mortgage loans that are not sold within 150 days, usually due to incomplete documentation or other factors, are transferred to the loan portfolio at the lower of cost or market value. In 2004, $269 million of mortgage loans were transferred to the loan portfolio representing 2 percent of originations.
We transferred $504 million of commercial loans and $58 million of additional unfunded exposure to loans held for sale in
Year-End 2004 Loans Held for Sale
Net | ||||||||
Carrying | Committed | |||||||
(In millions) | Amount | Exposure | (a) | |||||
Core Business
|
||||||||
Commercial
|
||||||||
Commercial real estate
|
$ | 1,436 | 1,446 | |||||
Commercial
|
278 | 386 | ||||||
Total commercial
|
1,714 | 1,832 | ||||||
Consumer
|
||||||||
Prime equity loans
|
8,370 | 28,897 | ||||||
Mortgages
|
1,892 | 1,892 | ||||||
Student loans
|
128 | 128 | ||||||
Home equity loans
|
189 | 189 | ||||||
Total consumer
|
10,579 | 31,106 | ||||||
Total core business
|
12,293 | 32,938 | ||||||
Portfolio Management
|
||||||||
Commercial
|
||||||||
Finance
|
268 | 289 | ||||||
Real estate
|
72 | 111 | ||||||
Manufacturing
|
16 | 47 | ||||||
Building contractors
|
15 | 18 | ||||||
Services
|
9 | 29 | ||||||
Retail and wholesale trade
|
8 | 42 | ||||||
Other
|
10 | 11 | ||||||
Total commercial
|
398 | 547 | ||||||
Consumer
|
297 | 297 | ||||||
Total portfolio management
|
695 | 844 | ||||||
Total loans held for sale
|
$ | 12,988 | 33,782 | |||||
2004 as part of our portfolio management activities. These transfers included $478 million of total exposure from portfolio management actions on SouthTrust loans after consummation.
In 2003, we sold or securitized $25.2 billion of loans out of the loans held for sale portfolio. Of these loans, $227 million were nonperforming.
Goodwill In connection with the SouthTrust acquisition, we recorded purchase accounting adjustments to reflect the assets and liabilities of SouthTrust at their respective fair values as of November 1, 2004, and to reflect certain exit costs related to the merger, which has the effect of increasing goodwill. These purchase accounting adjustments are preliminary and are subject to refinement for up to one year following consummation.
35
Managements Discussion and Analysis
We recorded preliminary fair value purchase accounting adjustments and corresponding increases in goodwill of $430 million ($267 million after tax) and exit cost purchase accounting adjustments of $60 million ($77 million after tax), primarily related to personnel and employee termination benefits, offset by the effect of regulatory mandated branch sales. In addition, we recorded deposit base and customer relationship intangibles of $740 million ($455 million after tax). Based on a purchase price of $14.0 billion and SouthTrust tangible stockholders equity of $3.9 billion, this resulted in goodwill of $9.9 billion at December 31, 2004.
In 2004, we recorded certain refinements to our initial estimates of the fair value of the assets and liabilities related to the retail brokerage transaction of $74 million, recorded additional exit cost purchase accounting adjustments of $397 million, and recorded a net $96 million adjustment to deferred income taxes. Together, these adjustments resulted in an increase to goodwill of $375 million. At December 31, 2004, the goodwill attributable to the retail brokerage transaction was $580 million.
We employ a disciplined, deliberate and methodical process of integration for our mergers. As part of this process, detailed plans are developed and then approved by senior management prior to execution of the plans. Amounts are recorded as exit cost purchase accounting adjustments only after approval of the associated plan by senior management.
In the first half of 2004, we made final decisions related to the retail brokerage transaction, particularly related to the integration of the back-office operations and management and to the consolidation of Prudential Securities and Wachovia Securities branches in overlapping markets, and senior management approved plans related to these final components of the integration plan. At that time, we recorded an additional $402 million in exit cost purchase accounting adjustments that principally included finalization of real estate requirements in New York City and employee terminations. In the fourth quarter of 2004, we reduced certain liabilities of $5 million associated with exit cost purchase accounting adjustments, which resulted in a reduction to goodwill.
Liquidity and Capital Adequacy
Liquidity planning and management are necessary to ensure we maintain the ability to fund operating costs effectively and to meet current and future obligations such as loan commitments and deposit outflows. Funding sources primarily include customer-based core deposits but also include purchased funds and cash flows from operations. Wachovia is one of the nations largest core deposit-funded banking institutions. Our large deposit base, which is spread across economically strong south and southeast regions and high per-capita income East Coast and middle Atlantic regions, creates considerable funding diversity and stability. In addition to core deposits, wholesale funding sources provide a broad and diverse supplemental source of funds on both a secured and unsecured basis. Typically wholesale funding can be obtained for a broader range of maturities than core deposits, which adds flexibility in liquidity planning and management.
The Liquidity Risk Management section has more information about the process we use to manage liquidity risk. Briefly, liquidity is maintained through maturity management and through our ability to liquidate assets, primarily investment securities. Another significant source of asset liquidity is the ability to securitize assets such as mortgage, prime equity, student and auto loans. Other off-balance sheet sources of liquidity exist as well.
Our senior and subordinated debt securities and commercial paper are highly rated by the major debt rating agencies, which reduces our funding costs. As noted below, we remained well capitalized for regulatory purposes at December 31, 2004.
Core Deposits Core deposits increased 34 percent from December 31, 2003, to $274.6 billion at December 31, 2004. This increase in core deposits included an additional $18.0 billion of core deposits associated with the FDIC-insured sweep product and $37.1 billion in SouthTrust deposits at consummation. Average low-cost core deposits grew 35 percent to $190.9 billion in 2004 from 2003 as we increased the proportion of low-cost core deposits over higher cost deposit balances in the low-interest rate environment.
The ratio of average noninterest-bearing deposits to average core deposits was 22 percent in 2004 and 24 percent in 2003. The portion of core deposits in higher rate, other consumer time deposits was 13 percent at December 31, 2004, and 14 percent at December 31, 2003. Other consumer time and other noncore deposits usually pay higher rates than savings and transaction accounts, but they gen-
36
erally are not available for immediate withdrawal. They are also less expensive to service.
Purchased Funds Average purchased funds, which include wholesale borrowings with maturities of 12 months or less, were $81.7 billion in 2004 and $72.5 billion in 2003. The increase was primarily the result of increases of $3.0 billion in average federal funds purchased and $4.8 billion in commercial paper due to the consolidation of the commercial paper conduits we administer. Purchased funds were $83.9 billion at December 31, 2004, and $87.9 billion at December 31, 2003.
Long-term Debt Long-term debt increased $10.0 billion from December 31, 2003, to $46.8 billion at December 31, 2004, primarily due to the debt issuances described below and to the addition of SouthTrust. In 2005, scheduled maturities of long-term debt amount to $8.9 billion. We anticipate either extending the maturities of these obligations or replacing the maturing obligations.
In 2004, we issued $5.2 billion in senior debt securities and $2.4 billion in subordinated debt securities under our current shelf registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Under this registration statement, we have $2.3 billion of senior or subordinated debt securities, common stock or preferred stock available for issuance. In addition, we have available for issuance up to $1.9 billion under a medium-term note program covering senior or subordinated debt securities. Also, Wachovia Bank has available a global note program for the issuance of up to $41.8 billion of senior or subordinated notes. In 2004, we issued $1.0 billion of subordinated bank notes under the global note program. Early in the first quarter of 2005, we issued $1.7 billion of subordinated bank notes under the global note program.
With the adoption of FIN 46R on March 31, 2004, we deconsolidated trusts holding preferred securities that amounted to $3.0 billion at December 31, 2003, and that were included in long-term debt. The trusts that issued these preferred securities used the related proceeds to purchase our junior subordinated debentures. Accordingly, at December 31, 2004, long-term debt included $3.1 billion of junior subordinated debentures. Junior subordinated debentures at December 31, 2004, and trust preferred securities at December 31, 2003, are included in tier 1 capital for regulatory purposes.
The issuance of debt or equity securities will depend on future market conditions, funding needs and other factors.
Stockholders Equity The management of capital in a regulated banking environment requires a balance between optimizing leverage and return on equity while maintaining sufficient capital levels and related ratios to satisfy regulatory requirements. Our goal is to generate attractive returns on equity to stockholders while maintaining sufficient regulatory capital ratios.
Stockholders equity increased $14.9 billion from year-end 2003 to $47.3 billion at December 31, 2004. The increase reflects the issuance of 298 million shares of common stock at a cost of $14.0 billion in connection with the SouthTrust merger. We paid $2.3 billion, or $1.66 per share, in dividends to common stockholders in 2004 compared with $1.7 billion, or $1.25 per share, in 2003. Average diluted common shares outstanding increased 30 million shares from December 31, 2003, to 1.4 billion at December 31, 2004, primarily due to the SouthTrust merger. In 2004, we repurchased 47 million common shares at a cost of $2.4 billion in connection with our previously announced share repurchase programs. At year-end 2004, we were authorized to buy back up to a remaining 76 million shares of common stock. Please refer to our 2004 Form 10-K for additional information on share repurchases.
In 2004, we entered into transactions involving the simultaneous sale of put options and purchase of call options on 10 million shares of our common stock with expiration dates from October 2004 to August 2005. We entered into these equity collars to manage potential dilution associated with our employee stock options. These transactions are recorded as assets or liabilities with changes in fair value recorded in earnings. In 2004, we recorded a net gain of $31 million related to market value changes of these collars. In 2003, we recorded a net gain of $25 million, as well as a cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle of $17 million after tax relating to equity collars entered into in 2002.
Subsidiary Dividends Wachovia Bank, National Association, is the largest source of subsidiary dividends paid to the parent company. Capital requirements established by regulators limit dividends that this subsidiary and certain other of our subsidiaries can pay. Under these and other limitations, which include an internal requirement to maintain all deposit-taking banks at the well capitalized level, at December 31, 2004, our subsidiaries had $5.4 billion available for dividends that could be paid without prior regulatory approval. Our subsidiaries paid $1.8 billion in dividends to the parent company in 2004.
37
Managements Discussion and Analysis
Regulatory Capital Our capital ratios were above regulatory minimums in 2004 and we continued to be classified as well capitalized. The tier 1 capital ratio decreased 51 basis points from December 31, 2003, to 8.01 percent, driven primarily by higher risk-weighted assets and the impact of SouthTrust. The minimum tier 1 capital ratio is 4 percent. Our total capital ratio was 11.11 percent and our leverage ratio was 6.38 percent at December 31, 2004, and 11.82 percent and 6.36 percent, respectively, at December 31, 2003.
Off-Balance Sheet Transactions
In the normal course of business, we engage in a variety of financial transactions that under GAAP either are not recorded on the balance sheet or are recorded on the balance sheet in amounts that differ from the full contract or notional amounts. These transactions involve varying elements of market, credit and liquidity risk. The following discussion includes off-balance sheet guarantees and retained interests from securitization transactions.
Guarantees Guarantees are contracts that contingently require us to make payments to a guaranteed party based on an event or change in an underlying asset, liability, rate or index. Our guarantees are generally in the form of securities lending indemnifications, standby letters of credit, liquidity agreements, loans sold with recourse or residual value guarantees.
Securities Lending Indemnifications As a result of our acquisition of a securities lending firm in January 2004, we act as a securities lending agent. Our clients securities are loaned, on a fully collateralized basis, to third party broker/dealers. We indemnify our clients against broker default and support these indemnifications with collateral that is marked to market daily. We generally require cash or other highly liquid collateral from the broker/dealer. At December 31, 2004, there was $50.0 billion in collateral supporting the $48.9 billion loaned. Accordingly, there is no carrying amount associated with these indemnifications.
Standby Letters of Credit We issue standby letters of credit to customers in the normal course of our commercial lending businesses. Standby letters of credit are guarantees of performance primarily issued to support private borrowing arrangements, including commercial paper, bond financings and similar transactions. We also assist commercial, municipal, nonprofit and other customers in obtaining long-term tax-exempt funding through municipal bond issues and by providing credit enhancements in the form of standby letters of
Summary of Off-Balance Sheet Exposures
December 31, 2004 | ||||||||
Carrying | ||||||||
(In millions) | Amount | Exposure | ||||||
Guarantees
|
||||||||
Securities lending indemnifications
|
$ | | 48,879 | |||||
Standby letters of credit
|
101 | 30,815 | ||||||
Liquidity agreements
|
1 | 7,568 | ||||||
Loans sold with recourse
|
39 | 5,238 | ||||||
Residual value guarantees
|
9 | 629 | ||||||
Total guarantees
|
$ | 150 | 93,129 | |||||
credit. Under these agreements and under certain conditions, in the event the bondholder requires the issuer to repurchase the bonds prior to maturity and the issuer cannot remarket the bonds, we are obligated to provide funding to the issuer to finance the repurchase of the bonds. We were not required to provide any funding to finance the repurchase of the bonds under these agreements in 2004.
Undrawn standby letters of credit amounted to $30.8 billion at December 31, 2004, and $27.6 billion at December 31, 2003. For letters of credit, we typically charge a fee equal to a percentage of the unfunded commitment. We recognized fee income on unfunded letters of credit of $230 million in 2004 and $224 million in 2003. The risk associated with standby letters of credit is incorporated in the overall assessment of our liquidity risk as described in the Liquidity Risk Management section. The Credit Risk Management section describes how we manage on- and off-balance sheet credit risk.
Liquidity Agreements From time to time, we securitize assets originated through our normal loan production channels or purchased in the open market, including fixed rate municipal bonds. In securitization transactions, assets are typically sold to a QSPE, which then issues beneficial interests in the form of senior and subordinated interests, including residual interests, collateralized by the assets. The QSPE is a legally distinct, bankruptcy remote entity that is used in these transactions to isolate the cash flows associated with the assets from originator default. This legal isolation and the allocation of risk to different tranches of securities issued by the QSPE allow securitization transactions to generally receive cost-advantaged funding rates.
In certain cases, the investors in the debt issued by the QSPE are conduits that are administered by other parties. We provide liquidity agreements on the commercial paper issued by the conduits to fund the purchase of the QSPEs debt. Under
38
these liquidity agreements, we are obligated to purchase an interest in the assets that are financed by the conduits in the event the conduits are unable to continue to issue commercial paper to finance those assets. The ability to market commercial paper is affected by general economic conditions and by the credit rating of the party providing the liquidity agreement. To date, there has not been a situation where these conduits could not issue commercial paper. We received $4 million in 2004 and $9 million in 2003 in fees for providing these liquidity agreements.
In addition, at the discretion of the conduit administrator and in accordance with the provisions of the liquidity agreements, we may be required to purchase assets from the conduit. In some cases, the par value of the assets may be less than their fair value, and consequently, we record a loss for the difference between the par value and the fair value. In 2004 and 2003, we did not have significant losses associated with these purchases.
Generally, we receive fees from a QSPE for servicing the assets owned by the QSPE. We received $16 million in fees in 2004 and $22 million in fees in 2003.
In the fixed rate municipal bond securitizations, similar to other securitization transactions, the bonds are sold to a QSPE, which issues short-term tax-exempt securities and residual interests collateralized by the assets. Investors purchase these tax-exempt debt securities and generally we retain the residual interests. We also provide liquidity agreements on these debt securities issued by the QSPEs. The market for tax-exempt securities is generally very liquid, but in the event the debt securities could not be remarketed due to market conditions, the liquidity agreement would require us to purchase the debt securities from the QSPE at par value.
Loans Sold with Recourse In some loan sales or securitiza-tions, we may provide recourse to the buyer that requires us to repurchase loans at par value plus accrued interest on the occurrence of certain events, which are generally credit related, within a certain period of time. In many cases, we are able to recover amounts paid from the sale of the underlying collateral. In 2004 and 2003, we did not repurchase a significant amount of loans associated with these agreements.
Residual Value Guarantees Residual value guarantees outstanding at December 31, 2004, included $629 million representing assets under operating leases, of which $417 million related to operating leases of railcars.
Retained Interests As discussed above, we periodically securi-tize assets originated through our normal loan production channels or purchased in the open market. In securitization transactions, assets are typically sold to special purpose entities that are off-balance sheet. Certain securitization transactions result in a complete transfer of risk to investors, and in others, we retain risk in the form of senior or subordinated notes or residual interests in the securities issued by the off-balance sheet entities. Retained interests from securitizations with off-balance sheet entities recorded as either available for sale securities, trading account assets or loans amounted to $6.5 billion at December 31, 2004, and $13.3 billion at December 31, 2003. The decrease reflects the impact of terminated securitizations, primarily those involving consumer real estate-secured loans, which occurred when we purchased at fair value the beneficial interests held by third parties.
In 2004, we securitized and sold $3.0 billion of prime equity lines, retaining $77 million in the form of residual interests, and $3.1 billion of auto loans, retaining $195 million in the form of investment grade securities and $64 million in the form of residual interests. Included in other income were net gains of $20 million in 2004 related to securitizations. In 2003, we securitized and sold $2.9 billion of prime equity lines, retaining $69 million in the form of residual interests. Included in other income were net gains of $115 million in 2003 related to securitizations.
We have credit, liquidity and market risk associated with our retained interests. Determining the fair value of our retained interests is subjective and is described in more detail in the Critical Accounting Policies section. In addition, the Securities section includes more information.
39
Managements Discussion and Analysis
Risk Governance and Administration
Overview Our business exposes us to several risk types including strategic business risks, credit, market, liquidity, operational, compliance, reputation, litigation and other risks. Our corporate risk governance structure enables us to weigh risk and return to produce sustainable revenue, reduce earnings volatility and increase shareholder value.
Board of Director Committees and Management Operating Committee Our risk governance structure begins with our board of directors, which evaluates risk and oversees the management of risk through its Risk Committee and Audit Committee.
The board of directors has approved management accountabilities and supporting committee structures to effect risk governance. Our chief executive officer is responsible for the overall risk governance structure. Our chief risk officer reports directly to our chief executive officer and is responsible for independent evaluation and oversight of our credit, market and operational risk-taking activities and our risk governance processes.
We oversee strategic business risk and our general business affairs through the Management Operating Committee. This committee meets monthly and is composed of the senior management of the company, including all executives who report directly to the chief executive officer.
Four Components of Risk Governance Our risk management strategy is aligned around four components of risk governance: our business units; our independent risk management function joined by other corporate staff functions including legal, finance, human resources and technology; internal audit; and risk committees.
Our business units are responsible for identifying, acknowledging, quantifying, mitigating and managing all risks. Business unit management determines and executes our strategies, which puts them closest to the changing nature of risks and therefore best able to take action to manage and mitigate those risks. Our management processes, structure and policies help us comply with laws and regulations and provide clear lines of sight for decision-making and accountability.
Our risk management organization provides objective oversight of our risk-taking activities and translates our overall risk appetite into approved limits. Risk management works with the business units and functional areas to establish appropri-
ate standards and also monitors business practices in relation to those standards. Risk management proactively works with the businesses and senior management to ensure we have continuous focus on key risks in our businesses and emerging trends that may change our risk profile.
Our internal audit group, which reports directly to the Audit Committee of the board of directors, provides an objective assessment of the design and execution of our internal control system including our management systems, risk governance, and policies and procedures. Internal audit activities are designed to provide reasonable assurance that resources are safeguarded; that significant financial, managerial and operating information is complete, accurate and reliable; and that employee actions comply with our policies and applicable laws and regulations.
Our risk committees provide a mechanism to bring together the many perspectives of our management team to discuss emerging risk issues, monitor risk-taking activities and evaluate specific transactions and exposures. All risk committees ultimately report to the Senior Risk Committee, which is chaired by the chief executive officer, which in turn reports to the board of directors, and is composed of certain members of the Management Operating Committee. The Senior Risk Committee is charged with monitoring the direction and trend of risks relative to business strategies set by the Management Operating Committee and relative to market conditions and other external factors. It reviews identified emerging risks and directs action to appropriately mitigate those risks. This committee also ensures that responsibilities and accountabilities for risk management and corrective action on control matters are properly delegated to appropriate individuals and implemented on a timely basis. The Senior Risk Committee directly oversees the activities of four key management committees: the Credit Risk Committee, the Market Risk Committee, the Operational Risk Committee, and the Asset and Liability Committee.
Credit Risk Management Credit risk is the risk of loss due to adverse changes in an issuers, borrowers or counterpartys ability to meet its financial obligations under agreed upon terms. The nature and amount of credit risk depends on the type of transaction, the structure of that transaction and the parties involved. While we are subject to some credit risk in our trading, investing, liquidity, funding and asset management activities, it is typically only incidental in these businesses. Credit risk is central to the profit strategy in lending and other financing activities, and as a result, the majority of our credit risk is associated with these activities.
40
Credit risk is managed through a combination of policies and procedures and authorities that are tracked and regularly updated in a centralized database. The board of directors grants credit authority to the chief executive officer, who in turn, has delegated that authority to the chief risk officer. Credit authorities are further delegated through the independent risk management organization. Most officers who are authorized to approve credit exposure are in the risk management organization, are experienced in the industries and loan structures over which they have responsibility, and are independent of the officers who are responsible for generating new business.
There are two processes for approving credit risk exposures. The first involves standard approval structures (such as rapid approval grids) for use in retail, certain small business lending and most trading activities. The second approach involves individual approval of commercial exposures based, among other factors, on the financial strength of the borrower, assessment of the borrowers management, industry sector trends, the type of exposure, the transaction structure and the general economic outlook.
Credit Risk Review is an independent unit that performs risk process reviews and evaluates a representative sample of individual credit extensions. Credit Risk Review has the authority to change internal risk ratings and is responsible for assessing the adequacy of credit underwriting and servicing practices. This unit reports directly to the Risk Committee of the board of directors.
Economic capital for all credit risk assets is calculated by the credit risk management group within the risk management organization.
Commercial Credit All commercial loans are assigned internal risk ratings reflecting the probability of the borrower defaulting on any obligation and the probable loss in the event of a default. Commercial credit extensions are also evaluated using a RAROC model that considers pricing, internal risk ratings, loan structure and tenor, among other variables. This produces a risk and return analysis, enabling the efficient use of economic capital attributable to credit risk. The same credit processes and checks and balances are used for unfunded commitments as for funded exposures.
The Credit Risk Committee approves policy guidelines that limit the maximum level of credit exposure to individual commercial borrowers or a related group of borrowers. These
guidelines are based on the default probabilities associated with the credit facilities extended to each borrower as well as on the economic capital associated with them. Concentration risk is also managed through geographic and industry diversification and loan quality factors. The Credit Risk Committee approves industry concentration and country exposure limits.
Borrower exposures may be designated as watch list accounts when warranted by either environmental factors or individual company performance. Such accounts are subjected to additional review by the business line management, risk management and credit risk review staff, and our chief risk officer in order to adequately assess the borrowers credit status and to take appropriate action. In addition, projections of both nonperforming assets and losses for future quarters are performed monthly. We have also established special teams composed of highly skilled and experienced lenders to manage problem credits. These teams handle commercial recoveries, workouts and problem loan sales.
Commercial credit checks and balances, the independence of risk management functions and specialized processes are all designed to avoid credit problems where possible, and to recognize and address problems early in the cycle when they do occur.
Retail Credit In retail lending, we manage credit risk primarily from a portfolio view. The risk management division, working with the line of business, determines the appropriate risk and return profile for each portfolio, using a variety of tools including quantitative models and scorecards tailored to meet our specific needs.
By incorporating these models and policies into computer programs or decisioning engines, much of the underwriting is automated. Once a line of credit or other retail loan is extended, it is included in the overall portfolio, which is continuously monitored for changes in delinquency trends and other asset quality indicators. Delinquency action on individual credits is taken monthly or as needed if collection efforts are required.
Market Risk Management Market risk represents the risk of declines in value that on- and off-balance sheet positions could realize given a variety of market movements, such as changes in interest rates, equity prices and foreign exchange rates. We trade a variety of equities, debt securities, foreign exchange instruments and other derivatives to
41
Managements Discussion and Analysis
VAR Profile by Risk Type | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
(In millions) | 2004 | 2003 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Risk Category | High | Low | Avg | High | Low | Avg | ||||||||||||||||||
Interest rate
|
$ | 20.3 | 4.7 | 12.4 | 18.8 | 6.0 | 10.0 | |||||||||||||||||
Foreign exchange
|
3.0 | 0.2 | 1.2 | 1.6 | 0.3 | 0.7 | ||||||||||||||||||
Equity
|
20.0 | 6.2 | 10.7 | 15.7 | 0.9 | 8.5 | ||||||||||||||||||
Commodity
|
0.9 | | 0.2 | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Aggregate
|
$ | 27.4 | 11.8 | 18.7 | 22.1 | 9.2 | 13.7 | |||||||||||||||||
provide customized solutions for the risk management needs of our customers and for proprietary trading, and market risk is inherent in all these activities.
Market risk management activities are overseen by an independent market risk group, which reports outside of the business units to the risk management group. Risk measures include the use of value-at-risk (VAR) methodology with limits approved by the Market Risk Committee and subsequently by the Risk Committee. The Market Risk Committee also approves a variety of other trading limits designed to match trading activities to our appetite for risk and to our strategic objectives.
The VAR methodology uses market volatility over the most recent 252 trading days to estimate within a given level of confidence the maximum trading loss over a period of time that we would expect to incur from an adverse movement in market rates and prices over the period. We calculate 1-day VAR at the 97.5 percent and 99 percent confidence levels, and 10-day VAR at the 99 percent confidence level. The VAR model is supplemented by stress testing on a daily basis. The analysis captures all financial instruments that are considered trading positions. Our 1-day VAR limit in 2004 was $30 million. The total 1-day VAR was $21 million at December 31, 2004, and $12 million at December 31, 2003, and primarily related to interest rate risk and equity risk. The high, low and average VARs in 2004 were $27 million, $12 million and $19 million, respectively.
Operational Risk Management Operational risk is the risk of loss resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, people and systems or from external events. This risk is inherent in all our businesses. Operational risk is divided into the following functional risk areas: vendor risk, compliance, technology, financial, fiduciary, human capital, business continuity planning, legal, change and implementation risk, and internal and external fraud.
Operational risk is managed through an enterprise-wide framework for organizational structure, processes and tech-
Daily VAR Backtesting
(Dollars of revenue in millions)
Histogram of Daily Profit and Loss in 2004
(Dollars of revenue in millions)
nologies. This framework has been developed and implemented by an independent operational risk team that reports to the risk management group. This team is composed of a corporate operational risk group as well as operational risk leaders aligned with our business units and support functions. In addition to our governance process, we devote significant emphasis and resources to continuous refinement of processes and tools that aid us in proactive identification
42
and management of material operational risks, including a rigorous self-assessment process. Additionally, we focus on training, education and development of a risk management culture that reinforces the message that all employees are responsible for the management of operational risk. We believe proactive management of operational risk is a competitive advantage due to lower earnings volatility, greater customer satisfaction and enhanced reputation.
One component of operational risk is compliance risk. This risk is managed by our compliance group, which works within the business lines but reports centrally to the risk management group under the leadership of our chief compliance officer. This structure allows compliance risk management to consult with the business unit as policies and procedures are developed and enables close monitoring of daily activities.
Managing merger risk and change in general is another key component of operational risk. To manage the integration risk inherent in our retail brokerage transaction and the SouthTrust merger, merger integration teams, led by experienced merger executives, are following the same risk management processes used in the First Union-Wachovia merger. A disciplined process to assess organizational readiness for change is being used. This process provides readiness and risk information related to staffing, training, customer communication, compliance, vendors, corporate real estate, technology infrastructure, application systems, operational support and reconcilement.
We are also focused on managing other key operational risks such as business continuity, reliance on vendors, and privacy and information security. These risks are not unique to our institution and are inherent in the financial services industry. We link business performance measurements to operational risk through risk profiles, quality of the internal controls and capital allocation.
Liquidity Risk Management Liquidity risk involves the risk of being unable to fund assets with the appropriate duration and rate-based liabilities, as well as the risk of not being able to meet unexpected cash needs. In our liquidity management process, we focus on both assets and liabilities and on the manner in which they combine to provide adequate liquidity to meet our needs.
The Liquidity Risk Management table focuses only on future obligations. In this table, all deposits with indeterminate matu-
Liquidity Risk Management
December 31, 2004 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Over One | Over Three | Over | ||||||||||||||||||
One Year | Year Through | Years Through | Five | |||||||||||||||||
(In millions) | Total | or Less | Three Years | Five Years | Years | |||||||||||||||
Contractual Commitments
|
||||||||||||||||||||
Deposit maturities
|
$ | 295,053 | 278,811 | 10,473 | 4,718 | 1,051 | ||||||||||||||
Long-term debt
|
46,759 | 8,920 | 17,518 | 6,129 | 14,192 | |||||||||||||||
Operating lease obligations
|
3,998 | 515 | 910 | 748 | 1,825 | |||||||||||||||
Capital lease obligations
|
875 | 30 | 59 | 784 | 2 | |||||||||||||||
Investment obligations
|
685 | 685 | | | | |||||||||||||||
Other purchase obligations
|
490 | 316 | 121 | 53 | | |||||||||||||||
Total
|
$ | 347,860 | 289,277 | 29,081 | 12,432 | 17,070 | ||||||||||||||
rities, such as demand deposits, checking accounts, savings accounts and money market accounts, are presented as having a maturity of one year or less.
Funding sources primarily include customer-based core deposits, purchased funds, collateralized borrowings, cash flows from operations, and asset securitizations and sales.
Cash flows from operations are a significant component of liquidity risk management and consider both deposit maturities and the scheduled cash flows from loan and investment maturities and payments, along with dividend payments.
We purchase funds on an unsecured basis in the federal funds, commercial paper, bank note, national certificate of deposit and long-term debt markets. In addition, we routinely use securities in our trading portfolio and in our available for sale portfolio as collateral for secured borrowings. In the event of severe market disruptions, we have access to secured borrowings through the Federal Reserve Bank. Our ability to access unsecured funding markets and the cost of funds acquired in these markets are primarily dependent on our credit rating, which is currently P-1/A-1 for short-term paper and Aa3/A for senior debt (Moodys and Standard & Poors, respectively). Our goal is to maintain a long-term AA credit rating. We believe a long-term credit rating of AA will provide us with many benefits, including access to additional funding sources at lower rates (assuming a static interest rate environment). Conversely, a downgrade from our current long-term debt ratings would have an adverse impact, including higher costs of funds, access to fewer funding sources and possibly the triggering of liquidity agreements. Providing funding under liquidity agreements could result in our forgoing more profitable lending and investing opportunities as well as dividend payments because of funding constraints.
43
Managements Discussion and Analysis
Asset securitizations provide an alternative source of funding. Except for the customer-oriented conduit activities, we do not rely heavily on the securitization markets as a source of funds but instead we use securitizations to diversify risk and manage regulatory capital levels. Widening of the credit spreads in the securitization market may make accessing these markets undesirable. If securitizations become undesirable, we may discontinue certain lending activities and/or increase our reliance on alternative funding sources.
The Asset and Liability Committee is responsible for liquidity risk management. This committee approves liquidity limits and receives thorough periodic reports on our liquidity position. The liquidity reporting details compliance with limits and with guidelines. It includes a review of forecasted liquidity needs based on scheduled and discretionary asset and liability maturities. It evaluates the adequacy of funding sources to meet these needs. In addition, stress tests are evaluated to determine required levels of funding in an adverse environment. These stress tests include reduced access to traditional funding sources in addition to unexpected draw-downs of contingent liquidity exposures (for example, liquidity agreements with conduits).
Derivatives We use derivatives to manage our exposure to interest rate risk, to generate profits from proprietary trading and to assist our customers with their risk management objectives. All derivatives are recorded on the balance sheet at fair value with realized and unrealized gains and losses included either in the results of operations or in other comprehensive income, depending on the nature, purpose and designation of the derivative transaction. Derivative transactions are often measured in terms of notional amount, but this amount is not recorded on the balance sheet and is not, when viewed in isolation, a meaningful measure of the risk profile of the instruments. The notional amount is not usually exchanged, but is used only as the basis on which interest or other payments are calculated.
For interest rate risk management, we use derivatives as a cost- and capital-efficient way to hedge on-balance sheet assets, liabilities and forecasted transactions. Derivatives used for interest rate risk management include various interest rate swap, futures, forward and option structures with indices that relate to the pricing of specific on-balance sheet instruments. Trading and customer derivatives include a wide array of interest rate, commodity, foreign currency, credit and equity derivatives.
Swap contracts are commitments to settle in cash at a future date or dates, which may range from a few days to a number of years, based on differentials between specified financial indices as applied to a notional principal amount. Futures and forward contracts are commitments to buy or sell at a future date a financial instrument, commodity or currency at a contracted price and may be settled in cash or through delivery. Option contracts give the purchaser, for a fee, the right, but not the obligation, to buy or sell within a limited time, a financial instrument at a contracted price that may also be settled in cash, based on differentials between specified indices. Credit derivatives are contractual agreements that in exchange for a fee provide insurance against a credit event including bankruptcy, insolvency, credit downgrade and failure to meet payment obligations of one or more referenced credits.
We measure the credit exposure on our derivative contracts by taking into account both the current market value of each contract in a gain position, which is reported on the balance sheet, and a prudent estimate of potential change in value over each contracts life. The measurement of the potential future exposure for each derivative is based on a simulation of market rates and generally takes into account legally enforceable risk mitigating agreements for each obligor such as netting and collateral.
We manage the credit risk of these instruments in much the same way we manage credit risk of our loan portfolios, by establishing credit limits for each counterparty and by requiring collateral agreements for dealer transactions. For non-dealer transactions, the need for collateral is evaluated on an individual transaction basis and is primarily dependent on the financial strength of the counterparty. Credit risk is also reduced significantly by entering into legally enforceable master netting agreements. When we have more than one transaction with a counterparty and there is a legally enforceable master netting agreement in place, the exposure represents the net of the gain and loss positions with that counterparty. The Credit Risk Management section has more information on the management of credit risk.
The market risk associated with interest rate risk management derivatives is fully incorporated into our earnings simulation model in the same manner as financial instruments for which the interest-bearing balance is reflected on the balance sheet. The Interest Rate Risk Management section describes the way in which we manage this risk. The market risk associated with trading and customer derivative posi-
44
tions is managed using the VAR methodology, as described in the Market Risk Management section.
More information on our derivatives used for interest rate risk management is included in Note 1 , Note 3 and Note 19 in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements .
Interest Rate Risk Management One of the fundamental roles in banking is the management of interest rate risk, or the risk that changes in interest rates may diminish the income that we earn on loans, securities and other earning assets. The following discussion explains how we oversee the interest rate risk management process and the actions we take to protect earnings from interest rate risk.
A balance sheet is considered asset sensitive when its assets (loans and securities) reprice faster or to a greater extent than liabilities (deposits and borrowings). An asset-sensitive balance sheet will produce more net interest income when interest rates rise and less net interest income when interest rates decline. Our large and relatively rate-insensitive deposit base funds a portfolio of primarily floating rate commercial and consumer loans. This mix naturally creates a highly asset-sensitive balance sheet. Over the past two years, our focus on new customer acquisition and quality customer service has enabled us to generate deposit growth that has far outpaced loan growth, significantly adding to our naturally asset-sensitive position. To achieve more neutrality, we maintain a large portfolio of fixed rate discretionary instruments such as loans, securities and derivatives.
We often elect to use derivatives to protect assets, liabilities and future financial transactions from changes in interest rates. When deciding whether to use derivatives instead of investing in securities to reach the same goal, we consider a number of factors, such as cost, efficiency, the effect on our liquidity and capital, and our overall interest rate risk management strategy. We choose to use derivatives when they provide greater relative value or more efficient execution of our strategy than securities. The derivatives we use for interest rate risk management include various interest rate swaps, futures, forwards and options and in many cases are designated and accounted for as accounting hedges. We fully incorporate the market risk associated with interest rate risk management derivatives into our earnings simulation model in the same manner as other on-balance sheet financial instruments.
Market and Flat Rate Scenarios
We analyze and manage the amount of risk we are taking to changes in interest rates by forecasting a wide range of interest rate scenarios and for time periods as long as 36 months. However, in analyzing interest rate sensitivity for policy measurement, we compare forecasted earnings per share in both high rate and low rate scenarios to the market forward rate and flat rate scenarios. The policy measurement period is 12 months in length, beginning with the first month of the forecast. Our objective is to ensure we prudently manage interest-bearing assets and liabilities in ways that improve financial performance without unduly putting earnings at risk. Our policy is to limit the risk we can take through balance sheet management actions to 5 percent of earnings per share in both falling and rising rate environments.
Our market forward rate is constructed using currently implied market forward rate estimates for all points on the yield curve over the next 36 months. Our standard approach evaluates expected earnings in a 400 basis point range, or 200 basis points both above and below the market forward rate scenario. However, given the historically low absolute level of the federal funds rate throughout 2004, we modified the low rate scenario to measure a decline of only 50 basis points. Additionally, we determine earnings volatility in a range 200 basis points above and 50 basis points below a scenario where rates remain unchanged for the policy period. The Market and Flat Rate Scenarios graph depicts the range of the federal funds rate in each of these scenarios as measured in December 2004. Our various scenarios together measure earnings volatility to federal funds rates ranging from 1.75 percent to 5.16 percent in December 2005.
45
Managements Discussion and Analysis
We simultaneously measure the impact of a parallel and nonparallel shift in rates on each of our interest rate scenarios. A parallel shift would, as the term implies, shift all points on the yield curve by the same increments. For example, by the twelfth month in our policy measurement period, short-term rates such as the federal funds rate would increase by 200 basis points over the market forward rate, while longer term rates such as the 10-year and 30-year treasury bond rates would increase by 200 basis points as well. A nonparallel shift would consist of a 200 basis point increase in short-term rates, while long-term rates would increase by a different amount. A rate shift in which short-term rates rise to a greater degree than long-term rates is referred to as a flattening of the yield curve. Conversely long-term rates rising to a greater degree than short-term rates would lead to a steepening of the yield curve.
The impact of a nonparallel shift in rates depends on the types of assets in which funds are invested and the shape of the curve implicit in the market forward rate scenario. For the past two years, the yield curve has been unusually steep by historical standards. In 2004, the average spread between the 10-year and two-year treasury note rates was 189 basis points, which, when compared with the average spread since 1980 of 83 basis points, would be considered quite wide.
In this historically steep yield curve environment, we believe prudent risk management practices dictate the evaluation of rate shifts that include a flattening of the yield curve where short-term rates rise faster and to a greater degree than long-term rates. Accordingly, in 2004 we evaluated scenarios that measure the impact of a moderate flattening and a severe flattening of the yield curve. Interest rate risk management decisions are based on a composite view of sensitivity considering parallel and nonparallel shifts. The methodology we use is discussed further in the Earnings Sensitivity section.
In the first half of 2004, the threat of rising rates, but uncertain timing, kept the curve very steep. Before the Federal Reserves Federal Open Market Committees tightening campaign began, our investment and hedging strategies were designed to manage both repricing risk and curve flattening that typically accompanies a rapid rise in short-term rates.
By year-end, much of the anticipated flattening had already occurred. At December 31, 2004, the spread between the
10-year and two-year treasury note rates was 115 basis points, and it is currently projected to revert back to the long-term average 83 basis points by year-end 2005. While we still believe further flattening is possible, and we will continue to measure the impact of a nonparallel shift in rates, we feel the risk of earnings volatility due to further flattening has somewhat subsided.
Considering the balance of risks for 2005, we will focus primarily on managing the value created through our expanded deposit base as we defend the net interest margin against the pressures of rising short-term rates and, relative to 2004, a significantly flatter curve. We expect to rely on our large base of low-cost core deposits to fund incremental investments in loans and securities. The characteristics of the loans we add will prompt different strategies. Fixed rate loans, for example, diminish the need to buy discretionary investments, so if we add more fixed rate loans to our loan portfolio, we would likely allow existing discretionary investments to mature or be liquidated. If we add more variable rate loans, we would likely allow fixed rate securities to mature or be liquidated, and then add new derivatives that, in effect, would convert the incremental variable rate loans to fixed rate loans.
Earnings Sensitivity The Policy Period Sensitivity Measurement table on the next page provides a summary of our interest rate sensitivity measurement.
In December 2004, our earnings simulation model indicated earnings would be negatively affected by 0.1 percent in a high rate composite scenario relative to the market forward rate over the policy period. Additionally, we measure a scenario where rates gradually decline 50 basis points over a 12-month period relative to the market forward rate scenario. The model indicates earnings would be unchanged in this scenario.
Our sensitivity to the market forward rate scenario is measured using three different yield curve shapes. The first is a gradual 200 basis point increase at each point on the yield curve over a 12-month period. This is referred to as a parallel shift in the yield curve and would follow the market forward rate scenarios expected flattening. Next we measure the exposure to nonparallel shifts by allowing short-term rates to rise by 200 basis points, while allowing rates for terms longer than one year to increase by a lesser degree. This approach creates incrementally flatter curves. This has the impact of stressing liability costs by a full 200 basis
46
Policy Period Sensitivity Measurement
Actual Fed | Implied Fed | Percent | ||||||||||
Funds Rate at | Funds Rate at | Earnings | ||||||||||
December 1, 2004 | November 30, 2005 | Sensitivity | ||||||||||
Flat Rate Scenarios*
|
2.14 | % | 2.25 | |||||||||
High Rate
|
4.25 | 0.10 | ||||||||||
Low Rate
|
1.75 | (0.10 | ) | |||||||||
Market Forward
Rate Scenarios** |
2.14 | % | 3.16 | |||||||||
High Rate Composite
|
5.16 | (0.10 | ) | |||||||||
Low Rate
|
2.66 | |||||||||||
points, while new fixed rate lending and investment rates receive less than a 200 basis point increase. The focal point is the spread between the 10-year and two-year treasury note rates. In our moderate flattening scenario, this spread declines from 109 basis points in the market forward rate scenario to 68 basis points compared with the historical long-term average of 83 basis points. Our severe flattening scenario further reduces the spread between the 10-year and two-year treasury note rates to 26 basis points by the end of the measurement period. This approach fully stresses expected earnings to the risks of nonparallel curve shifts. The reported sensitivity is a composite of these three scenarios.
The Policy Period Sensitivity Measurement table shows that our flat rate scenario holds the federal funds rate constant at 2.25 percent through November 2005. Based on our December 2004 outlook, if interest rates were to follow our high rate scenario (i.e., a 200 basis point increase in short-term rates from our flat rate scenario) with a parallel shift in the yield curve, our earnings sensitivity model indicates earnings during the 12-month policy measurement period would increase by 0.1 percent.
Typically, we analyze a 200 basis point decline for our low rate scenario relative to a flat rate scenario. However, because of the current federal funds rate level, we believe a 50 basis point decline in rates is more appropriate. If rates were to follow the low rate scenario relative to our flat rate scenario, our earnings would decrease by 0.1 percent. For our most likely rate scenario, we believe the market forward rate is the most appropriate. The market forward rate scenario assumes the federal funds rate of 2.14 percent at December 1, 2004, gradually rises to 3.16 percent through the end of our policy measurement period.
While our interest rate sensitivity modeling assumes management takes no action, we regularly assess the viability of strategies to reduce unacceptable risks to earnings and we implement such strategies when we believe those actions are prudent. As new monthly outlooks become available, we formulate strategies aimed at protecting earnings from the potential negative effects of changes in interest rates.
Financial Disclosure We have always maintained internal controls over financial reporting, which generally include those controls relating to the preparation of our consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP. As a bank holding company, we are subject to the internal control reporting and attestation requirements of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act, and therefore, we are very familiar with the process of maintaining and evaluating our internal controls over financial reporting. We also are focused on our disclosure controls and procedures, which as defined by the Securities and Exchange Commission, are generally those controls and procedures designed to ensure that financial and non-financial information required to be disclosed in our reports filed with the SEC is reported within the time periods specified in the SECs rules and forms, and that such information is communicated to management, including our chief executive officer and our chief financial officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.
Our Disclosure Committee, which includes senior representatives from our treasury, accounting and investor relations departments, as well as from our four core business segments, assists senior management in its oversight of the accuracy and timeliness of our disclosures, as well as in implementing and evaluating our overall disclosure process. As part of our disclosure process, accounting representatives in our finance division and representatives from our four core business segments prepare and review monthly, quarterly and annual financial reports, which also are reviewed by each of the business segments chief financial officers and senior management. Accounting representatives in our finance division also conduct further reviews with our senior management team, other appropriate personnel involved in the disclosure process, including the Disclosure Committee and internal audit, and our independent auditors and counsel, as appropriate. Financial results and other financial information also are reviewed with the Audit Committee of the board of directors on at least a quarterly basis. In addition, accounting representatives in our finance division meet with representatives of our
47
Managements Discussion and Analysis
primary federal banking regulators on a quarterly basis to review, among other things, income statement and balance sheet trends, any significant or unusual transactions, changes in or adoption of significant accounting policies, and other significant non-financial data, as identified by our representatives. The chief executive officer and the chief financial officer also meet with the federal banking regulators on a semiannual basis. As required by applicable regulatory requirements, the chief executive officer and the chief financial officer review and make various certifications regarding the accuracy of our periodic public reports filed with the SEC, our disclosure controls and procedures, and our internal control over financial reporting. With the assistance of the Disclosure Committee, we will continue to assess and monitor our disclosure controls and procedures, and our internal controls over financial reporting, and will make refinements as necessary.
Accounting and Regulatory Matters
The following information addresses significant new developments in accounting standard setting that will affect us, as well as new or proposed legislation that will continue to have a significant impact on our industry.
Other-Than-Temporary Impairment and Available for Sale Securities In March 2004, the FASB partially ratified the consensus reached by the Emerging Issues Task Force (EITF) on EITF Issue No. 03-01, The Meaning of Other-Than-Temporary Impairment and Its Application to Certain Investments (EITF 03-01). Subsequently in 2004, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position (FSP) EITF 03-1-1, which partially delayed EITF 03-01 until the FASB issues further guidance. It is not possible at this time to determine whether or when any changes to existing accounting guidance might occur.
Share-Based Payments In December 2004, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 123 (revised) (SFAS 123R), Share-Based Payments , which is a revision of SFAS No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation . SFAS 123R requires that the compensation cost relating to share-based payment transactions be recognized in income. That cost will be measured based on the fair value of the equity or liability instruments issued. SFAS 123R is effective for share-based awards granted on or after July 1, 2004. As discussed in Note 1: Summary of Significant Accounting Policies , we adopted the fair value method of accounting for stock options in 2002.
Accordingly, the implementation of SFAS 123R will not have a material impact on our consolidated financial position or results of operations.
Leveraged Lease Accounting For a leveraged lease, SFAS No. 13, Accounting for Leases (SFAS 13), as amended and interpreted, states that if a change in an important lease assumption changes the total estimated net income under the lease, then the rate of return and the allocation of lease income to positive investment years must be recalculated from inception of the lease using the revised important assumption. The net investment in the lease must then be adjusted to the revised amount by a charge or credit to the results of operations in the period in which the important assumption is changed. Changes that affect only the timing of cash flows and not the total net income under the lease do not result in a recalculation of the lease.
The FASB continues to discuss several matters related to leveraged lease accounting including the extent to which changes that affect the timing of cash flows but not the total net income under the lease should be incorporated into the recalculation when a change in an important lease assumption occurs. If the FASB modifies existing interpretations of SFAS 13 and related industry practice, it could result in a one-time charge to the results of operations. An amount approximating this one-time charge would then be recognized in income over the remaining terms of the affected leases. It is not possible at this time to determine when any changes to existing lease accounting guidance and related industry practice might occur or the extent of the one-time charge that would likely result from any such changes that are adopted.
We understand the FASB intends to continue discussing this matter at a board meeting in the near future. We will monitor these discussions and to the extent any decisions are reached by the FASB that result in material changes from our current accounting treatment for leveraged leases, we will provide appropriate disclosures.
Income Taxes The American Jobs Creation Act of 2004 (the Act) introduces a special one-time dividends-received deduction on the repatriation of certain foreign earnings to a U.S. taxpayer, provided certain criteria are met. The amount of deferred taxes we recorded in 2004 in connection with a decision to repatriate certain earnings was not significant. We continue to evaluate the impact of the Act on our remaining undistributed earnings.
48
Purchased Loans In December 2003, the Accounting Standards Executive Committee of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants issued Statement of Position (SOP) 03-3, Accounting for Certain Loans or Debt Securities Acquired in a Transfer , which addresses the accounting for differences between contractual cash flows and expected cash flows for loans or debt securities acquired in a transfer when those differences are attributable at least in part to a decline in credit quality. The scope of SOP 03-3 includes loans that have shown evidence of deterioration in credit quality since origination, and includes loans acquired individually, in pools or as part of a business combination. We do not believe adoption of SOP 03-3 will have a material impact on our consolidated financial position or results of operations.
Regulatory Matters Various legislative and regulatory proposals concerning the financial services industry are pending in Congress, the legislatures in states in which we conduct operations and before various regulatory agencies that supervise our operations. Given the uncertainty of the legislative and regulatory process, we cannot assess the impact of any such legislation or regulations on our consolidated financial position or results of operations. For a more detailed description of the laws and regulations governing our business operations, please see our 2004 Form 10-K.
In June 2004 the Basel Committee on Bank Supervision published new international guidelines for determining regulatory capital. The U.S. regulators have published a draft containing guidance of their interpretation of the new Basel guidelines. We will be required to determine regulatory capital under the new methodologies, in parallel with the existing capital rules, beginning in 2007. In 2008, we will determine regulatory capital solely under the new rules, which include certain limitations in 2008 and 2009. This is a very significant change that results in regulatory capital being more risk sensitive than under the current framework, and represents a significant implementation effort for us to be in compliance with the new regulations. The necessary project management infrastructure and funding have been established to ensure we will fully comply with the new regulations.
Earnings Analysis for Fourth Quarter 2004
Results in the fourth quarter of 2004 compared with the fourth quarter of 2003 include the two-month impact of the acquisition of SouthTrust. In this period, net income available to common stockholders rose 32 percent to a quarterly record $1.4 billion from $1.1 billion, and diluted earnings per common share rose 14 percent to 95 cents from 83 cents. These amounts include after-tax net merger-related and restructuring expenses of $53 million, or 4 cents per share, in the fourth quarter of 2004, and $75 million, or 5 cents per share, in the fourth quarter of 2003. Total revenue rose 11 percent to $6.2 billion, with 14 percent growth in tax-equivalent net interest income and 7 percent growth in fee and other income primarily due to SouthTrust. Total noninterest expense rose 2 percent, primarily reflecting higher incentives related to improved revenues and SouthTrust. Average loans were $196.5 billion, up 23 percent from the prior years fourth quarter, and included $24.2 billion from SouthTrust. There was strong growth in commercial loans, driven by middle-market commercial, small business and asset-based lending, and consumer loans, largely in consumer real estate-secured loans and student loans. Average core deposits increased 34 percent to $260.6 billion, while average low-cost core deposits increased 41 percent to $216.8 billion. SouthTrust added $14.1 billion in average low-cost core deposits. The increase in average core deposits also included an average $24.1 billion of core deposits associated with the FDIC-insured sweep product. The provision for credit losses increased $23 million, largely due to additional provision related to SouthTrust.
49
Managements Discussion and Analysis
Comparison of 2003 with 2002
Corporate Results of Operations In 2003, we earned $4.3 billion in net income available to common stockholders, a 20 percent increase from 2002. On a per common share basis, diluted earnings rose 22 percent to $3.18. The increase was driven by 7 percent growth in net interest income and 20 percent growth in fee income, largely related to the effect of the retail brokerage transaction and a 60 percent decline in the provision for credit losses, offset by 14 percent growth in noninterest expense, also related to the retail brokerage transaction.
Tax-equivalent net interest income increased $690 million in 2003 from 2002, while the net interest margin declined 25 basis points to 3.72 percent. Net interest income grew due to a 14 percent increase in average earning assets supported by growth in low-cost core deposits. The increase in earning assets and the margin decline both reflect the impact of the retail brokerage transaction and the consolidation of our conduits.
Fee and other income increased in 2003 from 2002 primarily due to increased brokerage and insurance commissions, and fiduciary and asset management fees, reflecting the addition of the retail brokerage business and improving equity markets. Trading account profits increased to $110 million in 2003 from a loss of $71 million in 2002 primarily due to strength in fixed income and equity-linked products. Principal investing had net losses in 2003 of $139 million compared with net losses in 2002 of $266 million.
Net portfolio securities gains were $45 million in 2003, down $124 million from 2002, and included net gains from portfolio sales of $245 million offset by $200 million in impairment losses. Net portfolio securities gains in 2002 included net gains from portfolio sales of $341 million offset by $172 million in impairment losses.
Other income increased $181 million in 2003 from 2002. Of this increase, $52 million related to mortgage securitiza-tion and sales, which was more than offset by a decline of $85 million in home equity sale and securitization income. The sale of loans out of the loan portfolio as well as market value adjustments on and sales of loans held for sale resulted in a net gain of $219 million in 2003 compared with $64 million in 2002.
Total noninterest expense increased 14 percent from 2002, which was due primarily to the addition of expense related to the retail brokerage transaction and net merger-related and restructuring expenses. Excluding the impact of the retail brokerage transaction and merger-related and restructuring expenses, noninterest expense year over year increased moderately from higher revenue-based incentives, stock option expense and nondiscretionary costs such as pension expense, partially offset by the impact of expense control initiatives and merger efficiencies.
Income taxes were $1.8 billion in 2003, an increase of $745 million from 2002. In 2003, income taxes included a benefit of $58 million related to the second quarter public issuance of $300 million in preferred stock by a Real Estate Investment Trust (REIT) subsidiary. In 2002, income taxes included a benefit of $338 million largely due to a loss on our investment in one of our subsidiaries and, to a lesser extent, to the public issuance of $450 million in preferred stock by the REIT subsidiary.
Business Segments For much of 2003, many customers were generally wary of the financial and equity markets, and as a result, the banking industry saw rapid growth in deposit products. In this environment, our General Bank produced record revenue and earnings, while our Capital Management, Wealth Management, and Corporate and Investment Bank businesses proved to be resilient and produced record results as well.
General Bank earnings increased 10 percent in 2003 from 2002 due to higher consumer real estate-secured balances and strong growth in small business lending and core deposits. The rise in net interest income in 2003 reflected a 12 percent increase in average loans and 9 percent growth in average core deposits. Fee and other income rose 5 percent in 2003 due to mortgage-related revenue and strong debit card revenue as well as to increases in service charges and merchant income. Noninterest expense increased 4 percent in 2003 from 2002, reflecting higher production-based costs such as incentives. Strong expense management and the realization of merger efficiencies were evident in an improved overhead efficiency ratio (excluding merger-related and restructuring expenses, other intangible amortization and the change in accounting principle) of 55.07 percent in 2003, down from 56.15 percent in 2002.
Capital Managements earnings increased 18 percent in 2003 from 2002 and were driven largely by the retail brokerage
50
transaction, although underlying performance also continued to strengthen due to improved equity markets. Total revenue increased 39 percent and noninterest expense increased 44 percent. Revenues from the retail brokerage businesses increased $1.2 billion to $3.4 billion, largely due to the impact of the retail brokerage transaction. Assets under management increased $15.8 billion from December 31, 2002, to $246.6 billion at December 31, 2003, as equity markets improved, driving revenues from the asset management businesses to $1.0 billion, an increase of $67 million from 2002.
Wealth Managements earnings decreased 7 percent in 2003 from 2002. Total revenue increased 4 percent offset by a 9 percent increase in noninterest expense. Net interest income grew 9 percent as a result of strong loan and deposit production. Fee and other income rose modestly on higher insurance commissions, which were partially offset by a decline in trust and investment management fees as average equity valuations in 2003 fell below 2002 levels. Assets under management of $59.0 billion at year-end 2003 increased 2 percent from year-end 2002 primarily due to a rebound in the equity markets late in the fourth quarter of 2003. Noninterest expense in 2003 rose $61 million due to higher benefit costs, incentive payments, legal expenses and severance.
Corporate and Investment Bank earnings more than doubled from 2002 to $1.2 billion in 2003. Total revenue increased 12 percent in the same period as strong results in fixed income products, lower net principal investing losses and improvement in trading account profits more than offset a 7 percent decline in net interest income from lower loan balances in corporate lending. Fee and other income increased 43 percent in 2003 from 2002, largely driven by a rebound in trading account profits, which increased $218 million in 2003 from 2002, and improved advisory and underwriting fees in fixed income, convertible securities, merger and acquisition advisory services, equity capital markets and loan syndications. Fee and other income also improved due to lower principal investing losses of $139 million in 2003 compared with $266 million in 2002, as well as increased loans held for sale gains. Provision expense fell $743 million in 2003 from 2002 due to higher recoveries, improved credit quality and more favorable economic conditions. The 19 percent decline in average net loans in 2003 from 2002 was a result of weak loan demand and lower credit facility usage, as well as portfolio management activity. Average core deposits increased 20 percent in the same period due to growth in commercial mortgage servicing and international trade finance.
Earnings in the Parent were $275 million in 2003 compared with $482 million in 2002. Fee and other income in the Parent declined primarily as a result of a $41 million reduction in mortgage banking income and a $144 million reduction in securities gains, partially offset by a $62 million increase in revenue from other corporate investments. Advisory fees in 2002 included an incremental $42 million related to the securitization of assets from one of our conduits. Trading losses of $66 million in 2003 included $31 million in losses related to liquidity agreements we have with the conduits we administer. Trading losses of $26 million in 2002 included a $42 million loss related to the purchase of $361 million of assets from one of our conduits pursuant to a credit enhancement agreement we have with the conduit. Noninterest expense declined by $127 million in 2003 from 2002 primarily due to reduced deposit base intangible amortization and legal costs. Income tax expense increased $275 million from 2002, which included the recognition in 2002 of a tax benefit related to a realized tax loss on our investment in The Money Store.
Balance Sheet Analysis Average earning assets in 2003 were $292.2 billion, which represented a 14 percent increase from 2002. Nearly half of this increase was due to the addition of assets from the retail brokerage transaction, the consolidation of our conduits and securities funded through our FDIC-insured sweep product.
Securities available for sale were $100.4 billion at December 31, 2003, an increase from $75.8 billion in 2002, which reflects securities purchased in anticipation of the FDIC-insured sweep product and the conduit consolidation.
Net loans increased 2 percent in 2003 from 2002, primarily due to purchases of $8.0 billion of residential mortgage loans for investment purposes, which offset run-off in the mortgage loan portfolio as well as a decline in corporate loans as a result of sales, securitizations and transfers to loans held for sale. In 2003, we transferred to loans held for sale or directly sold $1.7 billion of loans, primarily from the corporate portfolio, compared with transfers or sales of $3.8 billion in 2002.
Total nonperforming assets declined 34 percent from 2002, reflecting more favorable market conditions, a slowdown in new inflows to commercial nonaccrual loans and $299 million in loan sales directly from the loan portfolio.
Net charge-offs as a percentage of average net loans were 0.41 percent in 2003, down from 0.73 percent in 2002,
51
Managements Discussion and Analysis
due mainly to moderating trends in nonperforming assets and our strategic decision to actively manage down potential problem loans. The improved loan quality and more favorable economic conditions resulted in a provision for credit losses 60 percent lower in 2003 than in 2002. The provision for credit losses in 2002 of $1.5 billion included $357 million related to $3.8 billion of loans sold directly out of the loan portfolio or transferred to loans held for sale.
The allowance for loan losses declined 10 percent to $2.3 billion, or 1.42 percent of net loans, in 2003 compared with $2.6 billion, or 1.60 percent, in 2002. The decline was related to $228 million in allowance associated with loans that were sold or transferred to loans held for sale, and to improving credit quality trends. In 2003, we also sold $1.1 billion of loans directly out of the loan portfolio.
Liquidity and Capital Adequacy Core deposits increased 16 percent from December 31, 2002, to $204.7 billion. Average low-cost core deposits grew 20 percent as we focused on increasing the proportion of this lower cost funding over other deposit products. Average purchased funds were $72.5 billion, an increase of 38 percent primarily related
to the retail brokerage transaction. Long-term debt declined $2.9 billion to $36.7 billion at December 31, 2003, reflecting scheduled maturities.
Stockholders equity increased $350 million from year-end 2002 to $32.4 billion at December 31, 2003. We paid $1.7 billion, or $1.25 per share, in dividends to common stockholders in 2003 compared with $1.4 billion, or $1.00 per share, in 2002. We paid holders of Dividend Equalization Preferred Shares (DEPs) issued in connection with the First Union-Wachovia merger total dividends of $5 million, or 5 cents per DEP share, in 2003, compared with $19 million, or 20 cents per DEP share in 2002. Future dividend rights of the DEPs ceased completely following the fourth quarter 2003 common stock dividend payment.
Our tier 1 capital ratio increased 30 basis points from December 31, 2002, to 8.52 percent at December 31, 2003, driven primarily by higher retained earnings and the minority interest created in the retail brokerage transaction. Our total capital and leverage ratios were 11.82 percent and 6.36 percent, respectively, at December 31, 2003, and 12.01 percent and 6.77 percent, respectively, at December 31, 2002.
52
Financial Tables
Table 1
EXPLANATION OF OUR USE OF NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES
In addition to the results of operations presented in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP), our management uses, and this annual report contains, certain non-GAAP financial measures, such as expenses excluding merger-related and restructuring expenses; the dividend payout ratio on a basis that excludes other intangible amortization, merger-related and restructuring expenses, and the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle; and net interest income on a tax-equivalent basis.
Years Ended December 31, | ||||||||||||||||||||
(In millions, except per share data) |
2004 | 2003 | 2002 | 2001 | 2000 | |||||||||||||||
Net interest income
(GAAP)
|
$ | 11,961 | 10,607 | 9,955 | 7,775 | 7,437 | ||||||||||||||
Tax-equivalent adjustment
|
250 | 256 | 218 | 159 | 99 | |||||||||||||||
Net interest income
(Tax-equivalent)
|
$ | 12,211 | 10,863 | 10,173 | 7,934 | 7,536 | ||||||||||||||
DIVIDEND PAYOUT RATIOS ON COMMON SHARES
|
||||||||||||||||||||
Diluted earnings per common share
(GAAP)
|
$ | 3.81 | 3.18 | 2.60 | ||||||||||||||||
Other intangible amortization
|
0.20 | 0.24 | 0.28 | |||||||||||||||||
Merger-related and restructuring expenses
|
0.14 | 0.19 | 0.18 | |||||||||||||||||
Cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle
|
- | (0.01 | ) | - | ||||||||||||||||
Earnings per share (a)
|
$ | 4.15 | 3.60 | 3.06 | ||||||||||||||||
Dividends paid per common share
|
$ | 1.66 | 1.25 | 1.00 | ||||||||||||||||
Dividend payout ratios
(GAAP)
(b)
|
43.57 | % | 39.31 | 38.46 | ||||||||||||||||
Dividend payout ratios (a)(b)
|
40.00 | % | 34.72 | 32.68 | ||||||||||||||||
53
Financial Tables
Table 2
SELECTED STATISTICAL DATA
Years Ended December 31, | ||||||||||||||||||||
(Dollars in millions, except per share data) |
2004 | 2003 | 2002 | 2001 | 2000 | |||||||||||||||
PROFITABILITY
|
||||||||||||||||||||
Return on average common stockholders equity
|
14.77 | % | 13.25 | 11.72 | 7.98 | 0.59 | ||||||||||||||
Net interest margin (a)
|
3.41 | 3.72 | 3.97 | 3.59 | 3.55 | |||||||||||||||
Fee and other income as % of total revenue (b)
|
46.88 | 46.61 | 43.68 | 44.24 | 47.11 | |||||||||||||||
Effective income tax rate
|
31.70 | % | 30.16 | 23.29 | 29.39 | 80.37 | ||||||||||||||
ASSET QUALITY
|
||||||||||||||||||||
Allowance for loan losses as % of loans, net (b)
|
1.23 | % | 1.42 | 1.60 | 1.72 | 1.31 | ||||||||||||||
Allowance for loan losses as % of nonperforming assets (b)(c)
|
251 | 205 | 150 | 164 | 127 | |||||||||||||||
Allowance for credit losses as % of loans, net
|
1.30 | 1.51 | 1.72 | 1.83 | 1.39 | |||||||||||||||
Net charge-offs as % of average loans, net
|
0.17 | 0.41 | 0.73 | 0.70 | 0.59 | |||||||||||||||
Nonperforming assets as % of loans, net,
foreclosed properties and loans held for sale
|
0.53 | % | 0.69 | 1.11 | 1.13 | 1.22 | ||||||||||||||
CAPITAL ADEQUACY
|
||||||||||||||||||||
Tier 1 capital ratio
|
8.01 | % | 8.52 | 8.22 | 7.04 | 7.02 | ||||||||||||||
Total capital ratio
|
11.11 | 11.82 | 12.01 | 11.08 | 11.19 | |||||||||||||||
Leverage
|
6.38 | % | 6.36 | 6.77 | 6.19 | 5.92 | ||||||||||||||
OTHER DATA
|
||||||||||||||||||||
FTE employees (b)
|
96,030 | 86,114 | 80,868 | 84,046 | 70,639 | |||||||||||||||
Total financial centers/brokerage offices
|
4,004 | 3,360 | 3,280 | 3,434 | 2,568 | |||||||||||||||
ATMs
|
5,321 | 4,408 | 4,560 | 4,675 | 3,772 | |||||||||||||||
Registered common stockholders
|
185,647 | 170,205 | 181,455 | 191,231 | 157,524 | |||||||||||||||
Actual common shares
(In millions)
|
1,588 | 1,312 | 1,357 | 1,362 | 980 | |||||||||||||||
Common stock price
|
$ | 52.60 | 46.59 | 36.44 | 31.36 | 27.81 | ||||||||||||||
Market capitalization
|
$ | 83,537 | 61,139 | 49,461 | 42,701 | 27,253 | ||||||||||||||
54
Table 3
SUMMARIES OF INCOME, PER COMMON SHARE AND BALANCE SHEET DATA
Years Ended December 31, | ||||||||||||||||||||
(In millions, except per share data) |
2004 | 2003 | 2002 | 2001 | 2000 | |||||||||||||||
SUMMARIES OF INCOME
|
||||||||||||||||||||
Interest income
|
$ | 17,288 | 15,080 | 15,632 | 16,100 | 17,534 | ||||||||||||||
Tax-equivalent adjustment
|
250 | 256 | 218 | 159 | 99 | |||||||||||||||
Interest income (a)
|
17,538 | 15,336 | 15,850 | 16,259 | 17,633 | |||||||||||||||
Interest expense
|
5,327 | 4,473 | 5,677 | 8,325 | 10,097 | |||||||||||||||
Net interest income (a)
|
12,211 | 10,863 | 10,173 | 7,934 | 7,536 | |||||||||||||||
Provision for credit losses
|
257 | 586 | 1,479 | 1,947 | 1,736 | |||||||||||||||
Net interest income after provision for credit losses (a)
|
11,954 | 10,277 | 8,694 | 5,987 | 5,800 | |||||||||||||||
Securities gains (losses)
|
(10 | ) | 45 | 169 | (67 | ) | (1,125 | ) | ||||||||||||
Fee and other income (b)
|
10,789 | 9,437 | 7,721 | 6,363 | 7,837 | |||||||||||||||
Merger-related and restructuring expenses
|
444 | 443 | 387 | 106 | 2,190 | |||||||||||||||
Other noninterest expense (b)
|
14,222 | 12,837 | 11,306 | 9,724 | 9,520 | |||||||||||||||
Minority interest in income of consolidated subsidiaries
|
184 | 143 | 6 | 1 | - | |||||||||||||||
Income before income taxes and cumulative effect of
a change in accounting principle (a)
|
7,883 | 6,336 | 4,885 | 2,452 | 802 | |||||||||||||||
Income taxes
|
2,419 | 1,833 | 1,088 | 674 | 565 | |||||||||||||||
Tax-equivalent adjustment
|
250 | 256 | 218 | 159 | 99 | |||||||||||||||
Income before cumulative effect of a change
in accounting principle
|
5,214 | 4,247 | 3,579 | 1,619 | 138 | |||||||||||||||
Cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle,
net of income taxes
|
- | 17 | - | - | (46 | ) | ||||||||||||||
Net income
|
5,214 | 4,264 | 3,579 | 1,619 | 92 | |||||||||||||||
Dividends on preferred stock
|
- | 5 | 19 | 6 | - | |||||||||||||||
Net income available to common stockholders
|
$ | 5,214 | 4,259 | 3,560 | 1,613 | 92 | ||||||||||||||
PER COMMON SHARE DATA
|
||||||||||||||||||||
Basic
|
||||||||||||||||||||
Income before change in accounting principle
|
$ | 3.87 | 3.20 | 2.62 | 1.47 | 0.12 | ||||||||||||||
Net income
|
3.87 | 3.21 | 2.62 | 1.47 | 0.07 | |||||||||||||||
Diluted
|
||||||||||||||||||||
Income before change in accounting principle
|
3.81 | 3.17 | 2.60 | 1.45 | 0.12 | |||||||||||||||
Net income
|
3.81 | 3.18 | 2.60 | 1.45 | 0.07 | |||||||||||||||
Cash dividends
|
$ | 1.66 | 1.25 | 1.00 | 0.96 | 1.92 | ||||||||||||||
Average common shares - Basic
|
1,346 | 1,325 | 1,356 | 1,096 | 971 | |||||||||||||||
Average common shares - Diluted
|
1,370 | 1,340 | 1,369 | 1,105 | 974 | |||||||||||||||
Average common stockholders equity
|
$ | 35,295 | 32,135 | 30,384 | 20,218 | 15,541 | ||||||||||||||
Book value per common share
|
29.79 | 24.71 | 23.63 | 20.88 | 15.66 | |||||||||||||||
Common stock price
|
||||||||||||||||||||
High
|
54.52 | 46.59 | 39.50 | 36.38 | 38.88 | |||||||||||||||
Low
|
43.56 | 32.72 | 28.75 | 27.81 | 24.00 | |||||||||||||||
Year-end
|
$ | 52.60 | 46.59 | 36.44 | 31.36 | 27.81 | ||||||||||||||
To earnings ratio (c)
|
13.81 | X | 14.65 | 14.02 | 21.63 | 397.29 | ||||||||||||||
To book value
|
177 | % | 189 | 154 | 150 | 178 | ||||||||||||||
BALANCE SHEET DATA
|
||||||||||||||||||||
Assets (b)
|
$ | 493,324 | 401,188 | 342,033 | 330,634 | 254,272 | ||||||||||||||
Long-term debt
|
$ | 46,759 | 36,730 | 39,662 | 41,733 | 35,809 | ||||||||||||||
55
Financial Tables
Table 4
NET TRADING REVENUE - INVESTMENT BANKING (a)
Years Ended December 31, | ||||||||||||
(In millions) |
2004 | 2003 | 2002 | |||||||||
Net interest income
(Tax-equivalent)
|
$ | 630 | 486 | 487 | ||||||||
Trading accounts profits (losses)
|
93 | 156 | (80 | ) | ||||||||
Other fee income
|
249 | 248 | 231 | |||||||||
Total net trading revenue
(Tax-equivalent)
|
$ | 972 | 890 | 638 | ||||||||
(a) Certain amounts presented in prior years have been reclassified to conform to the presentation in 2004.
Table 5
SELECTED RATIOS
Years Ended December 31,
2004
2003
2002
2001
2000
12.09
X
11.25
10.55
13.37
15.93
1.22
%
1.18
1.12
0.60
0.04
14.77
13.25
11.72
7.98
0.59
14.77
%
13.27
11.78
8.00
0.59
43.57
%
39.31
38.46
66.21
2,742.86
43.57
%
39.15
38.72
64.13
2,742.86
(a) Based on average balances and net income.
56
Table 6
SELECTED QUARTERLY DATA
2004 | 2003 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(In millions, except per share data) |
Fourth | Third | Second | First | Fourth | Third | Second | First | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest income
|
$ | 4,969 | 4,301 | 4,019 | 3,999 | 3,951 | 3,712 | 3,696 | 3,721 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest expense
|
1,672 | 1,336 | 1,181 | 1,138 | 1,074 | 1,059 | 1,156 | 1,184 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net interest income
|
3,297 | 2,965 | 2,838 | 2,861 | 2,877 | 2,653 | 2,540 | 2,537 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Provision for credit losses
|
109 | 43 | 61 | 44 | 86 | 81 | 195 | 224 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net interest income after
provision for credit losses
|
3,188 | 2,922 | 2,777 | 2,817 | 2,791 | 2,572 | 2,345 | 2,313 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Securities gains (losses)
|
23 | (71 | ) | 36 | 2 | (24 | ) | 22 | 10 | 37 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Fee and other income
|
2,781 | 2,672 | 2,571 | 2,765 | 2,637 | 2,604 | 2,158 | 2,038 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Merger-related and
restructuring expenses
|
116 | 127 | 102 | 99 | 135 | 148 | 96 | 64 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other noninterest expense
|
3,718 | 3,544 | 3,393 | 3,567 | 3,640 | 3,432 | 2,915 | 2,850 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Minority interest in income of
consolidated subsidiaries
|
54 | 28 | 45 | 57 | 63 | 55 | 16 | 9 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Income before income taxes and
cumulative effect of a change
in accounting principle
|
2,104 | 1,824 | 1,844 | 1,861 | 1,566 | 1,563 | 1,486 | 1,465 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Income taxes
|
656 | 561 | 592 | 610 | 466 | 475 | 454 | 438 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Income before cumulative effect
of a change in accounting
principle
|
1,448 | 1,263 | 1,252 | 1,251 | 1,100 | 1,088 | 1,032 | 1,027 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Cumulative effect of a change
in accounting principle, net of
income taxes
|
- | - | - | - | - | 17 | - | - | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net income
|
1,448 | 1,263 | 1,252 | 1,251 | 1,100 | 1,105 | 1,032 | 1,027 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Dividends on preferred stock
|
- | - | - | - | - | - | 1 | 4 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net income available to
common stockholders
|
$ | 1,448 | 1,263 | 1,252 | 1,251 | 1,100 | 1,105 | 1,031 | 1,023 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
PER COMMON SHARE
DATA
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Basic earnings
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Income before change in
accounting principle
|
$ | 0.97 | 0.97 | 0.96 | 0.96 | 0.84 | 0.83 | 0.77 | 0.77 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Net income
|
0.97 | 0.97 | 0.96 | 0.96 | 0.84 | 0.84 | 0.77 | 0.77 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Diluted earnings
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Income before change in
accounting principle
|
0.95 | 0.96 | 0.95 | 0.94 | 0.83 | 0.82 | 0.77 | 0.76 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net income
|
0.95 | 0.96 | 0.95 | 0.94 | 0.83 | 0.83 | 0.77 | 0.76 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Cash dividends
|
0.46 | 0.40 | 0.40 | 0.40 | 0.35 | 0.35 | 0.29 | 0.26 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Common stock price
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
High
|
54.52 | 47.50 | 47.66 | 48.90 | 46.59 | 44.71 | 43.15 | 38.69 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Low
|
46.84 | 43.56 | 44.16 | 45.91 | 42.07 | 40.60 | 34.47 | 32.72 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Period-end
|
$ | 52.60 | 46.95 | 44.50 | 47.00 | 46.59 | 41.19 | 39.96 | 34.07 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
SELECTED RATIOS (a)
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Return on assets
|
1.22 | % | 1.18 | 1.22 | 1.26 | 1.12 | 1.16 | 1.21 | 1.23 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Return on total stockholders
equity
|
13.50 | 15.12 | 15.49 | 15.37 | 13.58 | 13.71 | 12.79 | 12.99 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Stockholders equity to assets
|
9.03 | % | 7.83 | 7.91 | 8.21 | 8.26 | 8.49 | 9.46 | 9.50 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
(a) Based on average balances and net income.
57
Financial Tables
Table 7
LOANS - ON-BALANCE SHEET, AND MANAGED AND SERVICING PORTFOLIOS
58
Table 8
LOANS HELD FOR SALE
Years Ended December 31, | ||||||||||||||||
( In millions) |
2004 | 2003 | 2002 | 2001 | ||||||||||||
Balance, beginning of year
|
$ | 12,625 | 6,012 | 7,763 | 8,146 | |||||||||||
CORE BUSINESS ACTIVITY (a)
|
||||||||||||||||
Core business activity, beginning of year
|
12,504 | 5,488 | 6,991 | 3,447 | ||||||||||||
Balance of acquired entities at purchase date
|
653 | - | - | 180 | ||||||||||||
Originations/purchases
|
38,192 | 35,831 | 27,443 | 22,712 | ||||||||||||
Transfer to (from) loans held for sale, net
|
(9,374 | ) | (806 | ) | (3,800 | ) | (193 | ) | ||||||||
Lower of cost or market value adjustments
|
(2 | ) | (67 | ) | (52 | ) | (52 | ) | ||||||||
Performing loans sold or securitized
|
(20,824 | ) | (24,399 | ) | (23,755 | ) | (18,207 | ) | ||||||||
Nonperforming loans sold
|
(2 | ) | (47 | ) | (11 | ) | (2 | ) | ||||||||
Other, principally payments
|
(8,854 | ) | (3,496 | ) | (1,328 | ) | (894 | ) | ||||||||
Core business activity, end of year
|
12,293 | 12,504 | 5,488 | 6,991 | ||||||||||||
PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT ACTIVITY (a)
|
||||||||||||||||
Portfolio management activity, beginning of year
|
121 | 524 | 772 | 4,699 | ||||||||||||
Balance of acquired entities at purchase date
|
- | - | - | 117 | ||||||||||||
Transfers to (from) loans held for sale, net
|
||||||||||||||||
Performing loans
|
680 | 437 | 1,941 | 1,161 | ||||||||||||
Nonperforming loans
|
136 | 121 | 306 | 291 | ||||||||||||
Lower of cost or market value adjustments
|
1 | 45 | (1 | ) | (136 | ) | ||||||||||
Performing loans sold
|
(136 | ) | (577 | ) | (1,768 | ) | (4,252 | ) | ||||||||
Nonperforming loans sold
|
(22 | ) | (180 | ) | (63 | ) | (376 | ) | ||||||||
Allowance for loan losses related to loans
transferred to loans held for sale
|
(59 | ) | (134 | ) | (435 | ) | (335 | ) | ||||||||
Other, principally payments
|
(26 | ) | (115 | ) | (228 | ) | (397 | ) | ||||||||
Portfolio management activity, end of year
|
695 | 121 | 524 | 772 | ||||||||||||
Balance, end of year (b)
|
$ | 12,988 | 12,625 | 6,012 | 7,763 | |||||||||||
59
Financial Tables
Table 9
COMMERCIAL LOAN MATURITIES AND SENSITIVITY TO CHANGES IN INTEREST RATES (a)
December 31, 2004 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Real |
||||||||||||||||||||
Commercial, | Estate- | |||||||||||||||||||
Financial | Construction | Real | ||||||||||||||||||
and | and | Estate- | ||||||||||||||||||
(In millions) | Agricultural | Other | Mortgage | Foreign | Total | |||||||||||||||
FIXED RATE
|
||||||||||||||||||||
1 year or less
|
$ | 2,393 | 51 | 186 | 3,348 | 5,978 | ||||||||||||||
1-5 years
|
5,393 | 147 | 1,513 | 11 | 7,064 | |||||||||||||||
After 5 years
|
7,000 | 103 | 919 | | 8,022 | |||||||||||||||
Total fixed rate
|
14,786 | 301 | 2,618 | 3,359 | 21,064 | |||||||||||||||
ADJUSTABLE RATE
|
||||||||||||||||||||
1 year or less
|
21,073 | 6,126 | 4,462 | 3,037 | 34,698 | |||||||||||||||
1-5 years
|
30,916 | 5,941 | 11,171 | 1,242 | 49,270 | |||||||||||||||
After 5 years
|
8,320 | 305 | 2,491 | 78 | 11,194 | |||||||||||||||
Total adjustable rate
|
60,309 | 12,372 | 18,124 | 4,357 | 95,162 | |||||||||||||||
Total
|
$ | 75,095 | 12,673 | 20,742 | 7,716 | 116,226 | ||||||||||||||
(a) Excludes lease financing.
60
Table 10
ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES AND NONPERFORMING ASSETS
Years Ended December 31, | ||||||||||||||||||||
(In millions) |
2004 | 2003 | 2002 | 2001 | 2000 | |||||||||||||||
ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES (a)
|
||||||||||||||||||||
Balance, beginning of year
|
$ | 2,348 | 2,604 | 2,813 | 1,620 | 1,655 | ||||||||||||||
Provision for credit losses
|
290 | 549 | 1,110 | 1,583 | 1,079 | |||||||||||||||
Provision for credit losses relating to loans
transferred to loans held for sale or sold
|
(31 | ) | 75 | 357 | 284 | 657 | ||||||||||||||
Balance of acquired entities at purchase date
|
510 | - | - | 766 | - | |||||||||||||||
Allowance relating to loans acquired, transferred
to loans held for sale or sold
|
(60 | ) | (228 | ) | (554 | ) | (503 | ) | (1,020 | ) | ||||||||||
Net charge-offs
|
(300 | ) | (652 | ) | (1,122 | ) | (937 | ) | (751 | ) | ||||||||||
Balance, end of year
|
$ | 2,757 | 2,348 | 2,604 | 2,813 | 1,620 | ||||||||||||||
as % of loans, net
|
1.23 | % | 1.42 | 1.60 | 1.72 | 1.31 | ||||||||||||||
as % of nonaccrual and restructured loans (b)
|
289 | % | 227 | 164 | 183 | 138 | ||||||||||||||
as % of nonperforming assets (b)
|
251 | % | 205 | 150 | 164 | 127 | ||||||||||||||
LOAN LOSSES
|
||||||||||||||||||||
Commercial, financial and agricultural
|
$ | 221 | 471 | 890 | 768 | 531 | ||||||||||||||
Commercial real estate - construction and mortgage
|
9 | 18 | 22 | 10 | 13 | |||||||||||||||
Consumer
|
296 | 396 | 377 | 301 | 323 | |||||||||||||||
Total loan losses
|
526 | 885 | 1,289 | 1,079 | 867 | |||||||||||||||
LOAN RECOVERIES
|
||||||||||||||||||||
Commercial, financial and agricultural
|
148 | 148 | 93 | 75 | 53 | |||||||||||||||
Commercial real estate - construction and mortgage
|
3 | 4 | 2 | 8 | 3 | |||||||||||||||
Consumer
|
75 | 81 | 72 | 59 | 60 | |||||||||||||||
Total loan recoveries
|
226 | 233 | 167 | 142 | 116 | |||||||||||||||
Net charge-offs
|
$ | 300 | 652 | 1,122 | 937 | 751 | ||||||||||||||
Commercial loan net charge-offs as % of
average commercial loans, net
|
0.08 | % | 0.37 | 0.84 | 0.82 | 0.65 | ||||||||||||||
Consumer loan net charge-offs as % of
average consumer loans, net
|
0.30 | 0.47 | 0.54 | 0.49 | 0.51 | |||||||||||||||
Total net charge-offs as % of average loans, net
|
0.17 | % | 0.41 | 0.73 | 0.70 | 0.59 | ||||||||||||||
NONPERFORMING ASSETS
|
||||||||||||||||||||
Nonaccrual loans
|
||||||||||||||||||||
Commercial, financial and agricultural
|
$ | 585 | 765 | 1,269 | 1,294 | 884 | ||||||||||||||
Commercial real estate - construction and mortgage
|
127 | 54 | 105 | 87 | 55 | |||||||||||||||
Consumer real estate secured
|
230 | 192 | 208 | 117 | 220 | |||||||||||||||
Installment loans
|
13 | 24 | 3 | 36 | 17 | |||||||||||||||
Total nonaccrual loans
|
955 | 1,035 | 1,585 | 1,534 | 1,176 | |||||||||||||||
Foreclosed properties (c)
|
145 | 111 | 150 | 179 | 103 | |||||||||||||||
Total nonperforming assets
|
$ | 1,100 | 1,146 | 1,735 | 1,713 | 1,279 | ||||||||||||||
Nonperforming loans included in loans held for sale (d)
|
$ | 157 | 82 | 138 | 228 | 334 | ||||||||||||||
Nonperforming assets included in loans and in loans
held for sale
|
$ | 1,257 | 1,228 | 1,873 | 1,941 | 1,613 | ||||||||||||||
as % of loans, net, and foreclosed properties (b)
|
0.49 | % | 0.69 | 1.06 | 1.04 | 1.03 | ||||||||||||||
as % of loans, net, foreclosed properties and loans
held for sale (d)
|
0.53 | % | 0.69 | 1.11 | 1.13 | 1.22 | ||||||||||||||
Accruing loans past due 90 days
|
$ | 522 | 341 | 304 | 288 | 183 | ||||||||||||||
61
Financial Tables
Table 11
ALLOCATION OF THE ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES (a)
December 31, |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2004 |
2003 | 2002 | 2001 | 2000 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Loans | Loans | Loans | Loans | Loans | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
% of | % of | % of | % of | % of | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total | Total | Total | Total | Total | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(In millions) | Amt. | Loans | Amt. | Loans | Amt. | Loans | Amt. | Loans | Amt. | Loans | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
COMMERCIAL
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Commercial, financial
and agricultural
|
$ | 1,384 | 32 | % | $ | 582 | 32 | % | $ | 864 | 33 | % | $ | 932 | 35 | % | $ | 661 | 42 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||
Real estate -
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Construction
and other
|
155 | 5 | 59 | 3 | 75 | 3 | 59 | 5 | 33 | 2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Mortgage
|
268 | 9 | 113 | 8 | 128 | 10 | 105 | 10 | 55 | 7 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Lease financing
|
35 | 11 | 57 | 14 | 66 | 13 | 45 | 13 | 42 | 12 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Foreign
|
67 | 3 | 64 | 4 | 77 | 4 | 64 | 4 | 37 | 4 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
CONSUMER
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Real estate secured
|
382 | 32 | 221 | 29 | 196 | 27 | 127 | 25 | 116 | 27 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Student loans
|
56 | 5 | 39 | 5 | 4 | 4 | - | 1 | - | - | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Installment loans
|
320 | 3 | 156 | 5 | 192 | 6 | 145 | 7 | 80 | 6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
UNALLOCATED
|
90 | - | 1,057 | - | 1,002 | - | 1,336 | - | 596 | - | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total
|
$ | 2,757 | 100 | % | $ | 2,348 | 100 | % | $ | 2,604 | 100 | % | $ | 2,813 | 100 | % | $ | 1,620 | 100 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||
62
Table 12
NONACCRUAL LOAN ACTIVITY (a)
Years Ended December 31, | ||||||||||||||||||||
(In millions) |
2004 | 2003 | 2002 | 2001 | 2000 | |||||||||||||||
Balance, beginning of year
|
$ | 1,035 | 1,585 | 1,534 | 1,176 | 968 | ||||||||||||||
COMMERCIAL NONACCRUAL LOAN ACTIVITY
|
||||||||||||||||||||
Commercial nonaccrual loans, beginning of year
|
819 | 1,374 | 1,381 | 939 | 606 | |||||||||||||||
Balance of acquired entities at purchase date
|
321 | - | - | 209 | - | |||||||||||||||
New nonaccrual loans and advances
|
575 | 1,051 | 2,275 | 1,719 | 1,434 | |||||||||||||||
Gross charge-offs
|
(230 | ) | (489 | ) | (912 | ) | (778 | ) | (544 | ) | ||||||||||
Transfers to loans held for sale
|
(134 | ) | (69 | ) | (239 | ) | (20 | ) | (258 | ) | ||||||||||
Transfers to other real estate owned
|
(3 | ) | (12 | ) | (12 | ) | (45 | ) | - | |||||||||||
Sales
|
(135 | ) | (256 | ) | (278 | ) | (150 | ) | (15 | ) | ||||||||||
Other, principally payments
|
(501 | ) | (780 | ) | (841 | ) | (493 | ) | (284 | ) | ||||||||||
Net commercial nonaccrual loan activity
|
(428 | ) | (555 | ) | (7 | ) | 233 | 333 | ||||||||||||
Commercial nonaccrual loans, end of year
|
712 | 819 | 1,374 | 1,381 | 939 | |||||||||||||||
CONSUMER NONACCRUAL LOAN ACTIVITY
|
||||||||||||||||||||
Consumer nonaccrual loans, beginning of year
|
216 | 211 | 153 | 237 | 362 | |||||||||||||||
Balance of acquired entities at purchase date
|
21 | - | - | 33 | - | |||||||||||||||
New nonaccrual loans and advances, net
|
10 | 106 | 178 | 262 | 118 | |||||||||||||||
Transfers to loans held for sale
|
(4 | ) | (58 | ) | (58 | ) | (288 | ) | (243 | ) | ||||||||||
Sales and securitizations
|
- | (43 | ) | (62 | ) | (91 | ) | - | ||||||||||||
Net consumer nonaccrual loan activity
|
6 | 5 | 58 | (117 | ) | (125 | ) | |||||||||||||
Consumer nonaccrual loans, end of year
|
243 | 216 | 211 | 153 | 237 | |||||||||||||||
Balance, end of year
|
$ | 955 | 1,035 | 1,585 | 1,534 | 1,176 | ||||||||||||||
63
Financial Tables
Table 13
GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS
December 31, | ||||||||||||||||||||
(In millions) |
2004 | 2003 | 2002 | 2001 | 2000 | |||||||||||||||
Goodwill
|
$ | 21,526 | 11,149 | 10,880 | 10,616 | 3,481 | ||||||||||||||
Deposit base
|
1,048 | 757 | 1,225 | 1,822 | 174 | |||||||||||||||
Customer relationships
|
443 | 396 | 239 | 244 | 9 | |||||||||||||||
Tradename
|
90 | 90 | 90 | 90 | - | |||||||||||||||
Total goodwill and other intangible assets
|
$ | 23,107 | 12,392 | 12,434 | 12,772 | 3,664 | ||||||||||||||
64
Table 14
DEPOSITS
December 31, | ||||||||||||||||||||
(In millions) |
2004 | 2003 | 2002 | 2001 | 2000 | |||||||||||||||
CORE DEPOSITS
|
||||||||||||||||||||
Noninterest-bearing
|
$ | 64,197 | 48,683 | 44,640 | 43,464 | 30,315 | ||||||||||||||
Savings and NOW accounts
|
83,678 | 63,011 | 51,691 | 47,175 | 36,215 | |||||||||||||||
Money market accounts
|
91,184 | 65,045 | 45,649 | 39,022 | 19,840 | |||||||||||||||
Other consumer time
|
35,529 | 27,921 | 33,763 | 39,649 | 35,223 | |||||||||||||||
Total core deposits
|
274,588 | 204,660 | 175,743 | 169,310 | 121,593 | |||||||||||||||
OTHER DEPOSITS
|
||||||||||||||||||||
Foreign
|
9,881 | 9,151 | 6,608 | 9,116 | 7,795 | |||||||||||||||
Other time
|
10,584 | 7,414 | 9,167 | 9,027 | 13,280 | |||||||||||||||
Total deposits
|
$ | 295,053 | 221,225 | 191,518 | 187,453 | 142,668 | ||||||||||||||
Table 15
TIME DEPOSITS IN AMOUNTS OF $100,000 OR MORE
65
Financial Tables
Table 16
CAPITAL RATIOS
December 31, | ||||||||||||||||||||
(In millions) |
2004 | 2003 | 2002 | 2001 | 2000 | |||||||||||||||
CONSOLIDATED CAPITAL RATIOS (a)
|
||||||||||||||||||||
Qualifying capital
|
||||||||||||||||||||
Tier 1 capital
|
$ | 28,583 | 23,863 | 21,411 | 18,999 | 13,952 | ||||||||||||||
Total capital
|
39,633 | 33,102 | 31,289 | 29,878 | 22,253 | |||||||||||||||
Adjusted risk-weighted assets
|
356,766 | 279,979 | 260,609 | 269,726 | 198,849 | |||||||||||||||
Adjusted leverage ratio assets
|
$ | 448,205 | 375,447 | 316,473 | 306,745 | 235,749 | ||||||||||||||
Ratios
|
||||||||||||||||||||
Tier 1 capital
|
8.01 | % | 8.52 | 8.22 | 7.04 | 7.02 | ||||||||||||||
Total capital
|
11.11 | 11.82 | 12.01 | 11.08 | 11.19 | |||||||||||||||
Leverage
|
6.38 | 6.36 | 6.77 | 6.19 | 5.92 | |||||||||||||||
STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY TO ASSETS
|
||||||||||||||||||||
Year-end
|
9.59 | 8.09 | 9.38 | 8.61 | 6.04 | |||||||||||||||
Average
|
8.27 | % | 8.89 | 9.49 | 7.49 | 6.28 | ||||||||||||||
BANK CAPITAL RATIOS
|
||||||||||||||||||||
Tier 1 capital
|
||||||||||||||||||||
Wachovia Bank, National Association
|
7.86 | % | 7.60 | 7.42 | 7.55 | 6.92 | ||||||||||||||
Wachovia Bank of Delaware, National Association
|
15.76 | 15.46 | 14.35 | 12.51 | 12.20 | |||||||||||||||
Total capital
|
||||||||||||||||||||
Wachovia Bank, National Association
|
11.52 | 11.72 | 11.81 | 11.68 | 10.73 | |||||||||||||||
Wachovia Bank of Delaware, National Association
|
18.28 | 18.28 | 16.58 | 13.98 | 13.97 | |||||||||||||||
Leverage
|
||||||||||||||||||||
Wachovia Bank, National Association
|
6.15 | 5.85 | 6.25 | 6.29 | 6.04 | |||||||||||||||
Wachovia Bank of Delaware, National Association
|
12.18 | % | 9.72 | 11.04 | 7.92 | 7.76 | ||||||||||||||
(a) Risk-based capital ratio guidelines require a minimum ratio of tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets of 4.00 percent and a minimum ratio of total capital to risk-weighted assets of 8.00 percent. The minimum leverage ratio of tier 1 capital to adjusted average quarterly assets is from 3.00 percent to 4.00 percent.
66
Table 17
INTEREST DIFFERENTIAL
2004 Compared to 2003 | 2003 Compared to 2002 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest | Interest | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Income/ | Variance | Income/ | Variance | |||||||||||||||||||||
Expense | Attributable to (b) | Expense | Attributable to (b) | |||||||||||||||||||||
(In millions) | Variance | Rate | Volume | Variance | Rate | Volume | ||||||||||||||||||
EARNING ASSETS
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest-bearing bank balances
|
$ | 1 | 5 | (4 | ) | (13 | ) | (21 | ) | 8 | ||||||||||||||
Federal funds sold and securities
purchased under resale agreements
|
170 | 72 | 98 | (23 | ) | (110 | ) | 87 | ||||||||||||||||
Trading account assets (a)
|
425 | (34 | ) | 459 | 45 | (129 | ) | 174 | ||||||||||||||||
Securities (a)
|
808 | (330 | ) | 1,138 | 219 | (734 | ) | 953 | ||||||||||||||||
Loans (a)
|
422 | (259 | ) | 681 | (927 | ) | (1,137 | ) | 210 | |||||||||||||||
Loans held for sale
|
344 | 10 | 334 | 20 | (60 | ) | 80 | |||||||||||||||||
Other earning assets
|
123 | (6 | ) | 129 | 65 | (99 | ) | 164 | ||||||||||||||||
Total earning assets excluding derivatives
|
2,293 | (542 | ) | 2,835 | (614 | ) | (2,290 | ) | 1,676 | |||||||||||||||
Risk management derivatives
|
(91 | ) | (91 | ) | - | 100 | 100 | - | ||||||||||||||||
Total earning assets including derivatives
|
$ | 2,202 | (633 | ) | 2,835 | (514 | ) | (2,190 | ) | 1,676 | ||||||||||||||
INTEREST-BEARING LIABILITIES
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Deposits
|
203 | (288 | ) | 491 | (852 | ) | (1,072 | ) | 220 | |||||||||||||||
Short-term borrowings
|
327 | 158 | 169 | 72 | (239 | ) | 311 | |||||||||||||||||
Long-term debt
|
113 | (11 | ) | 124 | (191 | ) | (99 | ) | (92 | ) | ||||||||||||||
Total interest-bearing liabilities
excluding derivatives
|
643 | (141 | ) | 784 | (971 | ) | (1,410 | ) | 439 | |||||||||||||||
Risk management derivatives
|
211 | 211 | - | (233 | ) | (233 | ) | - | ||||||||||||||||
Total interest-bearing liabilities
including derivatives
|
854 | 70 | 784 | (1,204 | ) | (1,643 | ) | 439 | ||||||||||||||||
Net interest income
|
$ | 1,348 | (703 | ) | 2,051 | 690 | (547 | ) | 1,237 | |||||||||||||||
67
Financial Tables
WACHOVIA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NET INTEREST INCOME SUMMARIES (a)
(a) Certain amounts presented in prior years have been reclassified to conform to
the presentation in 2004.
(b) Yields related to securities and loans exempt from federal and state income taxes are stated on a fully tax-equivalent basis. They are reduced by
the nondeductible portion of interest expense, assuming a federal tax rate of 35 percent
and applicable state taxes rates. Lease financing amounts include related deferred income taxes.
(c) The loan averages are stated net of unearned
income, and the averages include loans on which the accrual of interest has been discontinued.
68
YEAR ENDED 2002 | YEAR ENDED 2001 | YEAR ENDED 2000 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Average |
Average | Average | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest | Rates | Interest | Rates | Interest | Rates | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Average | Income/ | Earned/ | Average | Income/ | Earned/ | Average | Income/ | Earned/ | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Balances | Expense | Paid | Balances | Expense | Paid | Balances | Expense | Paid | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
$ | 3,312 | 63 | 1.90 | % | $ | 2,359 | 92 | 3.92 | % | $ | 1,095 | 54 | 4.93 | % | |||||||||||||||||||||
|
10,702 | 195 | 1.83 | 9,458 | 400 | 4.23 | 7,800 | 447 | 5.73 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
14,774 | 769 | 5.20 | 12,965 | 782 | 6.03 | 11,680 | 828 | 7.10 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
62,142 | 3,924 | 6.32 | 51,681 | 3,626 | 7.02 | 51,751 | 3,816 | 7.37 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
- | - | - | - | - | - | 1,677 | 137 | 8.20 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
59,724 | 2,858 | 4.78 | 56,094 | 4,572 | 8.15 | 53,518 | 4,908 | 9.17 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
5,305 | 217 | 4.10 | 4,726 | 281 | 5.95 | 2,639 | 224 | 8.49 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
18,365 | 942 | 5.13 | 11,466 | 776 | 6.77 | 9,176 | 779 | 8.49 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
7,235 | 762 | 10.54 | 6,548 | 685 | 10.46 | 5,194 | 611 | 11.75 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
6,875 | 239 | 3.48 | 6,109 | 339 | 5.55 | 4,856 | 342 | 7.04 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
97,504 | 5,018 | 5.15 | 84,943 | 6,653 | 7.83 | 75,383 | 6,864 | 9.11 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
41,971 | 2,884 | 6.87 | 39,281 | 3,100 | 7.89 | 41,966 | 3,452 | 8.23 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
3,916 | 183 | 4.66 | 1,000 | 57 | 5.66 | 57 | 6 | 9.84 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
11,061 | 829 | 7.50 | 8,624 | 772 | 8.95 | 9,482 | 965 | 10.18 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
56,948 | 3,896 | 6.84 | 48,905 | 3,929 | 8.03 | 51,505 | 4,423 | 8.59 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
154,452 | 8,914 | 5.77 | 133,848 | 10,582 | 7.91 | 126,888 | 11,287 | 8.89 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
7,401 | 375 | 5.06 | 7,083 | 522 | 7.38 | 7,258 | 714 | 9.83 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
3,388 | 178 | 5.25 | 3,600 | 255 | 7.08 | 3,867 | 350 | 9.04 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
256,171 | 14,418 | 5.63 | 220,994 | 16,259 | 7.36 | 212,016 | 17,633 | 8.32 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
- | 1,432 | 0.56 | - | - | - | - | - | - | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
256,171 | 15,850 | 6.19 | 220,994 | 16,259 | 7.36 | 212,016 | 17,633 | 8.32 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
10,313 | 8,784 | 8,028 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
54,119 | 40,667 | 27,827 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
$ | 320,603 | $ | 270,445 | $ | 247,871 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
49,091 | 464 | 0.95 | 41,979 | 1,012 | 2.41 | 38,518 | 1,169 | 3.03 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
41,711 | 657 | 1.57 | 23,461 | 944 | 4.02 | 15,327 | 654 | 4.27 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
36,492 | 1,442 | 3.95 | 36,037 | 1,941 | 5.39 | 35,519 | 1,966 | 5.53 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
7,323 | 131 | 1.78 | 7,318 | 294 | 4.01 | 8,780 | 514 | 5.85 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
7,285 | 153 | 2.10 | 11,916 | 553 | 4.64 | 14,115 | 966 | 6.85 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
141,902 | 2,847 | 2.01 | 120,711 | 4,744 | 3.93 | 112,259 | 5,269 | 4.69 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
32,242 | 558 | 1.73 | 28,055 | 1,364 | 4.86 | 30,997 | 1,893 | 6.11 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
3,063 | 34 | 1.10 | 2,912 | 112 | 3.84 | 2,882 | 173 | 6.00 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
6,322 | 155 | 2.45 | 5,256 | 161 | 3.06 | 4,519 | 253 | 5.60 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
2,630 | 27 | 1.04 | 3,539 | 99 | 2.81 | 4,518 | 217 | 4.80 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
38,902 | 1,667 | 4.29 | 38,538 | 1,845 | 4.79 | 34,279 | 2,292 | 6.69 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
225,061 | 5,288 | 2.35 | 199,011 | 8,325 | 4.18 | 189,454 | 10,097 | 5.33 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
- | 389 | 0.17 | - | - | - | - | - | - | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
225,061 | 5,677 | 2.52 | 199,011 | 8,325 | 4.18 | 189,454 | 10,097 | 5.33 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
38,972 | 30,796 | 28,784 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
26,178 | 20,417 | 14,092 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
30,392 | 20,221 | 15,541 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
$ | 320,603 | $ | 270,445 | $ | 247,871 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
$ | 15,850 | 6.19 | % | $ | 16,259 | 7.36 | % | $ | 17,633 | 8.32 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
5,677 | 2.22 | 8,325 | 3.77 | 10,097 | 4.77 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
$ | 10,173 | 3.97 | % | $ | 7,934 | 3.59 | % | $ | 7,536 | 3.55 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
(d) Tax-equivalent adjustments included in trading account assets, securities,
commercial, financial and agricultural loans, and lease financing are (in
millions): $92, $113, $40 and $5, respectively, in 2004; $90, $118, $40 and $8,
respectively, in 2003; and $58, $106, $45 and $9, respectively, in 2002. (e) The
rates earned and the rates paid on risk management derivatives are based on
off-balance sheet notional amounts. The fair value of these instruments is
included in other assets and other liabilities.
69
Managements Report
WACHOVIA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
MANAGEMENTS REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING
Management of Wachovia Corporation and subsidiaries (the Company) is responsible for establishing and maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting. Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
Under the supervision and with the participation of management, including the principal executive officer and principal financial officer, the Company conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting based on the framework in Internal Control Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on this evaluation under the framework in Internal Control Integrated Framework, management of the Company has concluded the Company maintained effective internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Securities Exchange Act of 1934 Rules 13a-15(f), as of December 31, 2004.
Internal control over financial reporting cannot provide absolute assurance of achieving financial reporting objectives because of its inherent limitations. Internal control over financial reporting is a process that involves human diligence and compliance and is subject to lapses in judgment and breakdowns resulting from human failures. Internal control over financial reporting can also be circumvented by collusion or improper management override. Because of such limitations, there is a risk that material misstatements may not be prevented or detected on a timely basis by internal control over financial reporting. However, these inherent limitations are known features of the financial reporting process. Therefore, it is possible to design into the process safeguards to reduce, though not eliminate, this risk.
Management is also responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of the consolidated financial statements and other financial information contained in this report. The accompanying consolidated financial statements were prepared in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles and include, as necessary, best estimates and judgments by management.
KPMG LLP, an independent, registered public accounting firm, has audited the Companys
consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2004, and the
Companys assertion as to the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of
December 31, 2004, as stated in their reports, which are included herein.
70
Robert P. Kelly
Senior Executive Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer
Independent Auditors Report
WACHOVIA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
The Board of Directors and Stockholders
Wachovia Corporation
We have audited managements assessment, included in the accompanying Wachovia Corporation and Subsidiaries: Managements Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting, that Wachovia Corporation maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2004, based on criteria established in Internal ControlIntegrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Wachovia Corporations management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on managements assessment and an opinion on the effectiveness of the Companys internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, evaluating managements assessment, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
A companys internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A companys internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the companys assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
In our opinion, managements assessment that Wachovia Corporation maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2004, is fairly stated, in all material respects, based on criteria established in Internal ControlIntegrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Also, in our opinion, Wachovia Corporation maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2004, based on criteria established in Internal ControlIntegrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of Wachovia Corporation and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2004 and 2003, and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in stockholders equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2004, and our report dated February 18, 2005, expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.
Charlotte, North Carolina
February 18, 2005
71
Independent Auditors Report
WACHOVIA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
Board of Directors and Stockholders
Wachovia Corporation
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Wachovia Corporation and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2004 and 2003, and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in stockholders equity and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2004. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Companys management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Wachovia Corporation and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2004 and 2003, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2004, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the effectiveness of Wachovia Corporations internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2004, based on criteria established in Internal ControlIntegrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO), and our report dated February 18, 2005, expressed an unqualified opinion on managements assessment of, and the effective operation of, internal control over financial reporting.
Charlotte, North Carolina
February 18, 2005
72
Audited Financial Statements
WACHOVIA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
December 31, | ||||||||
(In millions, except per share data) | 2004 | 2003 | ||||||
ASSETS
|
||||||||
Cash and due from banks
|
$ | 11,714 | 11,479 | |||||
Interest-bearing bank balances
|
4,441 | 2,308 | ||||||
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements
(carrying amount of collateral held $10,394 at December 31, 2004, $3,585 repledged) |
22,436 | 24,725 | ||||||
Total cash and cash equivalents
|
38,591 | 38,512 | ||||||
Trading account assets
|
45,932 | 34,714 | ||||||
Securities (amortized cost $108,835 in 2004; $98,268 in 2003)
|
110,597 | 100,445 | ||||||
Loans, net of unearned income ($9,699 in 2004; $10,021 in 2003)
|
223,840 | 165,571 | ||||||
Allowance for loan losses
|
(2,757 | ) | (2,348 | ) | ||||
Loans, net
|
221,083 | 163,223 | ||||||
Loans held for sale
|
12,988 | 12,625 | ||||||
Premises and equipment
|
5,268 | 4,619 | ||||||
Due from customers on acceptances
|
718 | 854 | ||||||
Goodwill
|
21,526 | 11,149 | ||||||
Other intangible assets
|
1,581 | 1,243 | ||||||
Other assets
|
35,040 | 33,804 | ||||||
Total assets
|
$ | 493,324 | 401,188 | |||||
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY
|
||||||||
Deposits
|
||||||||
Noninterest-bearing deposits
|
64,197 | 48,683 | ||||||
Interest-bearing deposits
|
230,856 | 172,542 | ||||||
Total deposits
|
295,053 | 221,225 | ||||||
Short-term borrowings
|
63,406 | 71,290 | ||||||
Bank acceptances outstanding
|
755 | 876 | ||||||
Trading account liabilities
|
21,709 | 19,184 | ||||||
Other liabilities
|
15,507 | 16,945 | ||||||
Long-term debt
|
46,759 | 36,730 | ||||||
Total liabilities
|
443,189 | 366,250 | ||||||
Minority interest in net assets of consolidated subsidiaries
|
2,818 | 2,510 | ||||||
STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY
|
||||||||
Preferred stock, Class A, 40 million shares, no par value; 10 million shares,
no par value; none issued
|
- | - | ||||||
Dividend Equalization Preferred shares, no par value, outstanding 97 million
shares in 2004 and in 2003
|
- | - | ||||||
Common stock, $3.33-1/3 par value; authorized 3 billion shares, outstanding
1.588 billion shares in 2004; 1.312 billion shares in 2003
|
5,294 | 4,374 | ||||||
Paid-in capital
|
31,120 | 17,811 | ||||||
Retained earnings
|
10,178 | 8,904 | ||||||
Accumulated other comprehensive income, net
|
725 | 1,339 | ||||||
Total stockholders equity
|
47,317 | 32,428 | ||||||
Total liabilities and stockholders equity
|
$ | 493,324 | 401,188 | |||||
See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
73
Audited Financial Statements
WACHOVIA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
Years Ended December 31, | ||||||||||||
(In millions, except per share data) | 2004 | 2003 | 2002 | |||||||||
INTEREST INCOME
|
||||||||||||
Interest and fees on loans
|
$ | 9,858 | 9,507 | 10,296 | ||||||||
Interest and dividends on securities
|
4,639 | 3,828 | 3,675 | |||||||||
Trading account interest
|
1,147 | 724 | 711 | |||||||||
Other interest income
|
1,644 | 1,021 | 950 | |||||||||
Total interest income
|
17,288 | 15,080 | 15,632 | |||||||||
INTEREST EXPENSE
|
||||||||||||
Interest on deposits
|
2,853 | 2,360 | 3,430 | |||||||||
Interest on short-term borrowings
|
1,503 | 1,219 | 1,105 | |||||||||
Interest on long-term debt
|
971 | 894 | 1,142 | |||||||||
Total interest expense
|
5,327 | 4,473 | 5,677 | |||||||||
Net interest income
|
11,961 | 10,607 | 9,955 | |||||||||
Provision for credit losses
|
257 | 586 | 1,479 | |||||||||
Net interest income after provision for credit losses
|
11,704 | 10,021 | 8,476 | |||||||||
FEE AND OTHER INCOME
|
||||||||||||
Service charges
|
1,978 | 1,731 | 1,698 | |||||||||
Other banking fees
|
1,226 | 1,017 | 962 | |||||||||
Commissions
|
2,601 | 2,318 | 1,742 | |||||||||
Fiduciary and asset management fees
|
2,772 | 2,345 | 1,888 | |||||||||
Advisory, underwriting and other investment banking fees
|
911 | 787 | 681 | |||||||||
Trading account profits (losses)
|
35 | 110 | (71 | ) | ||||||||
Principal investing
|
261 | (139 | ) | (266 | ) | |||||||
Securities gains (losses)
|
(10 | ) | 45 | 169 | ||||||||
Other income
|
1,005 | 1,268 | 1,087 | |||||||||
Total fee and other income
|
10,779 | 9,482 | 7,890 | |||||||||
NONINTEREST EXPENSE
|
||||||||||||
Salaries and employee benefits
|
8,703 | 7,708 | 6,597 | |||||||||
Occupancy
|
947 | 851 | 786 | |||||||||
Equipment
|
1,052 | 1,021 | 946 | |||||||||
Advertising
|
193 | 160 | 80 | |||||||||
Communications and supplies
|
620 | 598 | 545 | |||||||||
Professional and consulting fees
|
548 | 460 | 421 | |||||||||
Other intangible amortization
|
431 | 518 | 628 | |||||||||
Merger-related and restructuring expenses
|
444 | 443 | 387 | |||||||||
Sundry expense
|
1,728 | 1,521 | 1,303 | |||||||||
Total noninterest expense
|
14,666 | 13,280 | 11,693 | |||||||||
Minority interest in income of consolidated subsidiaries
|
184 | 143 | 6 | |||||||||
Income before income taxes and cumulative effect of a change in
accounting principle
|
7,633 | 6,080 | 4,667 | |||||||||
Income taxes
|
2,419 | 1,833 | 1,088 | |||||||||
Income before cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle
|
5,214 | 4,247 | 3,579 | |||||||||
Cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle, net of income taxes
|
- | 17 | - | |||||||||
Net income
|
5,214 | 4,264 | 3,579 | |||||||||
Dividends on preferred stock
|
- | 5 | 19 | |||||||||
Net income available to common stockholders
|
$ | 5,214 | 4,259 | 3,560 | ||||||||
PER COMMON SHARE DATA
|
||||||||||||
Basic
|
||||||||||||
Income before change in accounting principle
|
$ | 3.87 | 3.20 | 2.62 | ||||||||
Net income
|
3.87 | 3.21 | 2.62 | |||||||||
Diluted
|
||||||||||||
Income before change in accounting principle
|
3.81 | 3.17 | 2.60 | |||||||||
Net income
|
3.81 | 3.18 | 2.60 | |||||||||
Cash dividends
|
$ | 1.66 | 1.25 | 1.00 | ||||||||
AVERAGE COMMON SHARES
|
||||||||||||
Basic
|
1,346 | 1,325 | 1,356 | |||||||||
Diluted
|
1,370 | 1,340 | 1,369 | |||||||||
See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
74
WACHOVIA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY
Years Ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Accumulated | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Preferred Shares | Common Stock | Paid-in | Retained | Comprehensive | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(In millions) | Shares | Amount | Shares | Amount | Capital | Earnings | Income, Net | Total | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Balance, December 31, 2001
|
96 | $ | 17 | 1,362 | $ | 4,539 | 17,911 | 5,551 | 437 | 28,455 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Comprehensive income
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net income
|
- | - | - | - | - | 3,579 | - | 3,579 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net unrealized gains, net of
reclassification
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
adjustments on
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Debt and equity securities
|
- | - | - | - | - | - | 1,244 | 1,244 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Derivative financial instruments
|
- | - | - | - | - | - | 454 | 454 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total comprehensive income
|
- | - | - | - | - | 3,579 | 1,698 | 5,277 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Preferred shares issued
|
1 | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Purchases of common stock
|
- | - | (15 | ) | (51 | ) | (210 | ) | (413 | ) | - | (674 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||
Common stock issued for
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Stock options and restricted stock
|
- | - | 9 | 31 | 177 | - | - | 208 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Acquisitions
|
- | - | 1 | 5 | 46 | - | - | 51 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Deferred compensation, net
|
- | - | - | - | 146 | - | - | 146 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Cash dividends
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Preferred shares
|
- | (17 | ) | - | - | - | (2 | ) | - | (19 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||
Common at $1.00 per share
|
- | - | - | - | - | (1,366 | ) | - | (1,366 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Balance, December 31, 2002
|
97 | - | 1,357 | 4,524 | 18,070 | 7,349 | 2,135 | 32,078 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Comprehensive income
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net income
|
- | - | - | - | - | 4,264 | - | 4,264 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net unrealized losses, net of
reclassification adjustments on
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Debt and equity securities
|
- | - | - | - | - | - | (301 | ) | (301 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Derivative financial instruments
|
- | - | - | - | - | - | (495 | ) | (495 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Total comprehensive income
|
- | - | - | - | - | 4,264 | (796 | ) | 3,468 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Purchases of common stock
|
- | - | (59 | ) | (195 | ) | (799 | ) | (1,263 | ) | - | (2,257 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||
Common stock issued for
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Stock options and restricted stock
|
- | - | 14 | 45 | 417 | - | - | 462 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Gain on subsidiary issuance of stock
|
- | - | - | - | - | 224 | - | 224 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Deferred compensation, net
|
- | - | - | - | 123 | - | - | 123 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Cash dividends
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Preferred shares
|
- | - | - | - | - | (5 | ) | - | (5 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Common at $1.25 per share
|
- | - | - | - | - | (1,665 | ) | - | (1,665 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Balance, December 31, 2003
|
97 | - | 1,312 | 4,374 | 17,811 | 8,904 | 1,339 | 32,428 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Comprehensive income
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net income
|
- | - | - | - | - | 5,214 | - | 5,214 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Minimum pension liability
|
- | - | - | - | - | - | (65 | ) | (65 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Net unrealized losses, net of
reclassification
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
adjustments on
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Debt and equity securities
|
- | - | - | - | - | - | (245 | ) | (245 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Derivative financial instruments
|
- | - | - | - | - | - | (304 | ) | (304 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Total comprehensive income
|
- | - | - | - | - | 5,214 | (614 | ) | 4,600 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Purchases of common stock
|
- | - | (47 | ) | (159 | ) | (651 | ) | (1,547 | ) | - | (2,357 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||
Common stock issued for
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Stock options and restricted stock
|
- | - | 25 | 85 | 890 | - | - | 975 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Acquisitions
|
- | - | 298 | 994 | 13,006 | - | - | 14,000 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Deferred income taxes on subsidiary stock
|
- | - | - | - | - | (87 | ) | - | (87 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Deferred compensation, net
|
- | - | - | - | 64 | - | - | 64 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Cash dividends
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Common at $1.66 per share
|
- | - | - | - | - | (2,306 | ) | - | (2,306 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Balance, December 31, 2004
|
97 | $ | - | 1,588 | $ | 5,294 | 31,120 | 10,178 | 725 | 47,317 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
75
Audited Financial Statements
WACHOVIA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
Years Ended December 31, | ||||||||||||
(In millions) | 2004 | 2003 | 2002 | |||||||||
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
|
||||||||||||
Net income
|
$ | 5,214 | 4,264 | 3,579 | ||||||||
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided (used)
by operating activities
|
||||||||||||
Cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle
|
- | (17 | ) | - | ||||||||
Accretion and amortization of securities discounts and premiums, net
|
191 | 317 | 59 | |||||||||
Provision for credit losses
|
257 | 586 | 1,479 | |||||||||
Securitization transactions
|
(113 | ) | (377 | ) | (410 | ) | ||||||
Gain on sale of mortgage servicing rights
|
(34 | ) | (96 | ) | (65 | ) | ||||||
Securities transactions
|
10 | (45 | ) | (169 | ) | |||||||
Depreciation and other amortization
|
1,415 | 1,484 | 1,611 | |||||||||
Deferred income taxes
|
(1,534 | ) | 642 | 918 | ||||||||
Trading account assets, net
|
(11,071 | ) | (860 | ) | (7,769 | ) | ||||||
Mortgage loans held for resale
|
(843 | ) | 1,670 | (299 | ) | |||||||
Loss on sales of premises and equipment
|
101 | 75 | 12 | |||||||||
Loan held for sale, net
|
(3,513 | ) | (6,613 | ) | 1,751 | |||||||
Contribution to qualified pension plan
|
(279 | ) | (418 | ) | (703 | ) | ||||||
Other assets, net
|
559 | (860 | ) | 18 | ||||||||
Trading account liabilities, net
|
2,464 | (3,716 | ) | 5,546 | ||||||||
Minority interest acquired
|
- | 300 | 444 | |||||||||
Other liabilities, net
|
(678 | ) | (2,094 | ) | (5,498 | ) | ||||||
Net cash provided (used) by operating activities
|
(7,854 | ) | (5,758 | ) | 504 | |||||||
INVESTING ACTIVITIES
|
||||||||||||
Increase (decrease) in cash realized from
|
||||||||||||
Sales of securities
|
55,393 | 22,990 | 30,179 | |||||||||
Maturities of securities
|
29,834 | 29,862 | 17,557 | |||||||||
Purchases of securities
|
(89,110 | ) | (74,841 | ) | (56,536 | ) | ||||||
Origination of loans, net
|
(12,236 | ) | (2,741 | ) | (3,188 | ) | ||||||
Sales of premises and equipment
|
580 | 812 | 750 | |||||||||
Purchases of premises and equipment
|
(960 | ) | (1,149 | ) | (720 | ) | ||||||
Goodwill and other intangible assets
|
(471 | ) | (162 | ) | (154 | ) | ||||||
Purchase of bank-owned separate account life insurance
|
(372 | ) | (251 | ) | (804 | ) | ||||||
Cash equivalents acquired, net of purchases of banking organizations
|
1,110 | 8,177 | (81 | ) | ||||||||
Net cash used by investing activities
|
(16,232 | ) | (17,303 | ) | (12,997 | ) | ||||||
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
|
||||||||||||
Increase (decrease) in cash realized from
|
||||||||||||
Increase in deposits, net
|
36,727 | 29,707 | 4,065 | |||||||||
Securities sold under repurchase agreements and other short-term borrowings, net
|
(12,031 | ) | 13,488 | 2,708 | ||||||||
Issuances of long-term debt
|
8,495 | 2,374 | 5,518 | |||||||||
Payments of long-term debt
|
(5,079 | ) | (5,306 | ) | (7,589 | ) | ||||||
Issuances of common stock, net
|
716 | 301 | 75 | |||||||||
Purchases of common stock
|
(2,357 | ) | (2,257 | ) | (674 | ) | ||||||
Cash dividends paid
|
(2,306 | ) | (1,670 | ) | (1,385 | ) | ||||||
Net cash provided by financing activities
|
24,165 | 36,637 | 2,718 | |||||||||
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
|
79 | 13,576 | (9,775 | ) | ||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year
|
38,512 | 24,936 | 34,711 | |||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year
|
$ | 38,591 | 38,512 | 24,936 | ||||||||
CASH PAID FOR
|
||||||||||||
Interest
|
$ | 5,207 | 4,241 | 6,067 | ||||||||
Income taxes
|
3,954 | 1,055 | 568 | |||||||||
NONCASH ITEMS
|
||||||||||||
Transfer to securities from loans resulting from securitizations
|
213 | - | 4,167 | |||||||||
Transfer to securities from loans held for sale resulting from securitizations
|
- | - | 2,246 | |||||||||
Transfer to loans from securities resulting from terminated securitizations
|
980 | - | - | |||||||||
Transfer to loans held for sale from securities resulting from terminated securitizations
|
3,918 | - | - | |||||||||
Transfer to loans held for sale from loans, net
|
(8,558 | ) | (248 | ) | (1,553 | ) | ||||||
Issuance of common stock for purchase accounting merger
|
$ | 14,000 | - | 51 | ||||||||
See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
76
WACHOVIA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTE 1: SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
GENERAL
77
DECEMBER 31, 2004, 2003 AND 2002
Audited Financial Statements
On a quarterly basis, the Company makes an assessment to determine whether there have been any events or economic circumstances to indicate that a security on which there is an unrealized loss is impaired on an other-than-temporary basis. The Company considers many factors including the severity and duration of the impairment; the intent and ability of the Company to hold the security for a period of time sufficient for a recovery in value; recent events specific to the issuer or industry; and for debt securities, external credit ratings and recent downgrades. Securities on which there is an unrealized loss that is deemed to be other-than-temporary are written down to fair value with the write-down recorded as a realized loss in securities gains (losses).
78
At inception of a hedge transaction, the Company formally documents the hedge relationship and the risk management objective and strategy for undertaking the hedge. This process includes identification of the hedging instrument, hedged item, risk being hedged and the methodology for measuring ineffectiveness. In addition, the Company assesses, both at the inception of the hedge and on an ongoing quarterly basis, whether the derivative in the hedging transaction has been highly effective in offsetting changes in fair value or cash flows of the hedged item, and whether the derivative is expected to continue to be highly effective. The Company discontinues hedge accounting prospectively when either it is determined that the derivative is no longer highly effective in offsetting changes in the fair value or cash flows of a hedged item; the derivative expires or is sold, terminated or exercised; the derivative is de-designated because it is unlikely that a forecasted transaction will occur; or management determines designation of the derivative as a hedging instrument is no longer appropriate.
79
Audited Financial Statements
The Company employs a variety of modeling and estimation tools for measuring credit risk, which are used in developing an appropriate allowance for loan losses and reserve for unfunded lending commitments. The allowance for loan losses consists of formula-based components for both the commercial and consumer portfolios, each of which includes an adjustment for historical loss variability, a reserve for impaired commercial loans and an unallocated component.
80
OTHER
81
Audited Financial Statements
The effect on net income available to common stockholders and earnings per share as if the
fair value method had been applied to all outstanding and unvested awards for each of the years in
the three-year period ended December 31, 2004, is presented below.
Years Ended December 31,
(In millions, except per share data)
2004
2003
2002
$
5,214
4,259
3,560
85
66
38
(119
)
(133
)
(106
)
$
5,180
4,192
3,492
$
3.87
3.21
2.62
3.85
3.16
2.57
3.81
3.18
2.60
$
3.78
3.13
2.55
For restricted stock, which generally vests based on continued service with the Company, the deferred compensation is measured as the fair value of the shares on the date of grant, and the deferred compensation is amortized as salaries and employee benefits expense in the results of operations in accordance with the applicable vesting schedule, generally straight-line over three years to five years.
82
NOTE 2: BUSINESS COMBINATIONS
On June 21, 2004, the Company announced the signing of a definitive merger agreement with SouthTrust Corporation (SouthTrust), and the merger was completed on November 1, 2004. The terms of this transaction called for the Company to exchange 0.89 shares of its common stock for each share of SouthTrust common stock. Based on the Companys average of the closing prices for a period beginning two trading days before the announcement of the merger and ending two days after the merger announcement of $45.86 ($40.82 for each share of SouthTrust common stock), the transaction is valued at $14.0 billion.
83
Audited Financial Statements
PRELIMINARY GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS CREATED
BY THE WACHOVIA/SOUTHTRUST MERGER
(In millions) | 2004 | |||
Purchase price less SouthTrust ending tangible
stockholders equity as of November 1, 2004
|
$ | 10,048 | ||
Fair value purchase accounting adjustments (a)
|
||||
Financial assets, including securities, loans and loans held for sale
|
(69 | ) | ||
Premises and equipment
|
98 | |||
Employee benefit plans
|
99 | |||
Financial liabilities, including deposits and long-term debt
|
275 | |||
Other
|
27 | |||
Total pre-tax fair value purchase accounting adjustments
|
430 | |||
Deferred income taxes
|
(163 | ) | ||
Total after-tax fair value purchase accounting adjustments
|
267 | |||
Exit cost purchase accounting adjustments (b)
|
||||
Personnel and employee termination benefits
|
168 | |||
Write-up of fair value on regulatory-mandated branch sales
|
(129 | ) | ||
Other
|
21 | |||
Total pre-tax exit costs
|
60 | |||
Deferred income taxes
|
17 | |||
Total after-tax exit cost purchase accounting adjustments
|
77 | |||
Total purchase intangibles
|
10,392 | |||
Deposit base intangible
|
662 | |||
Other identifiable intangibles
|
78 | |||
Total deposit base and other identifiable intangibles
|
740 | |||
Deferred income taxes
|
(285 | ) | ||
Preliminary goodwill
|
$ | 9,937 | ||
(a) These adjustments represent fair value adjustments in compliance with business combination
accounting standards and adjust assets and liabilities of SouthTrust to their respective fair
values as of November 1, 2004.
(b) These adjustments represent incremental costs relating to combining the two companies and are
specifically attributable to SouthTrust.
84
WACHOVIA/PRUDENTIAL FINANCIAL, INC. TRANSACTION
85
Audited Financial Statements
NOTE 3: TRADING ACCOUNT ASSETS AND LIABILITIES
December 31, | ||||||||
(In millions) | 2004 | 2003 | ||||||
TRADING ACCOUNT ASSETS
|
||||||||
U. S. Treasury securities
|
$ | 2,768 | 1,460 | |||||
U. S. Government agency securities
|
3,799 | 3,653 | ||||||
State, county and municipal securities
|
868 | 734 | ||||||
Mortgage-backed securities
|
7,486 | 4,009 | ||||||
Other asset-backed securities
|
5,860 | 4,748 | ||||||
Corporate bonds and debentures
|
5,745 | 3,977 | ||||||
Derivative financial instruments
|
10,658 | 11,859 | ||||||
Sundry
|
8,748 | 4,274 | ||||||
Total trading account assets
|
$ | 45,932 | 34,714 | |||||
TRADING ACCOUNT LIABILITIES
|
||||||||
Securities sold short
|
12,258 | 8,654 | ||||||
Derivative financial instruments
|
9,451 | 10,530 | ||||||
Total trading account liabilities
|
$ | 21,709 | 19,184 | |||||
86
NOTE 4: SECURITIES
December 31, 2004 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Average | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
1 Year | 1-5 | 5-10 | After 10 | Gross Unrealized | Amortized | Maturity | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(In millions) | or Less | Years | Years | Years | Total | Gains | Losses | Cost | in Years | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
MARKET VALUE
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
U.S. Treasury
|
$ | 216 | 457 | 140 | 164 | 977 | 2 | 3 | 978 | 4.83 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
U.S. Government agencies
|
319 | 51,777 | 14,805 | 14 | 66,915 | 596 | 135 | 66,454 | 4.49 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Asset-backed
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Residual interests
from securitizations
|
- | 434 | 460 | - | 894 | 254 | 4 | 644 | 5.05 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Retained bonds
from securitizations
|
289 | 2,716 | 251 | - | 3,256 | 35 | 1 | 3,222 | 3.85 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Collateralized mortgage
obligations
|
241 | 4,754 | 615 | 71 | 5,681 | 56 | 16 | 5,641 | 3.50 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Commercial
mortgage-backed
|
33 | 4,291 | 3,949 | - | 8,273 | 486 | 7 | 7,794 | 5.49 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other
|
3,785 | 800 | 54 | - | 4,639 | 15 | 1 | 4,625 | 1.10 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
State, county and municipal
|
102 | 372 | 457 | 2,864 | 3,795 | 243 | 5 | 3,557 | 16.82 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Sundry
|
526 | 7,483 | 5,111 | 3,047 | 16,167 | 265 | 18 | 15,920 | 6.82 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total market value
|
$ | 5,511 | 73,084 | 25,842 | 6,160 | 110,597 | 1,952 | 190 | 108,835 | 5.08 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
MARKET VALUE
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Debt securities
|
$ | 5,511 | 73,084 | 25,842 | 4,584 | 109,021 | 1,908 | 184 | 107,297 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Equity securities
|
- | - | - | 1,576 | 1,576 | 44 | 6 | 1,538 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total market value
|
$ | 5,511 | 73,084 | 25,842 | 6,160 | 110,597 | 1,952 | 190 | 108,835 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
AMORTIZED COST
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Debt securities
|
$ | 5,482 | 72,094 | 25,285 | 4,436 | 107,297 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Equity securities
|
- | - | - | 1,538 | 1,538 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total amortized cost
|
$ | 5,482 | 72,094 | 25,285 | 5,974 | 108,835 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
WEIGHTED AVERAGE YIELD
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
U.S. Treasury
|
2.16 | % | 2.91 | 4.32 | 2.40 | 2.86 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
U.S. Government agencies
|
4.87 | 4.97 | 5.11 | 5.22 | 5.00 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Asset-backed
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Residual interests
from securitizations
|
- | 15.25 | 20.21 | - | 17.23 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Retained bonds
from securitizations
|
7.41 | 3.45 | 3.33 | - | 3.79 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Collateralized mortgage
obligations
|
5.79 | 4.63 | 4.39 | 5.04 | 4.66 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Commercial
mortgage-backed
|
3.12 | 6.41 | 5.29 | - | 5.85 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other
|
3.31 | 6.39 | 3.82 | - | 3.84 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
State, county and
municipal
|
8.63 | 9.36 | 8.95 | 7.12 | 7.58 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Sundry
|
4.20 | 4.46 | 4.72 | 5.64 | 4.76 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Consolidated
|
3.85 | % | 5.00 | 5.23 | 6.21 | 5.06 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
87
Audited Financial Statements
December 31, 2003 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Average | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
1 Year | 1-5 | 5-10 | After 10 | Gross Unrealized | Amortized | Maturity | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(In millions) | or Less | Years | Years | Years | Total | Gains | Losses | Cost | in Years | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
MARKET VALUE
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
U.S. Treasury
|
$ | 105 | 630 | - | 2 | 737 | 3 | - | 734 | 2.12 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
U.S. Government agencies
|
251 | 29,544 | 17,014 | - | 46,809 | 664 | 172 | 46,317 | 4.13 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Asset-backed
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Residual interests
from securitizations
|
29 | 474 | 501 | 48 | 1,052 | 369 | - | 683 | 4.94 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Retained bonds
from securitizations
|
501 | 6,328 | 2,127 | 9 | 8,965 | 278 | 2 | 8,689 | 3.37 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Collateralized mortgage
obligations
|
2,409 | 9,197 | 545 | - | 12,151 | 79 | 38 | 12,110 | 2.96 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Commercial
mortgage-backed
|
- | 4,222 | 4,319 | 40 | 8,581 | 621 | 14 | 7,974 | 5.73 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other
|
3,665 | 2,944 | 73 | 14 | 6,696 | 20 | 3 | 6,679 | 1.64 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
State, county and municipal
|
56 | 324 | 509 | 2,289 | 3,178 | 245 | 1 | 2,934 | 16.72 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Sundry
|
509 | 6,227 | 2,508 | 3,032 | 12,276 | 197 | 69 | 12,148 | 7.70 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total market value
|
$ | 7,525 | 59,890 | 27,596 | 5,434 | 100,445 | 2,476 | 299 | 98,268 | 4.64 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
MARKET VALUE
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Debt securities
|
$ | 7,525 | 59,890 | 27,596 | 3,961 | 98,972 | 2,421 | 294 | 96,845 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Equity securities
|
- | - | - | 1,473 | 1,473 | 55 | 5 | 1,423 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total market value
|
$ | 7,525 | 59,890 | 27,596 | 5,434 | 100,445 | 2,476 | 299 | 98,268 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
AMORTIZED COST
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Debt securities
|
$ | 7,397 | 58,647 | 26,985 | 3,816 | 96,845 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Equity securities
|
- | - | - | 1,423 | 1,423 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total amortized cost
|
$ | 7,397 | 58,647 | 26,985 | 5,239 | 98,268 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
WEIGHTED AVERAGE YIELD
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
U.S. Treasury
|
0.95 | % | 2.22 | - | 5.13 | 2.05 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
U.S. Government agencies
|
6.78 | 4.84 | 5.24 | - | 5.00 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Asset-backed
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Residual interests
from securitizations
|
- | 49.34 | 19.33 | 14.29 | 34.13 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Retained bonds
from securitizations
|
7.23 | 5.15 | 1.85 | 13.94 | 4.47 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Collateralized mortgage
obligations
|
3.96 | 2.56 | 3.76 | - | 2.89 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Commercial
mortgage-backed
|
- | 5.77 | 5.64 | 4.10 | 5.70 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other
|
2.38 | 3.13 | 5.68 | 0.27 | 2.74 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
State, county and municipal
|
7.78 | 9.24 | 9.54 | 7.60 | 8.06 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Sundry
|
6.48 | 4.98 | 5.50 | 5.55 | 5.29 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Consolidated
|
3.63 | % | 4.77 | 5.24 | 6.45 | 4.90 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
88
At December 31, 2004 and 2003, all securities not classified as trading were classified as available for sale.
The gross unrealized losses at December 31, 2004, principally related to U.S. Government agencies, were primarily caused by interest rate changes. The Company has reviewed these securities in accordance with its accounting policy for other-than-temporary impairment, which is discussed in Note 1, and does not consider them other-than-temporarily impaired. Included in equity securities are $161 million of preferred equity securities issued by U.S. Government agencies. The gross unrealized losses on these securities were not significant at December 31, 2004.
89
Audited Financial Statements
NOTE 5: SECURITIZATIONS AND RETAINED BENEFICIAL INTERESTS, VARIABLE INTEREST ENTITIES AND SERVICING ASSETS
SECURITIZATIONS AND RETAINED BENEFICIAL INTERESTS
December 31, | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2004 | 2003 | 2002 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Commercial | Consumer | Auto | Commercial | Consumer | Commercial | Consumer | ||||||||||||||||||||||
(In millions) | Real Estate | Real Estate | Loans | Real Estate | Real Estate | Real Estate | Real Estate | |||||||||||||||||||||
ORIGINAL ECONOMIC ASSUMPTIONS (a)
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Prepayment speed (CPR)
|
- | % | 41.37 | 25.75 | - | 44.54 | - | 39.50 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Weighted average life
|
- | yrs | 4.31 | 2.81 | - | 4.15 | - | 2.02 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Expected credit losses
|
- | % | 0.44 | 1.33 | - | 0.40 | - | 0.32 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Discount rate (b)
|
- | % | 11.00 | 12.00 | - | 11.00 | - | 3.46 | ||||||||||||||||||||
CASH FLOW ACTIVITY
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Proceeds from
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
New securitizations
|
$ | 7,122 | 2,989 | 2,793 | 5,135 | 3,051 | 2,711 | 6,073 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Collections used by trust to
purchase new balances in
revolving securitizations
|
- | 187 | - | - | 561 | - | 1,344 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Service fees received
|
12 | 6 | 5 | 9 | 9 | 9 | 13 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Cash flow received from
retained interests
|
- | 2 | 12 | 1 | 17 | 2 | 1,147 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Servicing advances, net
|
$ | 21 | - | - | 13 | - | 11 | - | ||||||||||||||||||||
(a) There were no beneficial interests in commercial real estate loan securitizations retained in
2004, 2003 and 2002 that were valued using discounted cash flow analyses.
(b) Consumer real estate in 2002 included $2.6 billion of notes discounted at 1.96 percent, $1.5
billion of notes discounted at 5.39 percent and $177 million of residual interests discounted at
9.92 percent.
90
At December 31, 2004, the Company had $2.8 billion of retained interests in consumer real estate loan securitizations valued using prepayment speeds of 18.96 percent to 43.83 percent, expected credit losses of 0.04 percent to 6.35 percent and discount rates of 3.73 percent to 19.30 percent. Adverse changes of 10 percent and 20 percent in the key economic assumptions used to value the retained interests were analyzed. An adverse change of 10 percent and 20 percent in the prepayment speed would result in a decrease in value of $22 million and $55 million, respectively. An adverse change of 10 percent and 20 percent in the expected credit losses would result in a decrease in value of $8 million and $21 million, respectively. An adverse change of 10 percent and 20 percent in the discount rate would result in a decrease in value of $31 million and $61 million, respectively. In addition, the Company has $643 million of retained interests in student loan, small business administration loan, municipal security, corporate debt security and auto loan securitizations for which price sensitivity is insignificant.
December 31, 2004 | December 31, 2003 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Loans Past | Loan | Loans Past | Loan | |||||||||||||||||||||
Due 90 | Losses, | Due 90 | Losses, | |||||||||||||||||||||
(In millions) | Balance | Days (a) | Net | Balance | Days (a) | Net | ||||||||||||||||||
MANAGED LOANS
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Commercial
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Loans held in portfolio
|
$ | 141,226 | 21 | 79 | 107,466 | 29 | 337 | |||||||||||||||||
Securitized loans
|
1,734 | 14 | 9 | 2,001 | 22 | - | ||||||||||||||||||
Loans held for sale
|
2,112 | - | - | 2,574 | - | - | ||||||||||||||||||
Consumer
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Loans held in portfolio
|
92,313 | 501 | 221 | 68,126 | 312 | 315 | ||||||||||||||||||
Securitized loans
|
10,217 | 129 | 59 | 10,555 | 357 | 73 | ||||||||||||||||||
Securitized loans included in securities
|
5,033 | 47 | 19 | 10,905 | 141 | 74 | ||||||||||||||||||
Loans held for sale
|
10,876 | 12 | 25 | 10,051 | 18 | 16 | ||||||||||||||||||
Total managed loans
|
263,511 | 724 | 412 | 211,678 | 879 | 815 | ||||||||||||||||||
Less
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Securitized loans
|
(11,951 | ) | (143 | ) | (68 | ) | (12,556 | ) | (379 | ) | (73 | ) | ||||||||||||
Securitized loans included in securities
|
(5,033 | ) | (47 | ) | (19 | ) | (10,905 | ) | (141 | ) | (74 | ) | ||||||||||||
Loans held for sale
|
(12,988 | ) | (12 | ) | (25 | ) | (12,625 | ) | (18 | ) | (16 | ) | ||||||||||||
Loans held in portfolio
|
$ | 233,539 | 522 | 300 | 175,592 | 341 | 652 | |||||||||||||||||
(a) Includes bankruptcies and foreclosures.
91
Audited Financial Statements
VARIABLE INTEREST ENTITIES
92
NOTE 6: LOANS
Loans at December 31, 2004 and 2003, before unearned income, are presented below.
December 31, | ||||||||
(In millions) | 2004 | 2003 | ||||||
COMMERCIAL
|
||||||||
Commercial, financial and agricultural
|
$ | 75,095 | 55,453 | |||||
Real estate construction and other
|
12,673 | 5,969 | ||||||
Real estate mortgage
|
20,742 | 15,186 | ||||||
Lease financing
|
25,000 | 23,978 | ||||||
Foreign
|
7,716 | 6,880 | ||||||
Total commercial
|
141,226 | 107,466 | ||||||
CONSUMER
|
||||||||
Real estate secured
|
74,161 | 50,726 | ||||||
Student loans
|
10,468 | 8,435 | ||||||
Installment loans
|
7,684 | 8,965 | ||||||
Total consumer
|
92,313 | 68,126 | ||||||
Total loans
|
$ | 233,539 | 175,592 | |||||
The components of the net investment in leveraged leases at December 31, 2004 and 2003, are presented below.
December 31,
(In millions)
2004
2003
$
19,333
19,045
1,992
1,907
(9,338
)
(9,790
)
11,987
11,162
(5,016
)
(6,995
)
$
6,971
4,167
The Company recognized income before income taxes from leveraged leases of $598 million, $606 million and $603 million in 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively, and the related income tax expense was $234 million, $236 million and $236 million in 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively. Future minimum lease receipts relating to direct financing leases, including leveraged leases, were $21.7 billion at December 31, 2004, with $2.6 billion receivable within the next five years. Future minimum lease receipts under noncancelable operating leases was $451 million at December 31, 2004, substantially all of which is receivable over the next five years.
93
Audited Financial Statements
NOTE 7: ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES AND RESERVE FOR UNFUNDED LENDING COMMITMENTS
In 2004, the Company refined the model used for determining certain components of the
allowance for loan losses. The model refinement did not have a material impact on the Companys
recorded allowance for loan losses. Additionally, in 2004, the Company reclassified the reserve for
unfunded lending commitments from the allowance for loan losses to other liabilities. The
reclassifications had no effect on the provision for credit losses as reported. The reclassified
allowance for loan losses for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2004,
is presented below.
Years Ended December 31,
(In millions)
2004
2003
2002
$
2,348
2,604
2,813
290
549
1,110
(31
)
75
357
510
-
-
(60
)
(228
)
(554
)
3,057
3,000
3,726
(526
)
(885
)
(1,289
)
226
233
167
(300
)
(652
)
(1,122
)
$
2,757
2,348
2,604
The reserve for unfunded lending commitments for each of the years in the three-year period
ended December 31, 2004, is presented below.
Years Ended December 31,
(In millions)
2004
2003
2002
$
156
194
182
(2
)
(38
)
12
$
154
156
194
94
NOTE 8: GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS
Changes in the carrying amount of goodwill related to each of the Companys business segments for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2004, are presented below.
December 31, 2004 and 2003 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Corporate | ||||||||||||||||||||
and | ||||||||||||||||||||
General | Capital | Wealth | Investment | |||||||||||||||||
(In millions) | Bank | Management | Management | Bank | Total | |||||||||||||||
Balance, December 31, 2002
|
$ | 6,923 | 1,639 | 525 | 1,793 | 10,880 | ||||||||||||||
Purchase accounting adjustments
|
1 | 10 | 2 | - | 13 | |||||||||||||||
Additions to goodwill
|
- | 232 | - | 24 | 256 | |||||||||||||||
Balance, December 31, 2003
|
6,924 | 1,881 | 527 | 1,817 | 11,149 | |||||||||||||||
Purchase accounting adjustments
|
- | 340 | 17 | (5 | ) | 352 | ||||||||||||||
Additions to goodwill
|
9,191 | 158 | 238 | 438 | 10,025 | |||||||||||||||
Balance, December 31, 2004
|
$ | 16,115 | 2,379 | 782 | 2,250 | 21,526 | ||||||||||||||
At December 31, 2004 and 2003, the Company had $90 million assigned as the carrying amount of its tradename, which based on its indefinite useful life, is not subject to amortization.
December 31, 2004 | December 31, 2003 | |||||||||||||||
Gross | Gross | |||||||||||||||
Carrying | Accumulated | Carrying | Accumulated | |||||||||||||
(In millions) | Amount | Amortization | Amount | Amortization | ||||||||||||
Deposit base
|
$ | 2,782 | 1,734 | 2,532 | 1,775 | |||||||||||
Customer relationships
|
598 | 155 | 494 | 98 | ||||||||||||
Servicing assets
|
1,081 | 373 | 687 | 226 | ||||||||||||
Total
|
$ | 4,461 | 2,262 | 3,713 | 2,099 | |||||||||||
In connection with certain acquisitions in 2004, the Company recorded deposit base intangibles of $662 million, customer relationships of $107 million and servicing assets of $420 million. These intangibles have a weighted average amortization period of 13 years, 9 years and 8 years, respectively. In connection with certain acquisitions in 2003, the Company recorded customer relationship intangibles of $207 million and servicing assets of $247 million. These intangibles have a weighted average amortization period of 19 years and 6 years, respectively.
Years Ended December 31, | ||||||||||||
(In millions) | 2004 | 2003 | 2002 | |||||||||
INTANGIBLE AMORTIZATION
|
||||||||||||
Identified intangible assets
|
||||||||||||
Deposit base
|
$ | 371 | 468 | 596 | ||||||||
Customer relationships
|
60 | 50 | 32 | |||||||||
Total
|
431 | 518 | 628 | |||||||||
Servicing assets
|
162 | 80 | 55 | |||||||||
Total intangible amortization
|
$ | 593 | 598 | 683 | ||||||||
The estimated annual identified intangible assets amortization expense in each of the five years subsequent to December 31, 2004, is as follows (in millions): 2005, $407; 2006, $268; 2007, $160; 2008, $126; and 2009, $101.
95
Audited Financial Statements
NOTE 9: OTHER ASSETS
December 31, | ||||||||
(In millions) | 2004 | 2003 | ||||||
Accounts receivable, including interests in receivables
|
$ | 8,328 | 7,113 | |||||
Customer receivables, including margin loans
|
6,041 | 6,538 | ||||||
Interest and dividends receivable
|
2,702 | 2,388 | ||||||
Bank and corporate-owned life insurance
|
8,728 | 7,354 | ||||||
Equity method investments, including principal investing
|
2,408 | 1,799 | ||||||
Prepaid pension costs
|
2,077 | 1,848 | ||||||
Sundry assets
|
4,756 | 6,764 | ||||||
Total other assets
|
$ | 35,040 | 33,804 | |||||
96
NOTE 10: SHORT-TERM BORROWINGS
Short-term borrowings at December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, and the related maximum amounts outstanding at the end of any month in each of the three years, are presented below.
December 31, | Maximum Outstanding | |||||||||||||||||||||||
(In millions) | 2004 | 2003 | 2002 | 2004 | 2003 | 2002 | ||||||||||||||||||
Federal funds purchased
|
$ | 1,959 | 4,364 | 4,817 | 5,350 | 7,606 | 5,824 | |||||||||||||||||
Securities sold under repurchase agreements
|
43,441 | 48,434 | 30,249 | 50,141 | 51,112 | 30,872 | ||||||||||||||||||
Commercial paper
|
12,111 | 11,424 | 2,642 | 12,778 | 12,403 | 3,995 | ||||||||||||||||||
Other
|
5,895 | 7,068 | 3,465 | 7,104 | 9,279 | 3,464 | ||||||||||||||||||
Total short-term borrowings
|
$ | 63,406 | 71,290 | 41,173 | ||||||||||||||||||||
December 31, | ||||||||||||
2004 | 2003 | 2002 | ||||||||||
WEIGHTED AVERAGE INTEREST RATES
|
||||||||||||
Federal funds purchased and securities sold
under repurchase agreements
|
2.05 | % | 0.78 | 1.34 | ||||||||
Commercial paper
|
2.18 | % | 1.01 | 0.47 | ||||||||
WEIGHTED AVERAGE MATURITIES
(In days)
|
||||||||||||
Federal funds purchased and securities sold
under repurchase agreements
|
28 | 19 | 25 | |||||||||
Commercial paper
|
11 | 10 | 3 | |||||||||
97
Audited Financial Statements
NOTE 11: LONG-TERM DEBT
(a) Not redeemable prior to maturity.
(b) Redeemable in whole or in part at the option of the Parent Company only on certain specified dates.
(c) Redeemable in whole or in part at the option of the holders only on certain specified dates.
(d) Assumed by the Parent Company.
(e) Redeemable in whole or in part at the option of a nonbank subsidiary only on certain specified dates.
(f) Includes $28 million of capitalized leases in the Parent Company.
98
At December 31, 2004, floating rate notes of $6.4 billion had rates of interest ranging from 2.17 percent to 2.84 percent.
99
Audited Financial Statements
NOTE 12: COMMON AND PREFERRED STOCK AND CAPITAL RATIOS
December 31, | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
2004 | 2003 | 2002 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Weighted- | Weighted- | Weighted- | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Average | Average | Average | ||||||||||||||||||||||
(Options and shares in thousands) | Number | Price (a) | Number | Price (a) | Number | Price (a) | ||||||||||||||||||
STOCK OPTIONS
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Options outstanding, beginning of year
|
124,198 | $ | 36.71 | 115,018 | $ | 36.04 | 102,591 | $ | 35.18 | |||||||||||||||
Granted
|
15,534 | 44.71 | 20,983 | 37.49 | 24,238 | 37.96 | ||||||||||||||||||
Options of acquired entities
|
14,909 | 25.12 | - | - | - | - | ||||||||||||||||||
Exercised
|
(17,148 | ) | 31.74 | (10,513 | ) | 28.89 | (6,110 | ) | 24.45 | |||||||||||||||
Expired and forfeited
|
(757 | ) | 45.04 | (1,290 | ) | 53.35 | (5,701 | ) | 40.92 | |||||||||||||||
Options outstanding, end of year
|
136,736 | $ | 36.85 | 124,198 | $ | 36.71 | 115,018 | $ | 36.04 | |||||||||||||||
Options exercisable, end of year
|
99,228 | $ | 35.65 | 81,219 | $ | 36.75 | 63,139 | $ | 36.56 | |||||||||||||||
RESTRICTED STOCK
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unvested shares, beginning of year
|
11,391 | $ | 35.56 | 11,531 | $ | 35.21 | 13,366 | $ | 37.73 | |||||||||||||||
Granted
|
5,980 | 46.45 | 4,919 | 36.75 | 4,924 | 32.44 | ||||||||||||||||||
Vested
|
(4,658 | ) | 35.92 | (4,540 | ) | 36.01 | (5,967 | ) | 38.66 | |||||||||||||||
Expired and forfeited
|
(443 | ) | 40.20 | (519 | ) | 35.07 | (792 | ) | 34.44 | |||||||||||||||
Unvested shares, end of year
|
12,270 | $ | 40.56 | 11,391 | $ | 35.56 | 11,531 | $ | 35.21 | |||||||||||||||
EMPLOYEE STOCK OPTIONS
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Options outstanding, beginning of year
|
19,199 | $ | 46.75 | 20,758 | $ | 46.75 | 22,963 | $ | 46.75 | |||||||||||||||
Exercised
|
(3,818 | ) | 46.75 | - | - | - | - | |||||||||||||||||
Expired and forfeited
|
(15,381 | ) | 46.75 | (1,559 | ) | 46.75 | (2,205 | ) | 46.75 | |||||||||||||||
Options outstanding, end of year
|
- | $ | - | 19,199 | $ | 46.75 | 20,758 | $ | 46.75 | |||||||||||||||
Options exercisable, end of year
|
- | $ | - | 15,527 | $ | 46.75 | 4,867 | $ | 46.75 | |||||||||||||||
(a) The weighted-average price for stock options is the weighted-average exercise price of the options, and for restricted stock, the weighted-average fair value of the stock at the date of grant.
STOCK PLANS
100
The Company also had an employee stock option plan (the 1999 Plan) that expired on September 30, 2004. Under the terms of the 1999 plan, 3.8 million shares of common stock were issued in 2004 and all other options related to the 1999 Plan expired unexercised. Prior to 2004, no common stock was issued under the 1999 Plan.
101
Audited Financial Statements
SHAREHOLDER PROTECTION RIGHTS AGREEMENT
102
NOTE 13: ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME, NET
Comprehensive income is defined as the change in equity from all transactions other than those with stockholders, and it includes net income and other comprehensive income. Accumulated other comprehensive income, net, for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2004, is presented below.
Years Ended December 31, | ||||||||||||
2004, 2003 and 2002 | ||||||||||||
Income Tax | ||||||||||||
Pre-tax | (Expense) | After-tax | ||||||||||
(In millions) | Amount | Benefit | Amount | |||||||||
ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME, NET
|
||||||||||||
Accumulated other comprehensive income, net, December 31, 2001
|
$ | 727 | (290 | ) | 437 | |||||||
Unrealized net holding gain on securities
|
1,954 | (747 | ) | 1,207 | ||||||||
Net gain on cash flow hedge derivatives
|
1,197 | (454 | ) | 743 | ||||||||
Reclassification adjustment for realized gains and losses on securities
|
60 | (23 | ) | 37 | ||||||||
Reclassification adjustment for realized gains and losses on cash flow
hedge derivatives
|
(466 | ) | 177 | (289 | ) | |||||||
Accumulated other comprehensive income, net, December 31, 2002
|
3,472 | (1,337 | ) | 2,135 | ||||||||
Unrealized net holding loss on securities
|
(173 | ) | 92 | (81 | ) | |||||||
Net gain on cash flow hedge derivatives
|
74 | (28 | ) | 46 | ||||||||
Reclassification adjustment for realized gains and losses on securities
|
(355 | ) | 135 | (220 | ) | |||||||
Reclassification adjustment for realized gains and losses on cash flow
hedge derivatives
|
(873 | ) | 332 | (541 | ) | |||||||
Accumulated other comprehensive income, net, December 31, 2003
|
2,145 | (806 | ) | 1,339 | ||||||||
Minimum pension liability
|
(105 | ) | 40 | (65 | ) | |||||||
Unrealized net holding loss on securities
|
(268 | ) | 114 | (154 | ) | |||||||
Net loss on cash flow hedge derivatives
|
(107 | ) | 40 | (67 | ) | |||||||
Reclassification adjustment for realized gains and losses on securities
|
(147 | ) | 56 | (91 | ) | |||||||
Reclassification adjustment for realized gains and losses on cash flow
hedge derivatives
|
(382 | ) | 145 | (237 | ) | |||||||
Accumulated other comprehensive income, net, December 31, 2004
|
$ | 1,136 | (411 | ) | 725 | |||||||
103
Audited Financial Statements
NOTE 14: BUSINESS SEGMENTS
The Company has five operating segments that by virtue of exceeding certain quantitative thresholds are reportable segments. The four core business segments are the General Bank, Capital Management, Wealth Management, the Corporate and Investment Bank, plus the Parent (Parent segment). The Companys Capital Management segment includes 100 percent of the combined retail brokerage entity. The 38 percent minority interest is included in the Parent. Each of these reportable segments offers a different array of products and services.
104
Year Ended December 31, 2004 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Corporate | Merger- | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
and | Related and | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
General | Capital | Wealth | Investment | Restructuring | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
(Dollars in millions) | Bank | Management | Management | Bank | Parent | Expenses (b) | Consolidated | |||||||||||||||||||||
CONSOLIDATED
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net interest income (a)
|
$ | 8,046 | 555 | 506 | 2,441 | 663 | (250 | ) | 11,961 | |||||||||||||||||||
Fee and other income
|
2,431 | 4,948 | 559 | 2,931 | (90 | ) | - | 10,779 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Intersegment revenue
|
168 | (48 | ) | 6 | (128 | ) | 2 | - | - | |||||||||||||||||||
Total revenue (a)
|
10,645 | 5,455 | 1,071 | 5,244 | 575 | (250 | ) | 22,740 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Provision for credit losses
|
315 | - | (1 | ) | (41 | ) | (16 | ) | - | 257 | ||||||||||||||||||
Noninterest expense
|
5,536 | 4,608 | 762 | 2,569 | 747 | 444 | 14,666 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Minority interest
|
- | - | - | - | 297 | (113 | ) | 184 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Income taxes (benefits)
|
1,699 | 307 | 112 | 876 | (447 | ) | (128 | ) | 2,419 | |||||||||||||||||||
Tax-equivalent adjustment
|
41 | 1 | - | 123 | 85 | (250 | ) | - | ||||||||||||||||||||
Net income available to
common stockholders
|
$ | 3,054 | 539 | 198 | 1,717 | (91 | ) | (203 | ) | 5,214 | ||||||||||||||||||
Economic profit
|
$ | 2,331 | 392 | 137 | 1,056 | (99 | ) | - | 3,817 | |||||||||||||||||||
Risk adjusted return on
capital
|
52.67 | % | 40.14 | 46.72 | 32.64 | 6.38 | - | 37.69 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Economic capital, average
|
$ | 5,592 | 1,344 | 383 | 4,878 | 2,107 | - | 14,304 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Cash overhead efficiency
ratio (a)
|
52.01 | % | 84.48 | 71.10 | 48.99 | 54.97 | - | 59.98 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Lending commitments
|
$ | 93,608 | - | 4,830 | 84,052 | 408 | - | 182,898 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Average loans, net
|
128,063 | 278 | 11,273 | 32,125 | 294 | - | 172,033 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Average core deposits
|
$ | 172,471 | 25,951 | 12,319 | 19,058 | 1,809 | - | 231,608 | ||||||||||||||||||||
FTE employees
|
43,388 | 19,579 | 3,833 | 4,763 | 24,467 | - | 96,030 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Year Ended December 31, 2003 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Corporate | Merger- | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
and | Related and | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
General | Capital | Wealth | Investment | Restructuring | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
(Dollars in millions) | Bank | Management | Management | Bank | Parent | Expenses (b) | Consolidated | |||||||||||||||||||||
CONSOLIDATED
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net interest income (a)
|
$ | 7,315 | 249 | 434 | 2,312 | 553 | (256 | ) | 10,607 | |||||||||||||||||||
Fee and other income
|
2,191 | 4,191 | 534 | 2,262 | 304 | - | 9,482 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Intersegment revenue
|
179 | (69 | ) | 6 | (116 | ) | - | - | - | |||||||||||||||||||
Total revenue (a)
|
9,685 | 4,371 | 974 | 4,458 | 857 | (256 | ) | 20,089 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Provision for credit losses
|
470 | - | 12 | 250 | (146 | ) | - | 586 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Noninterest expense
|
5,334 | 3,684 | 722 | 2,335 | 762 | 443 | 13,280 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Minority interest
|
- | - | - | - | 174 | (31 | ) | 143 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Income taxes (benefits)
|
1,377 | 250 | 88 | 570 | (298 | ) | (154 | ) | 1,833 | |||||||||||||||||||
Tax-equivalent adjustment
|
39 | 1 | - | 126 | 90 | (256 | ) | - | ||||||||||||||||||||
Income before cumulative
effect of a change in
accounting principle
|
2,465 | 436 | 152 | 1,177 | 275 | (258 | ) | 4,247 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Cumulative effect of a change
in accounting principle, net
of income taxes
|
- | - | - | - | 17 | - | 17 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Net income
|
2,465 | 436 | 152 | 1,177 | 292 | (258 | ) | 4,264 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Dividends on preferred stock
|
- | - | - | - | 5 | - | 5 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Net income available to
common stockholders
|
$ | 2,465 | 436 | 152 | 1,177 | 287 | (258 | ) | 4,259 | |||||||||||||||||||
Economic profit
|
$ | 1,799 | 324 | 98 | 558 | 227 | - | 3,006 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Risk adjusted return on
capital
|
42.83 | % | 42.84 | 37.16 | 20.79 | 21.00 | - | 31.02 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Economic capital, average
|
$ | 5,651 | 1,018 | 374 | 5,699 | 2,273 | - | 15,015 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Cash overhead efficiency
ratio (a)
|
55.07 | % | 84.28 | 74.22 | 52.37 | 28.39 | - | 60.55 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Lending commitments
|
$ | 65,457 | - | 4,012 | 69,728 | 482 | - | 139,679 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Average loans, net
|
113,867 | 139 | 9,638 | 33,210 | 1,473 | - | 158,327 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Average core deposits
|
$ | 152,720 | 2,788 | 10,922 | 15,395 | 1,297 | - | 183,122 | ||||||||||||||||||||
FTE employees
|
34,552 | 19,937 | 3,791 | 4,317 | 23,517 | - | 86,114 | |||||||||||||||||||||
105
Audited Financial Statements
Year Ended December 31, 2002 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Corporate | Merger- | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
and | Related and | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
General | Capital | Wealth | Investment | Restructuring | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
(Dollars in millions) | Bank | Management | Management | Bank | Parent | Expenses (b) | Consolidated | |||||||||||||||||||||
CONSOLIDATED
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net interest income (a)
|
$ | 6,860 | 162 | 400 | 2,489 | 262 | (218 | ) | 9,955 | |||||||||||||||||||
Fee and other income
|
2,095 | 3,051 | 529 | 1,582 | 633 | - | 7,890 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Intersegment revenue
|
162 | (72 | ) | 5 | (87 | ) | (8 | ) | - | - | ||||||||||||||||||
Total revenue (a)
|
9,117 | 3,141 | 934 | 3,984 | 887 | (218 | ) | 17,845 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Provision for credit losses
|
471 | - | 17 | 993 | (2 | ) | - | 1,479 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Noninterest expense
|
5,120 | 2,556 | 661 | 2,080 | 889 | 387 | 11,693 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Minority interest
|
- | - | - | - | 6 | - | 6 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Income taxes (benefits)
|
1,247 | 214 | 93 | 251 | (573 | ) | (144 | ) | 1,088 | |||||||||||||||||||
Tax-equivalent adjustment
|
40 | - | - | 93 | 85 | (218 | ) | - | ||||||||||||||||||||
Net income
|
2,239 | 371 | 163 | 567 | 482 | (243 | ) | 3,579 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Dividends on preferred stock
|
- | - | - | - | 19 | - | 19 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Net income available to
common stockholders
|
$ | 2,239 | 371 | 163 | 567 | 463 | (243 | ) | 3,560 | |||||||||||||||||||
Economic profit
|
$ | 1,550 | 295 | 113 | 174 | 587 | - | 2,719 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Risk adjusted return on
capital
|
38.31 | % | 53.87 | 42.15 | 13.43 | 35.73 | - | 27.74 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Economic capital, average
|
$ | 5,677 | 689 | 363 | 7,142 | 2,372 | - | 16,243 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Cash overhead efficiency
ratio (a)
|
56.15 | % | 81.38 | 70.77 | 52.21 | 29.40 | - | 59.11 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Lending commitments
|
$ | 57,358 | - | 3,288 | 78,332 | 611 | - | 139,589 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Average loans, net
|
101,632 | 165 | 8,730 | 40,946 | 2,979 | - | 154,452 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Average core deposits
|
$ | 140,489 | 1,343 | 10,031 | 12,824 | 1,579 | - | 166,266 | ||||||||||||||||||||
FTE employees
|
36,521 | 12,648 | 3,694 | 4,131 | 23,874 | - | 80,868 | |||||||||||||||||||||
(a) Tax-equivalent.
(b) See Merger-Related and Restructuring Expenses in Managements Discussion and Analysis for more
information on merger-related and restructuring expenses. Additionally, the tax-equivalent amounts included in each segment are
eliminated herein in order for Total amounts to agree with amounts appearing in the Consolidated
Statements of Income.
106
NOTE 15: PERSONNEL EXPENSE AND RETIREMENT BENEFITS
The Company has a savings plan under which eligible employees are permitted to make contributions to the plan of one percent to 30 percent of eligible compensation. Annually, on approval of the Human Resources and Corporate Relations Director, employee contributions may be matched up to 6 percent of the employees eligible compensation. A 6 percent matching level was in place for each of the periods presented. The first one percent of the Companys matching contribution is made in the Companys common stock. Each employee can immediately elect to liquidate the Companys common stock credited to the employees account by transferring the value of the common stock to any of a number of investment options available within the savings plan. Savings plan expense in 2004, 2003 and 2002 was $208 million, $173 million and $167 million, respectively.
107
Audited Financial Statements
Other Postretirement | ||||||||||||||||
Qualified Pension | Benefits | |||||||||||||||
(Percent) | 2004 | 2003 | 2004 | 2003 | ||||||||||||
EQUITY SECURITIES
|
||||||||||||||||
Wachovia Corporation common stock
|
3 | % | 5 | - | - | |||||||||||
Other equity securities
|
63 | 59 | 5 | 5 | ||||||||||||
Total equity securities
|
66 | 64 | 5 | 5 | ||||||||||||
OTHER SECURITIES
|
||||||||||||||||
Debt securities
|
32 | 30 | 74 | 69 | ||||||||||||
Real estate
|
1 | 1 | - | - | ||||||||||||
Other
|
1 | 5 | 21 | 26 | ||||||||||||
Total
|
100 | % | 100 | 100 | 100 | |||||||||||
The change in benefit obligation and the change in fair value of plan assets related to each of the Qualified Pension, the Nonqualified Pension and the Other Postretirement Benefits using a September 30 measurement date for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2004, is presented below.
108
The expected return on plan assets used in the annual evaluation is established at an amount that reflects the targeted asset allocation and expected returns for each component of the plan assets. The rate is reviewed annually and adjusted as appropriate to reflect changes in expected market performance or in targeted asset allocation ranges. The Companys investment objective relating to Qualified Pension assets is to have a portfolio of assets adequate to support the liability associated with the Qualified Pension defined benefit obligation. The Company uses an asset allocation strategy to achieve this objective, focusing on return objectives over the long-term period associated with the benefit obligation. The current targeted range for asset allocation is 60 percent to 70 percent in equity securities and 30 percent to 40 percent in debt securities and cash. Rebalancing occurs on a periodic basis to maintain the targeted allocation, but normal market activity may result in deviations. While the investment objective is based on the long-term nature of the Qualified Pension, the Company uses certain measurements on rolling five-year periods to assess asset results and manager performance.
109
Audited Financial Statements
Other Postretirement Benefits | ||||||||||||
Years Ended December 31, | ||||||||||||
(In millions) | 2004 | 2003 | 2002 | |||||||||
RETIREMENT BENEFIT COSTS
|
||||||||||||
Service cost
|
$ | 4 | 11 | 13 | ||||||||
Interest cost
|
52 | 55 | 61 | |||||||||
Expected return on plan assets
|
(3 | ) | (6 | ) | (6 | ) | ||||||
Amortization of transition losses
|
- | 3 | 4 | |||||||||
Amortization of prior service cost
|
(8 | ) | (1 | ) | 3 | |||||||
Amortization of actuarial losses
|
8 | 7 | 7 | |||||||||
Special termination benefit cost
|
- | - | 1 | |||||||||
Net retirement benefit costs
|
$ | 53 | 69 | 83 | ||||||||
ASSUMPTIONS USED TO DETERMINE
RETIREMENT BENEFIT COSTS
|
||||||||||||
Discount rate
|
6.25 | % | 6.00-6.75 | 7.25 | ||||||||
Expected return on plan assets
|
3.00 | 3.00 | 6.00 | |||||||||
Weighted average rate of increase in
future compensation levels
|
3.50 | % | 3.50-3.75 | 4.25 | ||||||||
Medical trend rates assumed with respect to Other Postretirement Benefits at the beginning of 2004 were 12.00 percent grading to 5.50 percent (pre-65 years of age) and 14.00 percent grading to 5.50 percent (post-65 years of age); and at the end of 2004 were 11.00 percent grading to 5.50 percent (pre-65 years of age) and 13.00 percent grading to 5.50 percent (post-65 years of age). Medical trend rates assumed with respect to Other Postretirement Benefits at the beginning of 2003 were 9.00 percent grading to 5.50 percent (pre-65 years of age) and 12.00 percent grading to 5.50 percent (post-65 years of age); and at the end of 2003 were 12.00 percent grading to 5.50 percent (pre-65 years of age) and 14.00 percent grading to 5.50 percent (post-65 years of age).
110
NOTE 16: MERGER-RELATED AND RESTRUCTURING EXPENSES
The Company defines restructuring expenses as those costs related to exit or disposal activities generally incurred as part of a business combination. Specifically, restructuring expenses include costs associated with contract termination, including leases and one-time employee termination benefits in excess of ongoing severance plan benefits. In 2002, under then applicable accounting standards, restructuring expenses also included termination benefits under an ongoing severance plan and liabilities that were incurred as part of the Companys commitment to a plan of disposal if the plan met certain criteria, even though commitment to a plan did not, by itself, necessarily result in a liability. To the extent an expense related to a merger did not qualify as a restructuring expense, it was classified as a merger-related expense. Merger-related expenses consist principally of integration costs related to combining operations such as system conversions, and in 2003 and 2004, termination benefits under an ongoing severance plan as well.
111
Audited Financial Statements
112
Components of the 2002 restructuring expenses included employee severance payments and related benefits of $66 million for 1,672 employees who were displaced or notified of their pending termination date as of December 31, 2002. Of the terminated employees in 2002, approximately 20 percent were from the General Bank segment, 10 percent were from the Corporate and Investment Bank segment, 55 percent were from the Parent segment, 9 percent were from the Capital Management segment and 6 percent were from the Wealth Management segment. Through December 31, 2004, substantially all employee termination benefits related to the terminations in 2002 have been paid.
Years Ended December 31, | ||||||||||||
2004, 2003 and 2002 | ||||||||||||
First Union/ | ||||||||||||
Wachovia | ||||||||||||
(In millions) | Merger | Other | Total | |||||||||
RESTRUCTURING ACCRUAL ACTIVITY
|
||||||||||||
Balance, December 31, 2001
|
$ | 63 | 63 | 126 | ||||||||
Restructuring expenses
|
140 | - | 140 | |||||||||
Cash payments
|
(124 | ) | (51 | ) | (175 | ) | ||||||
Noncash write-downs and other adjustments
|
(18 | ) | - | (18 | ) | |||||||
Balance, December 31, 2002
|
61 | 12 | 73 | |||||||||
Cash payments
|
(50 | ) | (3 | ) | (53 | ) | ||||||
Reversal of prior accruals
|
- | (6 | ) | (6 | ) | |||||||
Noncash write-downs and other adjustments
|
(11 | ) | - | (11 | ) | |||||||
Balance, December 31, 2003
|
- | 3 | 3 | |||||||||
Reversal of prior accruals
|
- | (3 | ) | (3 | ) | |||||||
Balance, December 31, 2004
|
$ | - | - | - | ||||||||
113
Audited Financial Statements
NOTE 17: INCOME TAXES
The aggregate amount of income taxes included in the consolidated statements of income and in the consolidated statements of changes in stockholders equity for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2004, is presented below.
Years Ended December 31, | ||||||||||||
(In millions) | 2004 | 2003 | 2002 | |||||||||
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
|
||||||||||||
Income taxes
|
$ | 2,419 | 1,833 | 1,088 | ||||||||
Income taxes related to the cumulative effect of a
change in accounting principle
|
- | 8 | - | |||||||||
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN
STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY
|
||||||||||||
Income taxes related to
|
||||||||||||
Unrealized gains and losses on debt and equity securities
|
(170 | ) | (227 | ) | 770 | |||||||
Unrealized gains and losses on derivative financial instruments
|
(185 | ) | (304 | ) | 277 | |||||||
Unrealized gains and losses on minimum pension liability
|
(40 | ) | - | - | ||||||||
Total
|
$ | 2,024 | 1,310 | 2,135 | ||||||||
The provision for income taxes for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2004,
is presented below.
Years Ended December 31,
(In millions)
2004
2003
2002
$
3,436
956
(159
)
297
68
202
3,733
1,024
43
220
167
127
3,953
1,191
170
(1,507
)
511
949
(27
)
131
(31
)
(1,534
)
642
918
$
2,419
1,833
1,088
The reconciliation of federal income tax rates and amounts to the effective income tax rates and amounts for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2004, follows.
114
Years Ended December 31, | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
2004 | 2003 | 2002 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Percent of | Percent of | Percent of | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Pre-tax | Pre-tax | Pre-tax | ||||||||||||||||||||||
(In millions) | Amount | Income | Amount | Income | Amount | Income | ||||||||||||||||||
Income before income taxes and cumulative
effect of a change in accounting principle
|
$ | 7,633 | $ | 6,080 | $ | 4,667 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Tax at federal income tax rate
|
$ | 2,672 | 35.0 | % | $ | 2,128 | 35.0 | % | $ | 1,633 | 35.0 | % | ||||||||||||
Reasons for difference in federal income
tax rate and effective tax rate
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Tax-exempt interest, net of cost to carry
|
(154 | ) | (2.0 | ) | (157 | ) | (2.6 | ) | (130 | ) | (2.8 | ) | ||||||||||||
State income taxes, net of federal tax benefit
|
176 | 2.3 | 129 | 2.1 | 111 | 2.4 | ||||||||||||||||||
Life insurance, increase in cash surrender value
|
(148 | ) | (1.9 | ) | (143 | ) | (2.4 | ) | (122 | ) | (2.6 | ) | ||||||||||||
Foreign taxes, net
|
34 | 0.4 | 32 | 0.5 | 30 | 0.6 | ||||||||||||||||||
Subsidiary stock, recognition of basis differences
|
- | - | (58 | ) | (0.9 | ) | (326 | ) | (7.0 | ) | ||||||||||||||
Tax credits, net of related basis adjustments
|
(115 | ) | (1.5 | ) | (134 | ) | (2.2 | ) | (139 | ) | (3.0 | ) | ||||||||||||
Change in the beginning-of-the-year
deferred tax assets valuation allowance
|
5 | 0.1 | 14 | 0.2 | 17 | 0.4 | ||||||||||||||||||
Other items, net
|
(51 | ) | (0.7 | ) | 22 | 0.4 | 14 | 0.3 | ||||||||||||||||
Total income taxes
|
$ | 2,419 | 31.7 | % | $ | 1,833 | 30.1 | % | $ | 1,088 | 23.3 | % | ||||||||||||
Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the
financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred income tax assets and
liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences
are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred income tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized
in income in the period that includes the enactment date. The sources and tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to
significant portions of deferred income tax assets and liabilities for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31,
2004, are presented below.
December 31,
(In millions)
2004
2003
2002
$
1,052
908
1,045
1,589
1,356
987
241
80
21
109
111
163
7
773
781
821
674
595
484
648
678
4,303
4,550
4,270
59
54
40
134
61
57
411
806
1,337
520
435
532
64
72
144
6,107
7,566
6,759
798
703
568
226
325
220
8,260
9,968
9,617
$
4,016
5,472
5,387
115
Audited Financial Statements
A portion of the annual change in the net deferred income tax liability relates to unrealized gains and losses on debt and equity securities. The related 2004, 2003 and 2002 deferred income tax expense (benefit) of $(170) million, $(227) million and $770 million, respectively, was recorded directly to stockholders equity as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income. A portion of the annual change in the net deferred income tax liability relates to unrealized gains and losses on derivative financial instruments. The related 2004, 2003 and 2002 deferred income tax expense (benefit) of $(185) million, $(304) million and $277 million, respectively, was recorded directly to stockholders equity as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income. Additionally, a portion of the annual change in the net deferred income tax liability relates to unrealized gains and losses on the minimum pension liability. The related 2004 deferred income tax benefit of $40 million was recorded directly to stockholders equity as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income. Purchase acquisitions also increased the net deferred income tax liability by $473 million in 2004, and decreased the net deferred income tax liability by $26 million and $50 million in 2003 and 2002, respectively.
116
NOTE 18: BASIC AND DILUTED EARNINGS PER COMMON SHARE
The calculation of basic and diluted earnings per common share for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2004, is presented below.
Years Ended December 31, | ||||||||||||
(In millions, except per share data) | 2004 | 2003 | 2002 | |||||||||
Income available to common stockholders before cumulative effect
of a change in accounting principle and dividends on preferred stock
|
$ | 5,214 | 4,247 | 3,579 | ||||||||
Cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle, net of
income taxes
|
- | 17 | - | |||||||||
Dividends on preferred stock
|
- | (5 | ) | (19 | ) | |||||||
Income available to common stockholders
|
$ | 5,214 | 4,259 | 3,560 | ||||||||
Basic earnings per common share
|
||||||||||||
Income before change in accounting principle
|
$ | 3.87 | 3.20 | 2.62 | ||||||||
Cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle
|
- | 0.01 | - | |||||||||
Net income
|
$ | 3.87 | 3.21 | 2.62 | ||||||||
Diluted earnings per common share
|
||||||||||||
Income before change in accounting principle
|
$ | 3.81 | 3.17 | 2.60 | ||||||||
Cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle
|
- | 0.01 | - | |||||||||
Net income
|
$ | 3.81 | 3.18 | 2.60 | ||||||||
Average common shares basic
|
1,346 | 1,325 | 1,356 | |||||||||
Common share equivalents, unvested restricted stock, incremental
common shares from forward purchase contracts and convertible
long-term debt assumed converted
|
24 | 15 | 13 | |||||||||
Average common shares diluted
|
1,370 | 1,340 | 1,369 | |||||||||
117
Audited Financial Statements
NOTE 19: DERIVATIVES
The Company uses derivatives to manage exposure to interest rate risk, to generate profits from proprietary trading and to assist customers with their risk management objectives. Derivative transactions are measured in terms of the notional amount, but this amount is not recorded on the balance sheet and is not, when viewed in isolation, a meaningful measure of the risk profile of the instruments. The notional amount is not exchanged, but is used only as the basis on which interest and other payments are determined.
December 31, 2004 | December 31, 2003 | |||||||||||||||
Fair | Notional | Fair | Notional | |||||||||||||
(In millions) | Value | Amount | Value | Amount | ||||||||||||
Forward and futures contracts
|
$ | 436 | 301,730 | 1,113 | 322,787 | |||||||||||
Interest rate swap agreements
|
1,047 | 1,230,083 | 368 | 763,824 | ||||||||||||
Purchased options, interest rate caps, floors, collars and swaptions
|
8,268 | 560,136 | 8,035 | 521,947 | ||||||||||||
Written options, interest rate caps, floors, collars and swaptions
|
(8,232 | ) | 676,185 | (8,012 | ) | 441,862 | ||||||||||
Foreign currency and exchange rate swap commitments
|
(5 | ) | 44,717 | (105 | ) | 40,571 | ||||||||||
Commodity and equity swaps
|
$ | (307 | ) | 3,647 | (70 | ) | 5,133 | |||||||||
Risk management derivative financial instruments represent financial instruments the Company has designated and accounted for as accounting hedges. Information related to these derivative financial instruments used for the Companys interest rate risk management purposes at December 31, 2004 and 2003, follows.
118
Risk management derivative financial instruments for each of the years in the two-year period
ended December 31, 2004, are presented below.
December 31, 2004
In-
Average
Notional
Gross Unrealized
effective-
Maturity in
(In millions)
Amount
Gains
Losses (f)
Equity (g)
ness (h)
Years (i)
$
35,290
1,560
(114
)
890
4
4.56
1,370
-
(130
)
(81
)
-
5.72
14,000
11
(38
)
(17
)
-
1.32
1,220
10
-
6
(1
)
0.05
2,400
-
-
-
-
0.25
2,258
8
(27
)
-
(19
)
16.66
900
-
(2
)
-
(1
)
0.04
$
57,438
1,589
(311
)
798
(17
)
3.93
37,769
39
(837
)
(493
)
(2
)
3.79
42,700
18
(548
)
(327
)
-
3.21
18,000
2
(3
)
-
-
0.25
42,914
48
-
29
-
0.25
19,930
842
(46
)
-
-
5.10
4,925
-
(1
)
-
-
0.63
166,238
949
(1,435
)
(791
)
(2
)
2.41
$
223,676
2,538
(1,746
)
7
(19
)
-
December 31, 2003
In-
Average
Notional
Gross Unrealized
effective-
Maturity in
(In millions)
Amount
Gains
Losses (f)
Equity (g)
ness (h)
Years (i)
$
36,652
2,429
(103
)
1,436
1
5.65
1,413
-
(162
)
(100
)
-
6.74
7,850
35
(25
)
6
-
1.20
1,000
4
-
2
(2
)
0.04
9,000
-
-
-
-
0.25
500
-
-
-
-
0.25
1,224
8
(2
)
-
(8
)
18.14
1,122
1
(4
)
-
5
0.15
$
58,761
2,477
(296
)
1,344
(4
)
4.27
36,242
5
(1,332
)
(821
)
1
4.54
47,200
27
(653
)
(386
)
-
3.88
25,365
-
(71
)
(44
)
-
0.25
16,004
1,242
(5
)
-
-
3.95
4,925
1
-
-
-
1.63
129,736
1,275
(2,061
)
(1,251
)
1
3.28
$
188,497
3,752
(2,357
)
93
(3
)
-
119
Audited Financial Statements
(a) Includes only derivative financial instruments related to interest rate risk management activities that have been designated and accounted for as accounting hedges. All other derivative financial instruments are classified as trading.
120
Expected maturities of risk management derivative financial instruments for each of the
years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2004, are presented below.
December 31, 2004
1 Year
1-2
2-5
5-10
After 10
(In millions)
or Less
Years
Years
Years
Years
Total
$
1,174
7,523
9,833
16,760
-
35,290
1
2
479
850
38
1,370
$
11,620
2,000
4,000
-
-
17,620
6.64
%
4.14
4.60
5.17
1.56
4.85
2.46
%
2.45
2.58
2.59
4.58
2.56
$
4
100
217
981
(3
)
1,299
$
-
26
71
490
1,671
2,258
$
900
-
-
-
-
900
-
%
2.09
2.39
2.25
1.57
1.67
-
%
2.96
3.76
4.54
3.74
3.90
$
(1
)
-
-
(4
)
(16
)
(21
)
$
12,559
4,285
13,097
4,124
3,704
37,769
$
61,114
12,000
24,500
6,000
-
103,614
3.15
%
2.86
2.47
2.64
2.34
2.79
3.55
%
2.74
5.32
6.52
5.90
4.50
$
(319
)
(38
)
(354
)
(294
)
(276
)
(1,281
)
$
3,400
3,357
6,283
5,122
1,768
19,930
$
4,925
-
-
-
-
4,925
6.98
%
6.02
5.33
5.40
5.32
5.74
2.30
%
2.63
2.25
2.46
2.23
2.37
$
83
152
229
234
97
795
121
Audited Financial Statements
December 31, 2003 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
1 Year | 1-2 | 2-5 | 5-10 | After 10 | ||||||||||||||||||||
(In millions) | or Less | Years | Years | Years | Years | Total | ||||||||||||||||||
CASH FLOW ASSET HEDGES
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Notional amount - swapsreceive fixed
|
$ | 1,162 | 1,196 | 13,993 | 20,301 | - | 36,652 | |||||||||||||||||
Notional amount - swapspay fixed
|
- | 1 | 226 | 1,148 | 38 | 1,413 | ||||||||||||||||||
Notional amount - other
|
$ | 12,350 | 6,000 | - | - | - | 18,350 | |||||||||||||||||
Weighted average receive rate (a)
|
5.96 | % | 6.61 | 5.00 | 5.17 | 0.78 | 5.16 | |||||||||||||||||
Weighted average pay rate (a)
|
1.16 | % | 1.30 | 1.23 | 1.38 | 4.58 | 1.32 | |||||||||||||||||
Unrealized gain (loss)
|
$ | 3 | 100 | 854 | 1,225 | (4 | ) | 2,178 | ||||||||||||||||
FAIR VALUE ASSET HEDGES
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Notional amount - swapspay fixed
|
$ | - | - | - | - | 1,224 | 1,224 | |||||||||||||||||
Notional amount - other
|
$ | 1,122 | - | - | - | - | 1,122 | |||||||||||||||||
Weighted average receive rate (a)
|
- | % | - | - | - | 0.78 | 0.78 | |||||||||||||||||
Weighted average pay rate (a)
|
- | % | - | - | - | 3.66 | 3.66 | |||||||||||||||||
Unrealized gain (loss)
|
$ | (3 | ) | - | - | - | 6 | 3 | ||||||||||||||||
CASH FLOW LIABILITY HEDGES
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Notional amount - swapspay fixed
|
$ | 4,130 | 6,178 | 15,160 | 7,835 | 2,939 | 36,242 | |||||||||||||||||
Notional amount - other
|
$ | 29,280 | 9,785 | 21,500 | 12,000 | - | 72,565 | |||||||||||||||||
Weighted average receive rate (a)
|
2.69 | % | 1.18 | 1.16 | 1.15 | 1.03 | 1.44 | |||||||||||||||||
Weighted average pay rate (a)
|
2.97 | % | 2.63 | 4.49 | 7.18 | 6.27 | 4.83 | |||||||||||||||||
Unrealized gain (loss)
|
$ | (232 | ) | (292 | ) | (659 | ) | (571 | ) | (270 | ) | (2,024 | ) | |||||||||||
FAIR VALUE LIABILITY HEDGES
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Notional amount - swapsreceive fixed
|
$ | 2,100 | 3,400 | 7,482 | 2,000 | 1,022 | 16,004 | |||||||||||||||||
Notional amount - other
|
$ | - | 4,925 | - | - | - | 4,925 | |||||||||||||||||
Weighted average receive rate (a)
|
6.71 | % | 6.98 | 5.95 | 6.82 | 5.74 | 6.36 | |||||||||||||||||
Weighted average pay rate (a)
|
1.27 | % | 1.20 | 1.30 | 1.19 | 1.18 | 1.25 | |||||||||||||||||
Unrealized gain (loss)
|
$ | 61 | 242 | 546 | 299 | 90 | 1,238 | |||||||||||||||||
(a) Weighted average receive and pay rates include the impact of currently effective interest rate swaps and basis swaps only and not the impact of forward-starting interest rate swaps. All interest rate swaps have variable pay or receive rates based on one-month to six-month LIBOR, and they are the pay or receive rates in effect at December 31, 2004 and 2003.
Activity related to risk management derivative financial instruments for each of the years in the two-year period ended
December 31, 2004, is presented below.
December 31, 2004 and 2003
Asset
Liability
(In millions)
Hedges
Hedges
Total
$
45,830
89,263
135,093
50,777
61,418
112,195
(32,260
)
(20,221
)
(52,481
)
(3,801
)
(783
)
(4,584
)
(1,785
)
59
(1,726
)
58,761
129,736
188,497
93,436
129,287
222,723
(53,665
)
(73,304
)
(126,969
)
(27,516
)
(12,982
)
(40,498
)
(13,578
)
(6,499
)
(20,077
)
$
57,438
166,238
223,676
122
NOTE 20: COMMITMENTS, GUARANTEES AND CONTINGENCIES
In the normal course of business, the Company engages in a variety of transactions to meet the financing needs of its customers, to reduce its exposure to fluctuations in interest rates and to conduct lending activities. These transactions principally include lending commitments, other commitments and guarantees. These transactions involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest rate risk in excess of amounts recognized in the consolidated financial statements.
123
Audited Financial Statements
December 31, | ||||||||||||||||
2004 | 2003 | |||||||||||||||
Maximum | Maximum | |||||||||||||||
Carrying | Risk of | Carrying | Risk of | |||||||||||||
(In millions) | Amount | Loss | Amount | Loss | ||||||||||||
Securities lending indemnifications
|
$ | - | 48,879 | - | - | |||||||||||
Standby letters of credit
|
101 | 30,815 | 72 | 27,597 | ||||||||||||
Liquidity agreements
|
1 | 7,568 | 6 | 10,319 | ||||||||||||
Loans sold with recourse
|
39 | 5,238 | 29 | 2,655 | ||||||||||||
Residual value guarantees
|
9 | 629 | 4 | 641 | ||||||||||||
Written put options
|
353 | 3,187 | 422 | 2,021 | ||||||||||||
Contingent consideration
|
- | 259 | - | 271 | ||||||||||||
Total guarantees
|
$ | 503 | 96,575 | 533 | 43,504 | |||||||||||
As a securities lending agent, client securities are loaned, on a fully collateralized basis, to third party broker/dealers. The Company indemnifies its clients against broker default and supports these guarantees with collateral that is marked to market daily. The Company generally requires cash or other highly liquid collateral from the broker/dealer. At December 31, 2004, there was $50.0 billion in collateral supporting the $48.9 billion loaned. Accordingly, there is no carrying amount associated with these agreements.
124
As part of the Companys acquisition activity, the Company often negotiates terms in which a portion of the purchase price is contingent on future events, typically related to the acquired businesses meeting revenue or profitability targets. The additional consideration may be cash or stock. Contingent consideration is paid when the contingency is resolved and it is recorded as additional goodwill. At December 31, 2004, the Company had $259 million in cash and no common stock committed under such agreements that will be paid through 2011 if the contingencies are met.
125
Audited Financial Statements
Securities and Exchange Commission. As previously disclosed, on July 23, 2004, the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) staff advised the Company that the staff was considering recommending to the SEC that it institute an enforcement action against the Company and certain former legacy Wachovia Corporation officers, some of whom remain with the combined company, relating to legacy Wachovia Corporations purchases of legacy First Union Corporation common stock and the disclosures made by both legacy companies related to those purchases following the April 2001 announcement of the merger between legacy First Union Corporation and legacy Wachovia Corporation. The Company, without admitting or denying the allegations set forth in the complaint filed on November 4, 2004, consented to entry of final judgment by the United States District Court for the District of Columbia permanently enjoining the Company from directly or indirectly violating Sections 13(a) and 14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and Rules 12b-20, 13a-13 and 14a-9 promulgated thereunder. The judgment also orders the Company to pay a civil money penalty of $37 million pursuant to Section 21(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. The Company anticipates that there will be no additional SEC enforcement proceedings related to this matter against it or any current or former officers.
126
Bluebird Partners, L.P., Litigation. On December 12, 2002, the jury in the Supreme Court of the State of New York, County of New York, returned a verdict against First Fidelity Bank, N.A. New Jersey (First Fidelity), a predecessor to Wachovia Bank in the case captioned Bluebird Partners, L.P. v. First Fidelity Bank, N.A., et al. The trial court directed a verdict in favor of CoreStates New Jersey National Bank, another predecessor of Wachovia Bank. In this action for breach of contract, breach of fiduciary duty, negligence and malpractice, plaintiff alleges that First Fidelity, while serving as indenture trustee for debt certificates issued by Continental Airlines, failed to take the necessary action to protect the value of the collateral after Continental Airlines filed for bankruptcy on December 3, 1990, and that the decline in the value of the collateral during the pendency of the bankruptcy caused plaintiffs losses. On July 10, 2003, the trial judge granted First Fidelitys motion to set aside the verdict, holding that the evidence was insufficient to support the verdict. Plaintiff appealed, and on October 7, 2004, the Supreme Court, Appellate Division, First Department reversed the dismissal and reinstated the verdict. On January 13, 2005, the court entered judgment against Wachovia Bank in the amount of $32.9 million plus pre- and post-judgment interest at the statutory rate from April 27, 1993. Post-judgment interest continues to accrue at the statutory rate until the judgment is paid. On January 24, 2005, Bluebird filed a notice of appeal of the judgment amount. The Company filed a motion for a new trial. In addition, the Company believes that numerous reversible errors occurred, and that the evidence was insufficient to support the verdict that First Fidelitys actions caused Bluebirds loss. The Company will file a motion for leave to appeal to the Court of Appeals.
127
Audited Financial Statements
NOTE 21: FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
Information about the fair value of on-balance sheet financial instruments at December 31, 2004 and 2003, is presented below.
December 31, | ||||||||||||||||
2004 | 2003 | |||||||||||||||
Estimated | Estimated | |||||||||||||||
Carrying | Fair | Carrying | Fair | |||||||||||||
(In millions) | Amount | Value | Amount | Value | ||||||||||||
FINANCIAL ASSETS
|
||||||||||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents
|
$ | 38,591 | 38,591 | 38,512 | 38,512 | |||||||||||
Trading account assets
|
45,932 | 45,932 | 34,714 | 34,714 | ||||||||||||
Securities
|
110,597 | 110,597 | 100,445 | 100,445 | ||||||||||||
Loans, net of unearned income and
allowance for loan losses
|
221,083 | 221,746 | 163,223 | 162,089 | ||||||||||||
Loans held for sale
|
12,988 | 12,988 | 12,625 | 12,625 | ||||||||||||
Other financial assets
|
$ | 22,215 | 22,215 | 21,032 | 21,032 | |||||||||||
FINANCIAL LIABILITIES
|
||||||||||||||||
Deposits
|
295,053 | 277,645 | 221,225 | 211,049 | ||||||||||||
Short-term borrowings
|
63,406 | 63,406 | 71,290 | 71,290 | ||||||||||||
Trading account liabilities
|
21,709 | 21,709 | 19,184 | 19,184 | ||||||||||||
Other financial liabilities
|
7,495 | 7,495 | 5,856 | 5,856 | ||||||||||||
Long-term debt
|
$ | 46,759 | 48,583 | 36,730 | 38,897 | |||||||||||
The fair values of performing loans for all portfolio loans were calculated by discounting estimated cash flows through expected maturity dates using estimated market yields that reflect the credit and interest rate risks inherent in each category of loans, and prepayment assumptions. Estimated fair values for the commercial loan portfolio were based on weighted average discount rates ranging from 4.16 percent to 9.53 percent and 3.28 percent to 8.91 percent at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively, and for the consumer loan portfolio from 7.30 percent to 13.74 percent and 7.25 percent to 14.61 percent, respectively. For performing residential mortgage loans, fair values were estimated using discounted cash flow analyses utilizing yields for similar mortgage-backed securities. The fair values of nonperforming loans were calculated by discounting estimated cash flows using discount rates commensurate with the risk associated with the cash flows.
128
Information about the fair value of off-balance sheet financial instruments at December
31, 2004 and 2003, is presented below.
December 31,
2004
2003
Estimated
Estimated
Notional
Fair
Notional
Fair
(In millions)
Amount
Value
Amount
Value
$
170,818
316
129,660
143
30,815
101
27,597
72
$
62,314
49
13,615
39
The fair value of commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit is estimated using the fees currently charged to enter into similar agreements, taking into account the remaining terms of the agreements and the current creditworthiness of the counterparties. Generally, for fixed rate loan commitments, fair value also considers the difference between the current level of interest rates and the committed rates.
129
Audited Financial Statements
NOTE 22: WACHOVIA CORPORATION (PARENT COMPANY)
The Parent Company serves as the primary source of funding for the activities for most of its nonbank subsidiaries.
CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS
December 31, | ||||||||
(In millions) | 2004 | 2003 | ||||||
ASSETS
|
||||||||
Cash and due from banks
|
$ | 9 | 17 | |||||
Interest-bearing balances with bank subsidiary
|
9,794 | 4,382 | ||||||
Total cash and cash equivalents
|
9,803 | 4,399 | ||||||
Trading account assets
|
34 | 5 | ||||||
Securities (amortized cost $585 in 2004; $569 in 2003)
|
617 | 609 | ||||||
Loans, net
|
30 | 15 | ||||||
Loans due from subsidiaries
|
||||||||
Banks
|
5,231 | 4,972 | ||||||
Nonbanks
|
5,100 | 4,052 | ||||||
Investments in wholly owned subsidiaries
|
||||||||
Banks
|
33,650 | 31,063 | ||||||
Bank holding companies
|
13,912 | - | ||||||
Nonbanks
|
5,437 | 3,682 | ||||||
Total
|
52,999 | 34,745 | ||||||
Investments arising from purchase acquisitions
|
1,154 | 1,116 | ||||||
Total investments in wholly owned subsidiaries
|
54,153 | 35,861 | ||||||
Other assets
|
1,786 | 2,020 | ||||||
Total assets
|
$ | 76,754 | 51,933 | |||||
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY
|
||||||||
Commercial paper
|
2,818 | 2,102 | ||||||
Other short-term borrowings with affiliates
|
962 | 968 | ||||||
Other liabilities
|
1,467 | 630 | ||||||
Long-term debt with an affiliate
|
- | 2 | ||||||
Long-term debt
|
21,818 | 13,431 | ||||||
Junior subordinated debentures
|
2,360 | - | ||||||
Junior subordinated deferrable interest debentures
|
- | 2,360 | ||||||
Total liabilities
|
29,425 | 19,493 | ||||||
Minority interest
|
12 | 12 | ||||||
Stockholders equity
|
47,317 | 32,428 | ||||||
Total liabilities and stockholders equity
|
$ | 76,754 | 51,933 | |||||
130
CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
Years Ended December 31, | ||||||||||||
(In millions) | 2004 | 2003 | 2002 | |||||||||
INCOME
|
||||||||||||
Dividends from subsidiaries
|
||||||||||||
Banks
|
$ | 1,672 | 4,142 | 1,438 | ||||||||
Nonbanks
|
103 | 270 | 32 | |||||||||
Interest income
|
483 | 483 | 541 | |||||||||
Fee and other income
|
1,484 | 1,002 | 820 | |||||||||
Total income
|
3,742 | 5,897 | 2,831 | |||||||||
EXPENSE
|
||||||||||||
Interest on short-term borrowings
|
39 | 25 | 48 | |||||||||
Interest on long-term debt
|
515 | 447 | 599 | |||||||||
Noninterest expense
|
1,405 | 1,063 | 782 | |||||||||
Total expense
|
1,959 | 1,535 | 1,429 | |||||||||
Income before income tax benefits, equity in undistributed net income (loss)
of subsidiaries and cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle
|
1,783 | 4,362 | 1,402 | |||||||||
Income tax benefits
|
(1 | ) | (39 | ) | (28 | ) | ||||||
Income before equity in undistributed net income (loss) of subsidiaries
and cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle
|
1,784 | 4,401 | 1,430 | |||||||||
Equity in undistributed net income (loss) of subsidiaries
|
3,430 | (154 | ) | 2,149 | ||||||||
Income before cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle
|
5,214 | 4,247 | 3,579 | |||||||||
Cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle, net of income taxes
|
- | 17 | - | |||||||||
Net income
|
5,214 | 4,264 | 3,579 | |||||||||
Dividends on preferred stock
|
- | 5 | 19 | |||||||||
Net income available to common stockholders
|
$ | 5,214 | 4,259 | 3,560 | ||||||||
131
Audited Financial Statements
CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
Years Ended December 31, | ||||||||||||
(In millions) | 2004 | 2003 | 2002 | |||||||||
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
|
||||||||||||
Net income
|
$ | 5,214 | 4,264 | 3,579 | ||||||||
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided (used) by operating
activities
|
||||||||||||
Equity in undistributed net (income) loss of subsidiaries
|
(3,430 | ) | 154 | (2,149 | ) | |||||||
Cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle
|
- | (17 | ) | - | ||||||||
Securities transactions
|
(17 | ) | (19 | ) | 21 | |||||||
Accretion and amortization of securities discounts and premiums, net
|
4 | - | - | |||||||||
Depreciation and other amortization
|
331 | 292 | 289 | |||||||||
Deferred income taxes
|
(83 | ) | (91 | ) | (15 | ) | ||||||
Trading account assets, net
|
(29 | ) | (5 | ) | 16 | |||||||
Other assets, net
|
387 | 180 | (623 | ) | ||||||||
Minority interest
|
- | - | 12 | |||||||||
Other liabilities, net
|
652 | (36 | ) | (456 | ) | |||||||
Net cash provided by operating activities
|
3,029 | 4,722 | 674 | |||||||||
INVESTING ACTIVITIES
|
||||||||||||
Increase (decrease) in cash realized from
|
||||||||||||
Sales and maturities of securities
|
352 | 691 | 454 | |||||||||
Purchases of securities
|
(274 | ) | (236 | ) | (349 | ) | ||||||
Advances to subsidiaries, net
|
(1,297 | ) | 105 | 727 | ||||||||
Investments in subsidiaries, net
|
(1,514 | ) | (1,080 | ) | 2,546 | |||||||
Longer-term loans originated or acquired
|
(60 | ) | (9 | ) | (53 | ) | ||||||
Principal repaid on longer-term loans
|
45 | 18 | 102 | |||||||||
Purchases of premises and equipment, net
|
(20 | ) | (33 | ) | (10 | ) | ||||||
Cash equivalents acquired, net of purchases of banking organizations
|
429 | - | - | |||||||||
Net cash provided (used) by investing activities
|
(2,339 | ) | (544 | ) | 3,417 | |||||||
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
|
||||||||||||
Increase (decrease) in cash realized from
Commercial paper
|
706 | (428 | ) | (515 | ) | |||||||
Other short-term borrowings, net
|
(6 | ) | (21 | ) | (1,502 | ) | ||||||
Issuances of long-term debt
|
10,480 | 771 | - | |||||||||
Payments of long-term debt
|
(2,519 | ) | (3,152 | ) | (751 | ) | ||||||
Issuances of common stock
|
716 | 301 | 75 | |||||||||
Purchases of common stock
|
(2,357 | ) | (2,257 | ) | (674 | ) | ||||||
Cash dividends paid
|
(2,306 | ) | (1,670 | ) | (1,385 | ) | ||||||
Net cash provided (used) by financing activities
|
4,714 | (6,456 | ) | (4,752 | ) | |||||||
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
|
5,404 | (2,278 | ) | (661 | ) | |||||||
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year
|
4,399 | 6,677 | 7,338 | |||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year
|
$ | 9,803 | 4,399 | 6,677 | ||||||||
CASH PAID FOR
|
||||||||||||
Interest
|
$ | 422 | 480 | 777 | ||||||||
Income taxes
|
315 | 174 | 154 | |||||||||
NONCASH ITEM
|
||||||||||||
Issuance of common stock for purchase accounting merger
|
$ | 14,000 | - | 51 | ||||||||
132
Glossary of Financial Terms
133
Index
Financial Review
|
||
Critical Accounting Policies
|
20 | |
Earnings Performance
|
||
Executive summary (tables on pages 17 and 55)
|
17 | |
Net interest income and margin (tables on pages 24, 54-55, 67-69)
|
24 | |
Fee and other income (tables on pages 25, 55, 57 and 74)
|
25 | |
Noninterest expense (tables on pages 26, 55, 57 and 74)
|
25 | |
Merger-related and restructuring expenses (tables on pages 26, 53, 55, 57, 74 and 112)
|
26 | |
Income taxes (tables on pages 55, 57, 74, 76 and 114)
|
26 | |
Business segments (tables on pages 28-31 and 105-106)
|
26 | |
Comparison of 2003 with 2002
|
50 | |
Explanation of our use of non-GAAP financial measures
|
53 | |
Five-year summaries of income
|
55 | |
Selected quarterly data
|
57 | |
|
||
Balance Sheet Analysis
|
||
Securities (tables on pages 68-69, 73, 76 and 87-89)
|
32 | |
Loans (tables on pages 28-33, 58, 73, 91 and 93)
|
33 | |
Average balances (tables on pages 24 and 68-69)
|
24 | |
Charge-offs (tables on pages 34, 54 and 61)
|
34 | |
Commercial real estate (table on page 93)
|
33 | |
Commitments
|
28-31, 43, 105-106 | |
Geographic concentrations
|
33 | |
Industry concentrations
|
33-34 | |
Loans held for sale (tables on pages 35 and 59)
|
35 | |
Mix at year-end
|
33 | |
Nonperforming assets (tables on pages 34 and 61)
|
33 | |
Past due loans (tables on page 61)
|
34 | |
Project type
|
33 | |
Provision for credit losses, allowance for loan losses and reserve
for unfunded lending commitments (tables on pages 17, 28-31, 61-62, 74 and 94)
|
34 | |
Deposits (tables on pages 65, 68-69, and 73)
|
36 | |
|
||
Funding Sources
|
||
Core deposits (other deposit tables on pages 65 and 73)
|
36 | |
Purchased funds (tables on pages 73 and 97)
|
37 | |
Long-term debt (tables on pages 55, 68-69, 73, 76 and 98)
|
37 | |
Debt ratings
|
Inside Back Cover | |
Regulatory capital (table on page 66)
|
38 | |
Stockholders equity (tables on pages 56-57, 73, 75 and Inside Front Cover)
|
37 | |
Subsidiary dividends
|
37 | |
|
||
Off-Balance Sheet Transactions
|
||
Summary table
|
38 | |
|
||
Risk Management
|
||
Credit risk management
|
40 | |
Interest rate risk management
|
45 | |
Derivatives (tables on pages 118-119 and 121-122)
|
44 | |
Trading activities
|
86 | |
Market risk management
|
41 | |
Operational risk management
|
42 | |
Liquidity risk management
|
43 | |
Allowance for loan losses and reserve for unfunded lending commitments (tables on pages 34, 61-62, 73 and 94)
|
34 |
134
Managements Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
|
70 | |
|
||
Reports of Independent Registered Accounting Firm
|
71-72 | |
|
||
Consolidated Financial Statements
|
||
Consolidated balance sheets
|
73 | |
Consolidated statements of income
|
74 | |
Consolidated statements of changes in stockholders equity
|
75 | |
Consolidated statements of cash flows
|
76 | |
|
||
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
|
||
Summary of significant accounting policies
|
77 | |
Business combinations
|
83 | |
Trading account assets and liabilities
|
86 | |
Securities
|
87 | |
Securitizations and retained beneficial interests, variable interest entities and servicing assets
|
90 | |
Loans
|
93 | |
Allowance for loan losses and reserve for unfunded lending commitments
|
94 | |
Goodwill and other intangible assets
|
95 | |
Other assets
|
96 | |
Short-term borrowings
|
97 | |
Long-term debt
|
98 | |
Common and preferred stock and capital ratios
|
100 | |
Accumulated other comprehensive income, net
|
103 | |
Business segments
|
104 | |
Personnel expense and retirement benefits
|
107 | |
Merger-related and restructuring expenses
|
111 | |
Income taxes
|
114 | |
Basic and diluted earnings per common share
|
117 | |
Derivatives
|
118 | |
Commitments, guarantees and contingencies
|
123 | |
Fair value of financial instruments
|
128 | |
Wachovia Corporation (parent company)
|
130 | |
|
||
Ratios
|
||
Capital and leverage
|
54 and 66 | |
Common stockholders equity to assets
|
54, 56-57, 66 | |
Dividend payout ratio
|
Inside Front Cover, 3, 19, 53 and 56 | |
Efficiency
|
4, 28-31 | |
Net interest margin
|
24, 54, 67-69 | |
Profitability (ROA and ROE)
|
Inside Front Cover, 54, 56-57 |
135
Corporate Governance
At December 31, 2004
Board of Directors | ||||||
|
||||||
John D. Baker II
President and Chief Executive Officer, Florida Rock Industries, Inc. Jacksonville, Florida James S. Balloun Private Investor Atlanta, Georgia Robert J. Brown Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, B&C Associates, Inc. High Point, North Carolina Peter C. Browning Dean, McColl Graduate School of Business, Queens University of Charlotte Charlotte, North Carolina John T. Casteen III President, University of Virginia Charlottesville, Virginia |
William H. Goodwin Jr.
Chairman and President, CCA Industries, Inc. Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and Chief Operating Officer, The Riverstone Group, LLC Richmond, Virginia Robert A. Ingram Vice Chairman Pharmaceuticals, GlaxoSmithKline Research Triangle Park, North Carolina Donald M. James Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Vulcan Materials Company Birmingham, Alabama Wallace D. Malone Jr. Vice Chairman, Wachovia Corporation Charlotte, North Carolina Mackey J. McDonald Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer, VF Corporation Greensboro, North Carolina |
Joseph Neubauer
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, ARAMARK Corporation Philadelphia, Pennsylvania Lloyd U. Noland III Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer, Noland Company Newport News, Virginia Van L. Richey President and Chief Executive Officer, American Cast Iron Pipe Company Birmingham, Alabama Ruth G. Shaw President and Chief Executive Officer, Duke Power Company, Duke Energy Corporation Charlotte, North Carolina Lanty L. Smith Lead Independent Director, Wachovia Corporation Chairman, Soles Brower Smith & Co. Greensboro, North Carolina |
G. Kennedy Thompson
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer, Wachovia Corporation Charlotte, North Carolina John C. Whitaker Jr. Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Inmar, Inc. Winston-Salem, North Carolina Dona Davis Young Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer, The Phoenix Companies, Inc. Hartford, Connecticut |
Committees of the Board of Directors | ||||||||
|
||||||||
Executive
Lanty L. Smith, Chair Peter C. Browning William H. Goodwin Jr. Robert A. Ingram Joseph Neubauer G. Kennedy Thompson John C. Whitaker Jr. |
Audit
Joseph Neubauer, Chair James S. Balloun John T. Casteen III Lloyd U. Noland III Lanty L. Smith |
Risk
Dona Davis Young, Chair John D. Baker II Peter C. Browning William H. Goodwin Jr. Donald M. James Van L. Richey John C. Whitaker Jr. |
Corporate Governance &
Nominating Robert A. Ingram, Chair Peter C. Browning William H. Goodwin Jr. Mackey J. McDonald Joseph Neubauer Lanty L. Smith |
Management Resources &
Compensation Ruth G. Shaw, Chair Robert J. Brown Robert A. Ingram Mackey J. McDonald |
Operating Committee | ||||||
|
||||||
G. Kennedy Thompson
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer David M. Carroll Senior Executive Vice President and President, Capital Management Group Thomas H. Coley Executive Vice President and Southern Banking Group Executive, General Bank Stephen E. Cummings Senior Executive Vice President and Head of Corporate and Investment Bank Jean E. Davis Senior Executive Vice President and Head of Operations, Technology and eCommerce |
Reginald E. Davis
Executive Vice President and Northern Banking Group Executive, General Bank R. Glenn Eubanks Executive Vice President and Head of Real Estate Financial Services, General Bank Benjamin P. Jenkins III Senior Executive Vice President and President, General Bank Robert P. Kelly Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer Stanhope A. Kelly Senior Executive Vice President and President, Wealth Management |
Daniel J. Ludeman
Executive Vice President, Wachovia Securities, LLC President and Chief Executive Officer, Wachovia Securities Wallace D. Malone Jr. Vice Chairman Shannon W. McFayden Senior Executive Vice President and Director of Human Resources and Corporate Relations E. Frank Schmidt Executive Vice President and Co-Head of Merger Integration Cecelia S. Sutton Executive Vice President and Head of the Retail Segment, General Bank |
Mark C. Treanor
Senior Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary Donald K. Truslow Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Risk Officer Benjamin F. Williams Jr. Managing Director, Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC, and Head of Global Capital Markets, Corporate and Investment Bank Thomas J. Wurtz Executive Vice President and Treasurer |
136
Shareholder Information
How to Contact Us
Transfer Agent
Wachovia Bank, National Association
1-800-347-1246
Wachovia Shareholder Services-NC1153
1525 West W.T. Harris Boulevard 3C3
Charlotte, North Carolina 28262-8522
Media
Mary Eshet, Media Relations Manager
704-374-2138
Debt Ratings
Wachovia Corporation and Wachovia Bank, National Association, each have debt securities issued in the marketplace. The following table shows debt ratings at December 31, 2004.
Annual Meeting
Tuesday, April 19, 2005, 9:30 a.m.
Hilton Charlotte & Towers, 222 East Third Street
Charlotte, North Carolina
Corporate Headquarters
Wachovia Corporation
301 South College Street, Suite 4000
Charlotte, North Carolina 28288-0013
704-374-6161
Certifications
On May 11, 2004, G. Kennedy Thompson, Wachovias chief executive officer, submitted to the New York Stock Exchange the CEO certification required by the NYSEs rules certifying that he was not aware of any violations by Wachovia of the NYSEs corporate governance listing standards.
Wachovia Corporation is an equal opportunity employer.
Moody's | Standard & Poor's | Fitch | ||||
Outlook | Stable | Positive | Positive | |||
Wachovia Corporation
|
||||||
Senior long-term debt
|
Aa3 | A | A+ | |||
Subordinated long-term debt
|
A1 | A- | A | |||
Short-term debt
|
P-1 | A-1 | F1 | |||
Wachovia Bank, National Association
|
||||||
Long-term deposits
|
Aa2 | A+ | AA- | |||
Short-term deposits
|
P-1 | A-1 | F1+ | |||
Long-term debt/letters of credit
|
Aa2 | A+ | A+ | |||
Short-term debt/letters of credit
|
P-1 | A-1 | F1 | |||
Subordinated debt
|
Aa3 | A | A | |||
Recent Wachovia Achievements
n | No. 1 total stock return among the 20 largest U.S. banks from 2001 through 2004 | |
n | Best Chief Financial Officer for a Large-Cap Bank in America for two consecutive years - Bob Kelly, CFO ( Institutional Investor ) | |
n | Top 2 Investor Relations Team for a Large-Cap Bank in America ( Institutional Investor ) | |
n | No. 1 Investor Relations Web site among U.S. financial institutions and No. 6 worldwide ( IR Web Report ) | |
n | Top 100 Best Corporate Citizens ( Business Ethics magazine) | |
n | Top 20 Best Corporate Reputation (2004 Delahaye Index) | |
n | No. 1 among peer banks in University of Michigans American Customer Satisfaction Index for four consecutive years | |
n | Only financial services company to receive Fast Company 2004 Customer First Award | |
n | No. 1 among banks in 2004 Brandweek Customer Loyalty Awards | |
n | No. 1 Operational Bank for cost control and service quality (Global Concepts 2004 benchmarking survey) | |
n | Top 10 Best Places to Work, Best in Financial Services Industry and Best-in-Class for family friendly culture ( Working Mother magazine) | |
n | Top 50 Companies for Diversity ( DiversityInc ) | |
n | Top 50 Best Companies for Latinas to work in the U.S. for third consecutive year ( Latina Style ) | |
n | Outstanding Companies for Black Women ( Essence magazine) | |
n | 100 best corporations in North America for developing human capital for three consecutive years ( Training magazine) | |
n | Top 2 Online Customer Respect among U.S. commercial banks (Customer Respect Group) | |
n | Best Corporate/Institutional Online Cash Management Bank in North America ( Global Finance magazine) |
Wachovia Corporation
one wachovia center charlotte, nc 28288 www.wachovia.com/investor 505004 |
|
Exhibit (21)
WACHOVIA CORPORATION
LIST OF SUBSIDIARIES AS OF 12/31/04 ( 1)
ABCA, Inc (Jacksonville, FL) ( 3)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
* | Controlled by management contract No equity owned. | |
** | Managing interest, or control. |
(1) | 100% of voting equity owned unless otherwise indicated. NV indicates non-voting equity. |
(2) | Combined ownership of Cobblestone Landing, L.P. is 99.90%-NV (99.89% by Wachovia Affordable Housing Community Development Corporation and 0.01% by TCF AEG/GA, LLC) |
(3) | Interest acquired or subsidiary formed in connection with debts previously contracted (DPC) NOT REPORTABLE TO FRB |
(4) | Combined ownership of Oconee Springs II, L.P. is 99.99%-NV (99.98%-NV by TCIG Guaranteed Tax Credit Fund III, LLC and 0.01%-NV by Wachovia Guaranteed Tax Credit Fund IV-P/GA, LLC) |
(5) | Combined ownership of Canton Mill, LLC is 99.01%-NV (98.01%-NV by Wachovia Affordable Housing Community Development Corporation and 1.0%-NV by Wachovia Guaranteed Tax Credit Fund III-A/GA, LLC) |
(6) | Combined ownership of Roanoke Community Development Corporation is 38.888% (Wachovia Bank, N.A. 11.11%, Wachovia Community Development Corporation - 27.778%) |
(7) | Combined ownership of United Bancshares, Inc. is 6.02% of Voting Common Stock by CoreStates Holdings, Incorporated, 9.40% of Non-Voting Preferred Stock by CoreStates Holdings, Incorporated, and 100% of Non-Voting Class B Common Stock by Wachovia Corporation |
(8) | Combined ownership of Ironbrand Capital LLC is 100% (First Union Commercial Corporation 99%, First Union Rail Corporation 1%) |
(9) | Combined ownership of First Union Commercial Corporations total equity is 100% (Wachovia Bank, N.A. 98.11053%, Wachovia Corporation 0.97900%, First Union Financial Investments, Inc. 0.89872%, and HomEq Servicing Corporation 0.01175 %); common ownership is 99% by Wachovia Bank, N. A. and 1% by Wachovia Corporation) |
(10) | Combined ownership of Philadelphia National Limited by all Wachovia entities is 100% (New World Development Corporation, Ltd. 65.10%, Established Holdings Limited 20.60%, and Philadelphia International Equities, Inc. 14.30%) |
(11) | Combined ownership of First Union Commercial Leasing Group L.L.C. is 100% (Wachovia Bank, National Association 99%, First Union Commercial Corporation 1%) |
(12) | Combined ownership of Wachovia Guaranteed Middle Tier III-A/NC, LLC is 0.01% voting by Wachovia Affordable Housing Corp., 98.99%-NV by Wachovia Affordable Housing Community Development Corporation and 1.0% nonvoting by Wachovia Guaranteed Tax Credit Fund III-A/NC, LLC) |
(13) | Combined ownership of Wachovia Preferred Funding Corp.: Common 99.5% by Wachovia Preferred Funding Holding Corp. and 0.15% by Wachovia Corporation; Preferred 87.73% by Wachovia Preferred Funding Holding Corp.) |
(14) | Combined ownership of Magnolia Heights, L.P. is 99.99%-NV (1.0%-NV by Wachovia Guaranteed Tax Credit Fund CN/GA, LLC and 98.99%-NV by TCIG Guaranteed Tax Credit Fund I, LLC) |
(15) | Combined ownership of Woodlawn Joint Venture is 70%-NV (40%-NV by First American Service Corporation and 30%-NV by Wachovia Bank, N.A.) |
(16) | Combined ownership of Eagles Creste Housing Partners, L.P. is 99.99%-NV (98.99%-NV by Wachovia Affordable Housing Community Development Corporation, 0.20%-NV by TCF JH/GA, LLC, and 0.80%-NV by TCF JP/GA, LLC) |
(17) | Evergreen Private Investment Funds Multi-Strategy Fund II, Super Accredited, L. P . is controlled by Evergreen FPS, Inc. as general partner, and a portion of its equity (0.81%-NV) is owned by Evergreen Financing Company, LLC |
(18) | Combined ownership of Walton Reserve-Seniors, LP is 99.99%-NV (98.99%-NV by TCIG Tax Credit Fund VII, LLC and 1.0%-NV by TCF JH/GA, LLC) |
(19) | Combined ownership of Alta Ridgewalk, L.L.C. is 99.9%-NV (99.8%-NV by SouthTrust Community Reinvestment Company, LLC and 0.1%-NV) by Wachovia Guaranteed Tax Credit Fund III-GN/GA, LLC) |
(20) | Combined ownership of Evergreen Private Investment FundsHedged Technology Fund, Accredited, L.P. is 6.29%-NV (1.36%-NV by Evergreen FPS, Inc. and 4.93%-NV controlled by Wachovia Investors, Inc., as general partner) |
(21) | 100% of Preferred Stock of The Money Store, LLC is owned by an unaffiliated entity, resulting in 22.5% of total voting equity being owned by the unaffiliated entity. Combined internal ownership of the common stock of The Money Store, LLC is 100% 98% owned by Wachovia Bank, N. A. and 2% owned by Bart, Inc., resulting in 75.95% ownership of total voting equity by Wachovia Bank, N. A. and 1.55% ownership of total voting equity by Bart, Inc. |
(22) | Combined ownership of Baltic Park, L.P. is 99.99%-NV (98.99%-NV by Wachovia Guaranteed Tax Credit Fund V-F/M, LLC and 1.0%-NV by Wachovia Guaranteed Tax Credit Fund IV-U/GA, LLC) |
(23) | Designated as a financial subsidiary of a U.S. commercial bank |
(24) | Combined ownership of Magnolia Circle, LP is 99.99%-NV (99.98%-NV by TCIG Guaranteed Tax Credit Fund III, LLC and 0.01%-NV by Wachovia Guaranteed Tax Credit Fund IV-U/GA, LLC) |
(25) | Combined ownership of Spring Brook Meadows I, LLC is 99.99%-NV (82.99%-NV by Wachovia Affordable Housing Community Development Corporation and 17.0%-NV by Wachovia Guaranteed Middle Tier IV-U/NC, LLC) |
(26) | Combined ownership of Johnson Mill Lofts, L.P. is 99.89%-NV (99.88%-NV by Wachovia Affordable Housing Community Development Corporation and 0.01%-NV by Wachovia Guaranteed Tax Credit Fund IV-U/GA, LLC) |
(27) | Combined ownership of New Dalton 1A LLC is 99.90%-NV (99.89%-NV by TCIG Guaranteed Tax Credit Fund III, LLC and 0.01%-NV by Wachovia Guaranteed Middle Tier IV-P/NC, LLC) |
19
(28) | Combined ownership of Railcar Investment LLC is 100% (87.302% by First Union Rail Corporation and 12.698% by First Union Commercial Corporation) |
(29) | Combined ownership of Wachovia Guaranteed Middle Tier IV-P/NC, LLC is 99.99%-NV and 0.01% voting (98.99%-NV by Wachovia Affordable Housing Community Development Corporation, 1.0%-NV by Wachovia Guaranteed Tax Credit Fund IV-P/NC, LLC, and 0.01% voting by Wachovia Affordable Housing Corp.) |
(30) | Combined ownership of EIMCO Trust is 100% (99% by Evergreen Investment Company, Inc. and 1% by Evergreen Asset Management Corp.) |
(31) | Special purpose leasing vehicle NOT REPORTABLE TO FRB |
(32) | Combined ownership of Fairview Multifamily LLC is 99.99%-NV (99.98%-NV by TCIG Guaranteed Tax Credit Fund V, LLC and 0.01% by Wachovia Guaranteed Middle Tier IV-P/NC, LLC) |
(33) | Held by a Wachovia entity or entities in a fiduciary capacity with sole discretionary power to exercise voting rights. |
(34) | Combined ownership of Glory Street LLC is 99.99%-NV (99.98%-NV by TCIG Guaranteed Tax Credit Fund III, LLC and 0.01%-NV by Wachovia Guaranteed Middle Tier IV-P/NC, LLC) |
(35) | Combined ownership of Madison Meadows, LP is 99.99%-NV (99.97%-NV by TCIG Guaranteed Tax Credit Fund III, LLC, 0.01%-NV by Wachovia Guaranteed Tax Credit Fund IV-U/GA, LLC, and 0.02%-NV by Wachovia Guaranteed Tax Credit Fund IV-P/GA, LLC) |
(36) | Combined ownership of Mercy Housing Georgia I, LLLP is 99.90%-NV (99.89%-NV by Monument Street Funding, Inc. and 0.01%-NV by Wachovia Guaranteed Tax Credit Fund IV-U/GA, LLC) |
(37) | Combined ownership of Shenandoah Hotel Associates L.P. is 99.99%-NV (99.98%-NV) by Wachovia Affordable Housing Community Development Corporation and 0.01%-NV by SHHO, L.P.) |
(38) | Combined ownership of Wachovia Securities Servicos e Participacoes (Brasil) Ltda. is 100% (99.99% by Wachovia Securities, LLC and 0.01% by Wachovia Securities (Argentina) LLC) |
(39) | Evergreen Private Investment Funds-Hedged Specialists Fund, Accredited, L.P. is controlled by Evergreen FPS, Inc., as general partner, and a portion of its equity (12.61%-NV) is owned by Evergreen Financing Company, LLC |
(40) | Combined ownership of NEP Supershooters, L.P. is 51%-NV (50%-NV by FUCP/NEP, LLC and 1%-NV** by NEP Broadcasting, LLC) |
(41) | Combined ownership of Ashton Court, L.P. is 99.99%-NV (99.98%-NV by Wachovia Affordable Housing Community Development Corporation and 0.01%-NV by Wachovia Guaranteed Tax Credit Fund IV-U/GA, LLC) |
(42) | Combined ownership of Monument Street Funding, Inc. is 100% of Common Stock: 1.2979% by Bart, Inc., 92.2178% by Wachovia Bank, N.A., and 6.48430% by FFBIC, Inc. Combined ownership of total equity is 77.78%. |
(43) | Combined ownership of First International Advisors, LLC is 100% (50% by Monument Street International Funding-I, LLC and 50% by Monument Street International Funding-II, LLC.) |
(44) | Combined ownership of Midtown Square, L.P. is 99.99%-NV (98.99%-NV by Wachovia Affordable Housing Community Development Corporation, 0.05%-NV by Wachovia Guaranteed Tax Credit Fund-CN/GA, LLC and 0.05%-NV by Wachovia Guaranteed Tax Credit Fund-C/GA, LLC.) |
(46) | Combined ownership of St. Phillip Villas, L.P. is 99.99%-NV (99.98%-NV by TCF WF-3, LLC and 0.01%-NV by Wachovia Guaranteed Tax Credit Fund IV-U/GA, LLC) |
(47) | Combined ownership of Pacific Park, LP is 99.99%-NV (99.98%-NV by TCIG Guaranteed Tax Credit Fund II, LLC and 0.01%-NV by Wachovia Guaranteed Tax Credit Fund-C/GA, LLC) |
(48) | Combined voting control ownership of Augustus Funding, LLC is 49% (48.5% by Monument Street Funding, Inc. and 0.5% by Centurion Funding, Inc.) Monument Street Funding, Inc. owns 99% of the Class C Preference shares, and Centurion Funding, Inc. owns the remaining 1%, representing 49% voting control. Combined total share ownership is 86.96% (86.09% by Monument Street Funding, Inc. and 0.87% by Centurion Funding, Inc.) |
(49) | Evergreen Private Investment Funds-Market Neutral Fund, Accredited, L.P. is controlled by Evergreen FPS, Inc., as general partner, and a portion of its equity (1.36%-NV) is owned by Evergreen Financing Company, LLC |
(50) | Combined ownership of Wachovia Preferred Realty, LLC is 100% (98.2% by Wachovia Preferred Funding Corp. and 1.8% by FFBIC, Inc.) |
(51) | Combined ownership of Columbia Commons, L.P. is 99.98% (99.97%-NV by TCIG Guaranteed Tax Credit Fund III, LLC and 0.01%-NV by Wachovia Guaranteed Tax Credit Fund IV-U/GA, LLC) |
(52) | Combined ownership of Wachovia Participatoes, Ltda. is 100% (99.999214% by WSH Holdings, Ltd. and .000786% by Wachovia International Capital Corporation) |
(53) | Combined ownership of Wachovia International Servicos, LTDA is 100% (99% by Wachovia Capital Investments, Inc. and 1% by Wachovia International Capital Corporation) |
(54) | Combined ownership of Gatwick Senior Village, L.P. is 99.99%-NV (98.99%-NV by Wachovia Affordable Housing Community Development Corporation and 1%-NV by Wachovia Guaranteed Tax Credit Fund III-A/GA, LLC) |
(55) | Combined ownership of Magnolia Village, L.P. is 99.99%-NV (99.89%-NV by TCIG Guaranteed tax Credit Fund II, LLC and .01%-NV by Wachovia Guaranteed Tax Credit Fund III-A/GA, LLC) |
(56) | Combined ownership of Gramax Associates, Limited Partnership is 99.99%-NV (50.99%-NV by Wachovia Affordable Housing Community Development Corporation, 24.5%-NV by TCF GW/F, LLC and 24.5%-NV by TCF WF-3, LLC) |
(57) | Combined ownership of Wachovia Real Estate Investment Corp. is Common 1% by Wachovia Corporation and 99% by Wachovia Preferred Funding Corp; Preferred 1% by Wachovia Corporation and 79.51% by Wachovia Preferred Funding Corp. |
(58) | Combined ownership of Wachovia Asset Funding, LLC is 100% (93.86% by Wachovia Bank, N.A., 0.31% by Wachovia Bank of Delaware, N.A., 1.53% by First Union Commercial Corporation, and 4.30% by Bart, Inc.) |
(59) | Combined ownership of Columbia at Bells Ferry Partners, L.P. is 99.90%-NV (98.90%-NV by TCIG Guaranteed Tax Credit Fund I, LLC and 1.0%-NV by Wachovia Guaranteed Tax Credit Fund-C/GA, LLC) |
(60) | Combined ownership of Columbia High Point Estate, L.P. is 99.99%-NV (99.98%-NV by TCIG Guaranteed Tax Credit Fund II, LLC and 0.01%-NV by TCF AEG/GA, LLC) |
(61) | Combined ownership of Heritage Crossing, L. P. is 99.99%-NV (99.98%-NV by TCIG Guaranteed Tax Credit Fund III, LLC and 0.01%-NV by Wachovia Guaranteed Tax Credit Fund IV-U/GA, LLC) |
(62) | Combined ownership of Sanford Leasing, LLC is 100% (Voting interests: 24% by Union Hamilton Assurance, Ltd. and 76% by First Union Commercial Corporation; Membership interests: 99% by Union Hamilton Assurance, Ltd. and 1% by First Union Commercial Corporation) |
(63) | Combined ownership of Wachovia Preferred Funding Holding Corp. is 100% (99% by Wachovia Bank, N. A. and 1% by Wachovia Corporation) |
(64) | Combined ownership of Stanton Glenn Limited Partnership is 99.99%-NV (50.99%-NV by Wachovia Affordable Housing Community Development Corporation, 24.5%-NV by TCF GW/F, LLC and 24.5%-NV by TCF WF-3, LLC) |
(65) | Combined ownership of Canal Walk Lofts II L.P. is 11.02%-NV (10%-NV by Canal Walk Lofts II Tenant L.P. and 1.02%-NV by Canal Walk Lofts II SCP L.P.) |
(66) | Deemed to be controlled due to ownership interest in or control of parent entity. |
(67) | Combined ownership of Seventeenth Street Lofts L.P. is 40.01%-NV (0.01%-NV by Seventeenth Street Lofts SCP L.P. and 40%-NV by Seventeenth Street Lofts Tenant L.P.) |
(68) | Combined ownership of Parachute Factory, LC is 6%-NV (1%-NV by Parachute Factory SCP, LLC and 5%-NV by Parachute Factory Tenant, LLC) |
20
(69) | Combined ownership of Hilltop Preserve Limited Partnership is 90.86%-NV (89.86%-NV by TCF GW-2, LLC, and 1%-NV by Wachovia Guaranteed Tax Credit Fund V-F/M, LLC) |
(70) | Combined ownership of Rohm & Haas Co. is 27.38% (.04% by Evergreen Investment Management Company, LLC and 27.34% by Wachovia Bank, National Association) |
(71) | Combined ownership of Cole Apartments MV Limited Partnership is 100% (99.80%-NV by Mountain Ventures Gables, LLC and 0.20% voting by MV Gables Cole, LLC) |
(72) | Combined ownership of Mtn. Ventures Augusta Road Limited Partnership is 100% (99.80%-NV by Mountain Ventures Gables, LLC and 0.20% voting by MV Gables Augusta/Houston, LLC) |
(73) | Combined ownership of Harris Redevelopment Partnership II, L.P. is 99.99%-NV (99.96%-NV by Wachovia Affordable Housing Community Development Corporation and 0.03%-NV by Harris Redevelopment State Credit Partner, LLC) |
(74) | Combined ownership of Riveroak MV Limited Partnership is 100% (99.80%-NV by Mountain Ventures Gables, LLC and 0.20% voting by MV Gables Riveroak, LLC) |
(75) | Combined ownership of Wachovia Community Development Enterprises III, LLC, Wachovia Community Development Enterprises IV, LLC and Wachovia Community Development Enterprises V, LLC is 100% (50% by Wachovia Community Development Enterprises, LLC and 50% by Wachovia Affordable Housing Community Development Corporation) |
(76) | Warrants that are immediately convertible into 40% of outstanding common stock |
(77) | Combined ownership of Humble Parkway Apartments Limited Partnership is 99.95%-NV (99.9%-NV by TGIC Guaranteed Tax Credit Fund VII, LLC and .05%-NV by Wachovia Affordable Housing Community Development Corporation) |
(78) | Combined ownership of Wachovia Defeasance FU-LB II 1997-C2 LLC is 100% (99.5% by Wachovia Bank, National Association and 0.05% by Wachovia Defeasance Management, Inc.) |
(79) | Vacant |
(80) | Combined ownership of Longwood Vista Apartments, LP is 99.99%-NV (99.98%-NV by TCF BO/F, LLC and 0.01%-NV by TCF U/GA-2, LLC) |
(81) | Evergreen Private Investment Funds Global Multi-Strategy Fund, Accredited, L.P. is controlled by Evergreen FPS, Inc., as general partner, and a portion of its equity (92.67%-NV) is owned by Evergreen Financing Company, LLC. |
(82) | Combined ownership of Grundy Garden II Senior Apartments, L.P. is 99.99%-NV (88.99%-NV by AHG Tax Credit Fund XVI, L.P. and 11%-NV by Wachovia Affordable Housing Community Development Corporation) |
(83) | Combined ownership of Legion Manor Associates Limited Partnership is 99.99%-NV (98.99%-NV by Wachovia Affordable Housing Community Development Corporation and 1.0%-NV by Wachovia Guaranteed Middle Tier IV-U/NC, LLC) |
(84) | Combined ownership of Rosedale II, LLC is 99.99%-NV (99.98%-NV by Wachovia Affordable Housing Community Development Corporation and 0.01%-NV by Wachovia Guaranteed Middle Tier IV-U/NC, LLC) |
(85) | Combined ownership of Wachovia Community Development Enterprises I, LLC is 100% (99.999% by Wachovia Bank, National Association and 0.001% by Wachovia Community Development Enterprises, LLC) |
(86) | Combined ownership of SouthTrust Community Development, LLC is 100% (99% by SouthTrust Bank and 1% by SouthTrust Community Development Management Corp.) |
(87) | Combined ownership of SouthTrust Community Development, Series A, LLC is 100% (99% by SouthTrust Community Development, LLC and 1% by SouthTrust Community Development Management Corp.) |
21
Exhibit (23)
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
Board of Directors
We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements of (i) Wachovia Corporation on:
(ii) First Union Capital I on Form S-3 (No. 333-15743-01); (iii) First Union Capital II on
Form S-3 (No. 333-15743-02); (iv) First Union Capital III on Form S-3 (No. 333-15743-03); (v) First
Union Institutional Capital I on Form S-4 (No. 333-19039); (vi) First Union Institutional Capital
II on Form S-4 (No. 333-20611-01); (vii) First Union Capital I on Form S-3 (No. 333-90593-01);
(viii) First Union Capital II on Form S-3 (No. 333-90593-02); and (ix) First Union Capital III on
Form S-3 (No. 333-90593-03) of our reports dated February 18, 2005, with respect to the
consolidated balance sheets of Wachovia Corporation and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2004 and
2003, and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in stockholders equity and cash
flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2004, and managements
assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31,
2004, and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2004,
which reports appear in the 2004 Annual Report to Stockholders which is incorporated by reference
in Wachovia Corporations 2004 Annual Report on Form 10-K.
/s/ KPMG LLP
Charlotte, North Carolina
Wachovia Corporation
Registration
Registration
Statement
Statement
Form
Number
Form
Number
33-50103
S-8
333-50589
33-54148
S-3
333-50999
33-60913
S-8
333-53549
33-62307
S-3
333-57078
33-65501
S-3
333-58299
333-2551
S-8
333-59616
333-10179
S-8
333-69108
333-11613
S-3
333-70489
333-14469
S-3
333-72150
333-15743
S-3
333-72266
333-17599
S-3
333-72350
333-19039-01
S-3
333-72374
333-20611
S-8
333-89299
333-31462
S-3
333-90422
333-34151
S-3
333-90593
333-36839
S-3
333-99847-01
333-37709
S-8
333-100810
333-41046
S-3
333-102490-01
333-42018
S-8
333-104811
333-43960
S-8
333-106636
333-44015
S-3
333-108615
333-47286
S-8
333-110635
March 1, 2005
Exhibit (24)
WACHOVIA CORPORATION
POWER OF ATTORNEY
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS that the undersigned directors and officers of WACHOVIA
CORPORATION (the Corporation) hereby constitute and appoint Mark C. Treanor, Ross E. Jeffries,
Jr. and Anthony R. Augliera, and each of them severally, the true and lawful agents and
attorneys-in-fact of the undersigned with full power and authority in said agents and the
attorneys-in-fact, and in any one of them, to sign for the undersigned and in their respective
names as directors and officers of the Corporation, the Corporations Annual Report on Form 10-K for
the year ended December 31, 2004, to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and to
sign any and all amendments to such Annual Report.
SIGNATURE
CAPACITY
/s/ G. Kennedy Thompson
G. KENNEDY THOMPSON
Chairman, President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
/s/ Robert P. Kelly
ROBERT P. KELLY
Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
/s/ David M. Julian
DAVID M. JULIAN
Executive Vice President and Corporate Controller
(Principal Accounting Officer)
/s/ John D. Baker, II
JOHN D. BAKER, II
Director
/s/ James S. Balloun
JAMES S. BALLOUN
Director
/s/ Robert J. Brown
ROBERT J. BROWN
Director
/s/ Peter C. Browning
PETER C. BROWNING
Director
/s/ John T. Casteen III
JOHN T. CASTEEN III
Director
SIGNATURE | CAPACITY | |
/s/ Willian H. Goodwin, Jr.
WILLIAM H. GOODWIN, JR |
Director | |
/s/ Robert A. Ingram
ROBERT A. INGRAM |
Director | |
/s/ Donald M. James
DONALD M. JAMES |
Director | |
MACKEY J. MCDONALD |
Director | |
/s/ Wallace D. Malone, Jr.
WALLACE D. MALONE, JR |
Vice Chairman and Director | |
/s/ Joseph Neubauer
JOSEPH NEUBAUER |
Director | |
/s/ Lloyd U. Noland III
LLOYD U. NOLAND III |
Director | |
/s/ Van L. Richey
VAN L. RICHEY |
Director | |
/s/ Ruth G. Shaw
RUTH G. SHAW |
Director | |
/s/ Lanty L. Smith
LANTY L. SMITH |
Director | |
/s/ John C. Whitaker, Jr.
JOHN C. WHITAKER, JR |
Director | |
/s/ Dona Davis Young
DONA DAVIS YOUNG |
Director |
December 14, 2004
Charlotte, NC
Exhibit (31)(a)
WACHOVIA CORPORATION
SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
CERTIFICATION
I, G. Kennedy Thompson, certify that:
1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2004 of Wachovia Corporation;
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4. The registrants other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this annual report is being prepared;
b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrants disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrants internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrants most recent fiscal quarter (the registrants fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrants internal control over financial reporting; and
5. The registrants other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrants auditors and the audit committee of the registrants board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
a) all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrants ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
b) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrants internal control over financial reporting.
Date: March 1, 2005
/s/ G. Kennedy Thompson
G. Kennedy Thompson
Chief Executive Officer
Exhibit (31)(b)
WACHOVIA CORPORATION
SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
CERTIFICATION
I, Robert P. Kelly, certify that:
1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2004 of Wachovia Corporation;
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4. The registrants other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this annual report is being prepared;
b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrants disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrants internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrants most recent fiscal quarter (the registrants fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrants internal control over financial reporting; and
5. The registrants other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrants auditors and the audit committee of the registrants board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
a) all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrants ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
b) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrants internal control over financial reporting.
Date: March 1, 2005
/s/ Robert P. Kelly
Robert P. Kelly
Chief Financial Officer
Exhibit (32)(a)
CERTIFICATIONS PURSUANT TO
In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Wachovia Corporation (Wachovia) for the year
ended December 31, 2004 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof
(the Report), I, G. Kennedy Thompson, Chief Executive Officer of Wachovia, certify, pursuant to
18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:
(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the
financial condition and result of operations of Wachovia.
/s/ G. Kennedy Thompson
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
G. Kennedy Thompson
Chief Executive Officer
Exhibit (32)(b)
CERTIFICATIONS PURSUANT TO
In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Wachovia Corporation (Wachovia) for the year
ended December 31, 2004 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof
(the Report), I, Robert P. Kelly, Chief Financial Officer of Wachovia, certify, pursuant to 18
U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:
(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the
financial condition and result of operations of Wachovia.
/s/ Robert P. Kelly
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
Robert P. Kelly
Chief Financial Officer